Full text of "Graduate catalog"

See other formats

THE N. C. STATE

North Carolina State University at Raleigh

RECORD

THE GRADUATE
SCHOOL CATALOG

NORTH CAROLINA STATE RECORD

Published six times a year in February, April, June, July, September, and
October by North Carolina State University at Raleigh, Office of Admis-
sions and Registration, Peele Hall, Raleigh, N. C. 27607. Second class post-
age paid at the Post Office at Raleigh, North Carolina 27602.

VOLUME 66 NUMBER 2 APRIL 1966

North Carolina State University
at Raleigh

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
CATALOG

1966 - 1968

CONTENTS

Officers of Administration 3

Calendar 5

North Carolina State University 11

The Graduate School 13

D. H. Hill Library 14

Institute of Statistics 15

Computing Facilities 16

Oak Ridge Research Program 17

Institute of Biological Sciences 17

Graduate Institute of Extension Education 18

General Information 19

Tuition and Fees 19

Fellowships and Graduate Assistantships 21

Residence Facilities 22

Admissions 23

Graduate Degrees 28

Master of Science 28

Master's Degree in a Professional Field 32

Master of Agriculture 33

Master's Degrees, Summary of Procedures 34

Doctor of Philosophy 37

Summary of Procedures 42

Fields of Instruction 45

Departmental Announcements and Course Descriptions 45-205

Graduate Faculty 212

Index 234

Campus Map 236

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION

THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA

William Clyde Friday, B.S., LL.B., LL.D., President
Donald B. Anderson, Ph.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs
Arnold Kimsey King, Ph.D., Vice President for Institutional Studies
Frederick Henry Weaver, M.A., Vice President for University Relations
Alexander Hurlbutt Shepard, Jr., M.A., Assistant Vice President for
Finance and Treasurer

NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY AT RALEIGH

John T. Caldwell, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Chancellor

John D. Wright, B.S., Business Manager

Isaac T. Littleton, A.B., M.S., M.S.L.S., Acting Director of the Libraries

James J. Stewart, B.S., M.A., Dean of Student Affairs

Kenneth D. Raab, B.A., M.A., Director of Admissions and Registration

Joseph J. Combs, M.D., College Physician

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL

Walter J. Peterson, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Dean, North Carolina State Uni-
versity

Vernon E. Holt, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Dean

Patsy J. Haywood, B.S., Assistant to the Dean

Laura Burns, Secretary

Frances M. Emory, Secretary

Muse M. James, Secretary

Darlene Rachal, Secretary

Shirley Waters, Secretary

THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL

The Executive Council for the Graduate School is made up of
members of the Advisory Boards of each of the three units of the
consolidated University. The President, the Vice President for Aca-
demic Affairs, the Chancellors and the Graduate Deans are ex-officio
members of the Executive Council.

THE ADMINISTRATIVE BOARDS
North Carolina State University at Raleigh

Walter J. Peterson, Dean

Richard Loree Anderson, Ph.D., Professor of Experimental Statistics

and Graduate Administrator. Term ending February 1969.
David M. Cates, Ph.D., Professor of Textile Chemistry and Assistant

Director, Chemical Research. Term ending August 1966.
George O. Doak, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. Term ending September

1967.
John W. Duffield, Ph.D., Professor of Forestry. Term ending September

1969.

4 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

James E. Legates, Ph.D., William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor
of Animal Science and Head of Animal Breeding Section. Term ending
March 1969.

Patrick H. McDonald, Ph.D., John W. Harrelson Professor of Engineer-
ing Mechanics and Head of Department. Term ending January 1969.

Thurston J. Mann, Ph.D., Professor of Genetics and Head of Department.
Term ending July 1969.

Howard G. Miller, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology and Head of Depart-
ment. Term ending November 1967.

George W. Poland, Ph.D., Professor of Modern Languages and Head of
Department. Term ending January 1968.

Henry B. Smith, Ph.D., Associate Dean, School of Engineering. Term
ending October 1969.

The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill

Earle Wallace, Ph.D., Acting Dean

Frederic Neil Cleaveland, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science and Re-
search Professor in the Institute for Research in Social Science. Term
ending 1970.

Grover Cleveland Hunter, Jr., B.A., D.D.S., M.S., Professor of Periodon-
tology and Oral Pathology. Term ending 1970.

J. Logan Irving, Ph.D., Professor of Biochemistry and Nutrition. Term
ending 1970.

Frank Wysor Klingberg, Ph.D., Professor of History. Term ending 1966.

George Sherman Lane, Ph.D., Kenan Professor of German. Term ending
1969.

John Edgar Larsh, M.C., Sc.D., Professor of Parasitology in the School
of Public Health and Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs in the
School of Public Health. Term endinsr 1966.

Maurice Wentworth Lee, Ph.D., Professor of Business and Economics
and Dean of the School of Business Administration. Term ending 1969.

Harvey Eugene Lehman, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology. Term ending 1968.

Gerhard E. Lenski, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology. Term ending 1970.

George Edward Nicholson, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Statistics and Re-
search Professor in the Institute for Research in Social Science and
Chairman of the Department of Statistics. Term ending 1966.

Joseph Curtis Sloane, Ph.D., Alumni Distinguished Professor of Art and
Director of the Ackland Memorial Art Center. Term ending 1970.

Ernest William Talbert, Ph.D., Professor of English. Term ending 1968.

The University of North Carolina at Greensboro

John W. Kennedy, Ph.D., Acting Dean

Richard Bardolph, Ph.D., Professor of History

Gilbert Carpenter, B.A., Professor of Art

Elizabeth Duffy, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology

Bruce Eberhart, Ph.D., Professor of Biology

Vance T. Littlejohn, Ph.D., Professor of Business Education

Ethel L. Martus, M.S., Professor of Physical Education

Mereb E. Mossman, M.A., L.H.D., Dean of the Faculty and Professor of

Sociology (ex officio)
Lee Rigsby, Ph.D., Professor of Music
Donald W. Russell, Ed.D., Professor of Education
Irwin V. Sperry, Ed.D., Professor of Home Economics
Robert W. Watson, Ph.D., Professor of English

THE CALENDAR'

First Session
June 7

June 8
June 13

June 14

June 17

June 28

July 4
July 14
July 15

Second Session
July 19

Summer Sessions, 1966

Tues. Registration and payment of fees, 9:00 a.m.

until 1:00 p.m. Late registration fee
payable by all who register after 1:00 p.m.

Wed. Classes begin.

Mon. Last day for registration. Last day to

withdraw with refund less $7 registration
fee and last day to drop courses without
grades.

Tues. Last day for filing application for admis-

sion to candidacy for students expecting to
complete requirements for the master's de-
gree in August.

Fri. Deadline for submission of theses in final

form to Graduate School by candidates for
the master's and doctoral degrees in July.
Last day for taking final oral examinations
by candidates for master's degrees not re-
quiring theses.

Last day for taking qualifying examina-
tions for students expecting to receive doc-
torate in January, 1967.
Holiday.

Last day of classes.
Final examinations.

July 20
July 25

July 28

August 24
August 25

Tues.

Mon.

Thurs.

Fri.

Tues.

Wed.

Mon.

Thurs.

Wed.
Thurs.

Registration and payment of fees, 9:00 a.m.
until 12:00 noon. Late registration fee
payable by all who register after 12:00
noon.

Classes begin.

Last day to register. Last day to withdraw
with refund less $7 registration fee and
last day to withdraw without grades.
Deadline for submission of theses in final
form to Graduate School by candidates for
the master's and doctoral degrees in August.
Last day for taking final oral examinations
by candidates for master's degrees not re-
quiring theses.

Last day of classes.
Final examinations.

September 6 Tues.

Fall Semester, 1966

General faculty meeting. Last day to pre-
register for fall courses.

Calendar is subject to change. Any changes will be announced in the Official Bulletin
well in advance.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG

September 9-11 Fri.-Sun.

September 12 Mon.
September 16 Fri.

September 23 Fri.

November 5 Sat.

November

Mon.

November

Tues.

November

Mon.

December

Fri.

December 17

Sat.

January 3, 1967

Tues.

January 11

Wed.

January 12

Thurs.

January 13-20

Fri. -Fri

January 16

Mon.

Complete registration and pick up class
schedules.

First day of classes.

Last day to add a course. Last day for
filing application for admission to candidacy
for students expecting to complete require-
ments for the master's degree in January,
1967.

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course)
with refund; last day to drop a course
without a grade.

Mid-term reports due. Last day for taking
qualifying examinations for students ex-
pecting to receive doctorate in May, 1967.
Meeting of the Graduate Executive Council
of the University of North Carolina.
Thanksgiving holidays begin at 10:00 p.m.
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m.
Deadline for submission of theses in final
form to Graduate School by candidates for
the master's and doctoral degrees in Janu-
ary, 1967. Last day for taking final oral
examinations for master's degrees not re-
quiring theses.

Christmas holidays begin at 1:00 p.m.
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m.
Last day of classes.
Reading day.
Final examinations.

Meeting of the Graduate Executive Council
of the University of North Carolina.

Spring Semester, 1967

January 24
January 27-29

January 30
February 3

Tues.
Fri.-Sun.

Mon.
Fri.

February 10

Fri.

March 18

Sat.

March 22

Wed.

March 25

Sat.

March 28

Tues.

April 3

Mon.

Last day to preregister.

Complete registration and pick up class
schedules.

First day of classes.

Last day to add a course. Last day for
filing application for admission to candi-
dacy for students expecting to complete
requirements for the master's degree in
May and July, 1967.

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course)
with refund; last day to drop a course
without a grade.
Mid-term reports due.
Easter holidays begin at 10:00 p.m.
Last day for taking qualifying examina-
tions for students expecting to receive doc-
torate in August, 1967.
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m.
Meeting of the Graduate Executive Council
of the University of North Carolina.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG

April 28

Fri.

May 17

Wed.

May 18

Thurs.

May 19-26

Fri.-Fri

May 27

Sat.

Deadline for submission of theses in final
form to the Graduate School by candidates
for the master's and doctoral degrees in
May, 1967. Last day for taking final oral
examinations by candidates for master's
degrees not requiring theses.
Last day of classes.
Reading day.
Final examinations.
Commencement.

First Session
June 6

June 7
June 12

June 13
June 16

June 28

Tues.

Wed.
Mon.

Tues.
Fri.

Wed.

July 13
July 14

Thurs.
Fri.

Second Session

July 18

Tues.

July 19
July 24

Wed.
Mon.

July 27

August 23
August 24

Thurs.

Wed.
Thurs.

Summer Sessions, 1967

Registration and payment of fees; late reg-
istration fee payable by those who register
after 1:00 p.m.
First day of classes.

Last day to register; last day to withdraw
(or drop a course) with refund; last day
to drop a course without a grade.
Last day for filing application for admis-
sion to candidacy for students expecting
to complete requirements for the master's
degree in August, 1967.

Deadline for submission of theses in final
form to Graduate School by candidates for
the master's and doctoral degrees in July,
1967. Last day for taking final oral ex-
aminations by candidates for master's de-
grees not requiring theses.
Last day for taking qualifying examina-
tions for students expecting to receive doc-
torate in January, 1968
Last day of classes.
Final examinations.

Registration and payment of fees; late
registration fee for those who register
after 12:00 noon, July 18.
First day of classes.

Last day to register; last day to withdraw
(or drop a course) with refund; last day
to drop a course without a grade.
Deadline for submission of theses in final
form to Graduate School by candidates for
the master's and doctoral degrees in August.
Last day for taking final oral examina-
tions by candidates for master's degrees
not requiring theses.
Last day of classes.
Final examinations.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Fall Semester, 1967

September 5 Tues.
September 8-10 Fri.-Sun.

September 11
September 15

Mon.
Fri.

September 22 Fri.

November 4 Sat.

November

Mon.

November

Tues.

November

Mon.

December

Fri.

December 16 Sat.

January 2, 1968 Tues.

January 10 Wed.

January 11 Thurs.

January 12-19 Fri. -Fri.

January 15 Tues.

General faculty meeting; last day to pre-
register for fall courses.
Complete registration and pick up class
schedules.

First day cf classes.

Last day to add a course. Last day for
filing application for admission to candi-
dacy for students expecting to complete
requirements for the master's degree in
January, 1968.

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course)
with refund; last day to drop a course
without a grade.

Mid-term reports due. Last day for taking
qualifying examinations for students ex-
pecting to receive doctorate in May, 1968.
Meeting of the Graduate Executive Council
of the University of North Carolina.
Thanksgiving holidays begin at 10:00 p.m.
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m.
Deadline for submission of theses in final
form to Graduate School by candidates for
the master's and doctoral degrees in Jan-
uary, 1968. Last day for taking final oral
examinations for master's degrees not re-
quiring theses.

Christmas holidays begin at 1:00 p.m.
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m.
Last day of classes.
Reading day.
Final examinations.

Meeting of the Graduate Executive Coun-
cil of the University of North Carolina.

Spring Semester, 1968

January 23
January 26-28

January 29
February 2

Tues.
Fri.-Sun.

Mon.
Fri.

February 9

Fri.

March 16

Sat.

March 23

Sat.

Last day to preregister.
Complete registration and pick up class
schedules.

First day of classes.

Last day to add a course. Last day for
filing application for admission to candi-
dacy for students expecting to complete
requirements for the master's degree in
May and July, 1968.

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course)
with refund; last day to drop a course
without a grade.

Mid-term reports due.

Last day for taking qualifying examina-
tions for students expecting to receive doc-
torate in August, 1968.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG

April 1

Mon.

April 10

Wed.

April 17

Wed.

April 26

Fri.

May 15

Wed.

May 16

Thurs.

May 17-24

Fri.-Fri

May 25

Sat.

Meeting of the Graduate Executive Coun-
cil of the University of North Carolina.

Easter holidays begin at 10:00 p.m.

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m.

Deadline for submission of theses in final
form to Graduate School by candidates for
the master's and doctoral degrees in May,
1968. Last day for taking final oral ex-
aminations for master's degrees not re-
quiring theses.

Last day of classes.

Reading day.

Final examinations.

Commencement.

Summer Sessions, 1968

First Session

June 4

Tues

June 5

Wed

June 10

Mon.

June 11

Tues

June 14

June 26

Fri.

Wed.

July 11

Thurs.

July 12

Fri.

Second Session

July 16

Tues.

July 17

Wed.

July 18

Thurs.

Registration and payment of fees; late
registration fee for those who register
after 1:00 p.m., June 4.

First day of classes.

Last day to register; last day to withdraw
(or drop a course) with refund; last day
to drop a course without a grade.

Last day for filing application for admis-
sion to candidacy for students expecting to
complete requirements for the master's de-
gree in August, 1968.

Deadline for submission of theses in final
form to Graduate School by candidates for
the master's and doctoral degrees in July,
1968. Last day for taking final oral ex-
aminations by candidates for master's de-
grees not requiring theses.

Last day for taking qualifying examina-
tions for students expecting to receive doc-
torate in January, 1969.

Last day of classes.

Final examinations.

Registration and payment of fees; late
registration fee for those who register
after 12:00 noon, July 16.

First day of classes.

Last day to register; last day to withdraw
(or drop a course) with refund; last day
to drop a course without a grade.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG

July 25

August 21
August 22

Thurs.

Wed.
Thurs.

Deadline for submission of theses in final
form to Graduate School by candidates for
the master's and doctoral degrees in August,
1968. Last day for taking final oral ex-
aminations by candidates for master's de-
grees not requiring theses.

Last day of classes.

Final examinations.

Memorial Tower, located at the main entrance to
the campus, has become the traditional symbol of
North Carolina State University. Carillon bells chime
hourly from the 122 foot tower, built in memory of
State alumni who died in World War I.

NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY

at Raleigh

North Carolina State University is the center for scientific and
technological education, research, and service in North Carolina.
Created in 1887 by act of the North Carolina legislature as the
state's land-grant institution, State was established primarily as a
school of agriculture and mechanic arts. In the 77 years since its
founding, however, its interests and responsibilities have been
greatly broadened in response to the major scientific and techno-
logical demands of our rapidly changing world. While maintaining
deep commitments to the agricultural and industrial interests of
North Carolina, State has developed training and research programs
of regional as well as national influence.

North Carolina State University is one of four institutions com-
prising the consolidated University of North Carolina. As a unit of
the consolidated University, North Carolina State fulfills particular
responsibilities for specialization in graduate and undergraduate
training. Emphasis at State centers in the areas of agriculture, the
sciences, engineering, architecture and design, forestry, and textiles.

State's organization includes eight undergraduate schools, the
Graduate School, and the Division of Continuing Education. A total
of 75 degrees are offered at the undergraduate level; at the gradu-
ate level there are 42 master's and 29 doctoral degree programs
offered. Graduate instruction was first offered at North Carolina
State in 1893. The first doctoral degree was awarded in 1926.

The eight undergraduate schools at State are the Schools of
Agriculture and Life Sciences, Design, Education, Engineering,
Forestry, Liberal Arts, Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics,
and Textiles. The research, extension, and instructional programs
of these schools are supported and strengthened by several special-
ized divisions and offices including the Institutes of Statistics,
Water Resources, Agricultural Policy, and Biological Sciences; the
Computing Center; the Agricultural and Industrial Extension Serv-
ices; and the Agricultural Experiment Station with its 17 branch
stations. State's facilities also include a minerals laboratory and
a fisheries research station.

The North Carolina State campus, with adjoining research farms,
covers 3,000 acres and is valued at more than $70 million. There
are 80 major University buildings, including classroom, laboratory,
and auxiliary facilities buildings. In addition to the Raleigh cam-
pus, State operates a number of agricultural research farms and
extensive experimental forests.

Undergraduate enrollment at State is currently about 9,800; in
the fall semester of 1965 the Graduate School had enrolled 1,601
students. A large international student group representing 60 coun-
tries is presently studying at State.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG

The University faculty and staff numbers more than 1,500 mem-
bers, including a graduate faculty of 473.

For 1965-66, State's budget will exceed $36 million. In order to
accommodate the growing enrollment and the increasing research
requirements, North Carolina State University is pursuing a con-
tinuing program of building and acquiring new faculty and re-
search staff. The present research expenditure is about $12 million
annually. Current research appropriations, contracts and grants
total more than $17 million.

State is contributing to international development through an
agricultural mission to Peru, special soils studies programs for
Latin America, and a cooperative project with the University of
Kabul, Afghanistan. Scores of international visitors, individual
faculty work with universities in other countries, and the large
international student enrollment at State indicate the extent of the
University's international involvement.

North Carolina State is accredited by the Southern Association
of Colleges and Schools and the North Carolina College Conference.
In addition, individual schools and departments are accredited by
various associations in their respective fields. State holds member-
ships in the Association of State Universities and Land-Grant
Colleges, the American Council of Education, the College Entrance
Examination Board, the Council of Graduate Schools in the United
States, the National Commission on Accrediting, the Oak Ridge
Institute of Nuclear Studies, and the Southern Association of Col-
leges and Schools.

HoUaday Hall houses many of State's administrative offices. The build-
ing, oldest on campus, was erected in 1889 and is named in honor of
Alexander Q. HoUaday, first president of the college.

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
of the University of North Carolina

NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION

Donald Benton Anderson, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Chapel

Hill
Walter John Peterson, Dean, Raleigh

The Graduate School of the University of North Carolina is com-
posed of three divisions, one at the University of North Carolina
at Chapel Hill, one at the University of North Carolina at Greens-
boro, and one at North Carolina State University at Raleigh. Each
branch of the consolidated Graduate School is administered by a
graduate dean who works in close association with the Vice Presi-
dent in Charge of Academic Affairs. The Graduate Council is
composed of representatives of the Administrative Boards of each
of the three units of the consolidated University having a division
of the Graduate School. At North Carolina State University the
graduate dean is assisted in all matters of policy by an Adminis-
trative Board of ten members. Seven are elected by the faculties
of the degree-granting schools and three are appointed by the
Chancellor after consultation with the Dean.

Graduate instruction at North Carolina State University is organ-
ized to provide opportunity and facilities for advanced study and
research in the fields of agriculture and life sciences, engineering,
forestry, physical sciences and applied mathematics, technological
education, and textiles. The purpose of these graduate programs
is to develop in advanced students a more adequate comprehension
of the requirements and responsibilities essential for independent
research investigation. In all the graduate programs emphasis is
placed upon a high level of scholarship rather than upon the satis-
faction of specific course or credit requirements.

The full resources of the consolidated University of North Caro-
lina are available to all graduate students enrolled at any of the
three divisions of the Graduate School. Exceptional facilities for
graduate study are provided at North Carolina State University.
New buildings furnish modern well equipped laboratories for
graduate study in specialized areas of agriculture and life sciences,
engineering, forestry, physical sciences and applied mathematics,
and textiles.

The North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station and the
Department of Engineering Research are integral parts of the
University at Raleigh. The staff, research facilities, equipment, and
field studies of these organizations contribute in a very important
way to the graduate programs. The Institute of Statistics at North
Carolina State makes available to graduate students unusual oppor-
tunities in this important phase of research study.

14 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

The state of North Carolina, extending from the Atlantic Ocean
westward about 500 miles to the Appalachian Mountains, possesses
an exceptional range of climatic and topographic environments. The
coastal plain, the Piedmont, and the mountains provide a rich pat-
tern of agricultural and industrial activity which offer unusual
opportunities for research and employment.

North Carolina State University is located in Raleigh, situated
on the boundary separating the broad coastal plains on the east
from the rolling terrain of the Piedmont on the west, about midway
between the northern and southern boundaries of the state. Raleigh
is 29 miles from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
and 26 miles from Durham, the home of Duke University. The
libraries and other facilities of the three institutions make this
area one of the important centers of research opportunity in the
South.

The D. H. Hill Library

The D. H. Hill Library of North Carolina State University has
excellent holdings in materials essential for research study in the
graduate curricula offered by the University.

As of July 1, 1965, the library held about 332,000 volumes of
books and bound journals, including more than 14,000 bound vol-
umes of documents. The books and journals reflect strongly the
scientific and technological interests of the University, and the
documents represent a most important increment of the whole
collection. They include publications of the federal government, all
publications of the various Agricultural Experiment Stations, most
of the publications of the Engineering Experiment and Engineering
Research Stations, and publications of the various research sta-
tions all over the world. The library receives over 4,700 current
periodicals.

The D. H. Hill Library holdings and other library holdings within
a 30 mile radius of North Carolina State constitute the greatest
concentration of library resources south of Washington, D. C. These
include the D. H. Hill Library, the Chemstrand Research Center
Library, the Duke University Library, and the Louis Round Wilson
Library at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

An inter-library delivery service exchanges volumes among the
three university libraries three days a week. These three libraries
have a total of more than 3,000,000 volumes. This loan service
serves faculty and graduate students on the three campuses. Iden-
tification certificates enabling participation in the reciprocal ar-
rangement may be secured at the D. H. Hill Library.

A list of scientific periodicals which includes holdings of Duke
University and the units of the consolidated University is available
to faculty members and research scientists in the area and to other
libraries throughout the nation.

The North Carolina State University library is a depository for
all unclassified publications of the federal government that are

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 15

available for distribution. These include publications of the United
States Department of Agriculture, Geological Survey, National
Bureau of Standards, Department of Interior and others. Since the
library was designated as a depository in 1923, its document hold-
ings in the University's special interest fields are almost 100 per-
cent complete.

The library is a depository for the publications of the Carnegie
Institution of Washington and has excellent files of these valuable
monographs.

Also, the library is a depository for all unclassified and declassi-
fied publications of the Atomic Energy Commission.

Publications of many foreign countries — especially publications
dealing with the agricultural sciences and with engineering — are
received on exchange by the library.

In July, 1960, the library became a depository for the publications
of the Food and Agriculture Administration of the United Nations.

The library, in July, 1959, acquired the Tippmann Collection of
Entomology, the outstanding private collection of Dr. Friedrich F.
Tippmann of Vienna. The collection contains 6,200 books and bound
research journals in the field of entomology, many of them rare and
unobtainable.

A recent donation of $5,000 from the Alumni Association was
used to purchase two outstanding sets of the rare 20-volume "Edi-
zone Nazionale" of the works of Galileo and an almost complete
file of the important German botanical periodical, "Bibliotheca
Botanica," covering the years 1889 to 1960.

Funds from the estate of the late Chancellor J. W. Harrelson
have been allocated to purchase rare volumes in mathematics and
history of science and important files of research journals.

The research holdings of the library are particularly strong in
the fields of entomology, nuclear energy, genetics, aeronautics and
space technology, engineering and physics, and include files of the
major journals in these fields. A large and useful collection of
books in the humanities and the social sciences is available for the
use of undergraduate students.

The library's photocopy service is of great importance to faculty
and graduate students in that it provides facilities for copying
materials not permitted to leave the library.

The Textiles Library, an on-campus branch of the main library,
contains outstanding holdings in textiles and textile chemistry. It
is regarded as one of the best textiles libraries in the country. The
School of Design Library has a very fine collection of books, jour-
nals and slides in the fields of architecture, landscape architecture
and product design.

Institute of Statistics

The Institute of Statistics is composed of two sections, one at
Raleigh and the other at Chapel Hill. At North Carolina State, the

16 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Institute provides statistical consulting services to all branches
of the institution, sponsors research in statistical theory and
methodology, and coordinates the teaching of statistics at the
undergraduate and graduate levels. The actual instructional and
other academic functions are performed by the Department of
Experimental Statistics, which forms a part of the Institute.

The purpose of the Institute is to provide extra depth and
strength in the development and use of modern statistical proce-
dures throughout the University. This involves cooperative efforts
with many schools, departments, and agencies. The establishment
of a nationally recognized program in quantitative genetics and
recent developments in the field of biomathematics illustrate the
coordinating role the Institute plays in the quantitative sciences.

In addition to these local activities, the Institute maintains close
and continuing contact with statistics scholars, research programs,
and graduate instruction programs throughout the world. It has
helped develop an international abstracting journal for statistical
articles. The Institute is the point of contact for grants and con-
tracts in statistics. It has been active in organizing and maintaining
a strong Southern Regional Cooperative Graduate Summer Session
in statistics. Approximately 15 graduate assistantships in statistics
are made available annually through the efforts of the Institute.
All of these contributions have added substantially to the vigor of
the entire graduate program of North Carolina State University.

Computing Facilities

Beginning in August 1966, there will be a rather complete change-
over of the equipment in the Computing Center, and of the comput-
ing organization in the Research Triangle area. Duke University,
the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, and North Caro-
lina State University have joined together to form the Triangle
Universities Computation Center. This Center, with a large com-
puter (IBM Systems 360, Model 75), will be located in the Research
Triangle Park. Each campus computing center will be equipped
with a high-speed remote unit (IBM Systems 360, Model 30), with
additional medium and low-speed remote console units in conven-
ient locations on the campus.

The above configuration replaces an IBM 1410 tape system and
three IBM 1620's on the North Carolina State University campus.
Part of the need for expansion resulted from the heavy graduate
student training and research requirements. It is visualized that
the new facilities will provide adequate computing power and time
for the expanding graduate training and research program. Pro-
gramming courses of both the regular credit type, as well as short
courses, are offered by the Departments of Mathematics and Ex-
perimental Statistics and by the Computing Center.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 17

Research Program at the Oak Ridge Associated Universities

North Carolina State is one of the sponsoring institutions of the
Oak Ridge Associated Universities at Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Through
this cooperative association, North Carolina State's graduate re-
search program has at its disposal the facilities and research staff
at Oak Ridge National Laboratory. Extensive research programs
are under way there on physical and biological effects of radiation,
radioisotope utilization, and many other areas of nuclear science
and engineering. When master's and doctoral candidates have com-
pleted their resident work, it may be possible, by special arrange-
ment, for them to do their thesis research at Oak Ridge. In addition,
it is possible for the staff members of this University to go to Oak
Ridge for advanced study in their particular fields.

Institute of Biological Sciences

The Institute of Biological Sciences is an organization within the
School of Agriculture and Life Sciences of the Departments of
Botany, Entomology, Genetics, Microbiology, Plant Pathology, Zool-
ogy and faculties of Biochemistry and Physiology. Its function is
to encourage and promote research and teaching in basic biology
and to coordinate inter-departmental activities. Program-type grants
are administered by the Institute and enable grant support to be
provided to discipline and subject matter areas involving faculties
in several departments.

Facility planning, development and support for biological sci-
ences is an important function of the Institute. Also, summer insti-
tutes are administered in the Institute of Biological Sciences. These
have included the National Science Foundation-sponsored Summer
Institutes in Genetics and Pesticide Toxicology for College Teachers,
Biology for High School Teachers, and Biology, Chemistry, and
Mathematics for High School Students. Academic Year Institutes
in Biology for High School Teachers have also been sponsored.

The Biological Sciences Undergraduate Curriculum and the Un-
dergraduate Research Participation for Biological Sciences are
cooperative programs administered in the Institute. These programs
have had an outstanding record in the percentage of individuals
going into graduate study following their participation in these
programs.

This organization provides a mechanism for strengthening re-
search and instruction in existing graduate programs, and for
developing new inter-disciplinary areas. Inter-departmental cooper-
ative graduate programs have become increasingly important within
the basic biological sciences and among the biological, physical, and
engineering sciences. The Institute plays an important role in en-
couraging the full utilization of the faculties and facilities for
graduate research and instruction.

18 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Graduate Institute of Extension Education

The Graduate Institute of Extension Education provides an inter-
disciplinary program by drawing together basic concepts from the
behavioral sciences and education relevant to adult and extension
education. The Institute is available on campus to serve instruc-
tional needs as well as the need for basic and applied research in
the field.

The Institute is administered by a five-man board of directors
including the Dean of the Graduate School; Deans of the Schools
of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Education, and Liberal Arts at
North Carolina State; and the Dean of the School of Home Eco-
nomics at the University of North Carolina at Greensboro. Supple-
menting the efforts of the board of directors is an advisory
committee representing the eight departments involved in this
inter-disciplinary instructional and research program.

The Graduate School offices are located in Peele Hall, which also houses
many of the offices for the Division of Student Affairs.

GENERAL INFORMATION

TUITION AND FEES

Tuition rates for students enrolled in the Graduate School at North
Carolina State are as follows:

North Carolina Resident — $9 per semester hour of enroll-
ment up to and including nine semester hours. For ten semes-
ter hours or more, $87.50 for the semester.
Non-Resident — $32 per semester hour for each semester
hour of enrollment up to and including nine semester hours.
For ten semester hours or more, $300 for the semester.

Incidental fees and charges are levied for purposes and services
available to all graduate students whether or not the student takes
advantage of them.

The full amount of incidental fees and charges will be collected,
notwithstanding the number of semester hours of credit for which
the student may enroll.

For the academic year 1966-67, fees are as follows:

First semester $89.50

Second semester $88.50

In cases of occasional or part-time graduate students not in resi-
dence, application for cancellation of non-academic fees may be
made if it is clear that the student could not use the services
covered. Application forms are available in the Graduate School
and the Office of Business Affairs.

Full-time faculty of instructor rank and above and other full-
time employees of the University who hold membership in the
Teachers' and State Employees' Retirement System may register for
credit or audit one course in each semester or summer term with
free tuition privileges. Free tuition privileges apply only during the
period of one's normal employment and do not include such other
charges as registration, laboratory or other appropriate fees. Each
applicant for free tuition privileges must complete and submit
through regular administrative channels a form provided by the
University. A maximum of 8 semester hours may be taken during
the academic year.

Faculty members on less than full-time appointments will be per-
mitted to take more than one course per semester upon the recom-
mendation of their dean and the approval of both the Dean of the
Graduate School and the Dean of the Faculty. In these cases tuition
and fees will be the same as those for part-time graduate students
computed at residence rates.

Maximum permissible course loads for graduate students holding
part-time appointments are as follows: Three-quarters time, six
hours; half-time, nine hours; quarter-time, twelve hours.

20 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Students wishing to visit classes without participation in class
discussions, quizzes, or examinations must register for this privilege
as auditors. Visiting classes without registration is not permitted.
Graduate students may register for one course as an audit in any
semester without charge when the audit is certified by the Dean of
the Graduate School as a part of course work for which tuition
charges are made (this does not apply in the summer sessions).

Audits in subjects in which the student has had no previous experi-
ence will be evaluated at full credit value in determining course loads.
Audits taken as repetition of work previously accomplished are con-
sidered at one-half their credit value in calculating course loads. With
the single exception of foreign language audits, all audit registrations
must fall within the maximum permissible course loads. Audits are
not permitted students registering for thesis preparation. While audit
registrations are evaluated for purposes of determining permissive
course loads in terms of the above regulations of the Graduate School,
the Office of Business Affairs considers all audits, excepting the one
permitted free of charge, in terms of full credit value in calculating
the tuition for graduate students.

All graduate students holding appointments of V3 service obliga-
tion or more and receiving a regular monthly salary check are
charged the resident or "in-state" rate of tuition.

Graduate students who have completed all course work, research
and residence requirements and who are in residence for the pur-
pose of writing a thesis or dissertation may register for "thesis
preparation." The tuition charge for this registration is $15. Stu-
dents registering for thesis preparation will pay, in addition, fees
of $89.50 in the fall semester and $88.50 in the spring semester.
When not in residence these charges will be $15 plus $7 registra-
tion fee, or $22.

Graduate students not in residence who have completed all re-
quirements for the degree sought, including the thesis and final
examination, will be required to register for "degree only" in the
semester in which the degree is awarded. The charge for this regis-
tration is $10.

A diploma fee of $12 is charged all students receiving a master's
degree and a fee of $17 is charged all students who receive a doc-
torate. A fee of $21 is charged all doctoral candidates for micro-
filming their dissertations.

Anyone who feels a mistake has been made in his bill may discuss
the matter with the Office of Business Affairs. Any further appeals
should be made to the Committee on Refund of Fees. Forms for
this appeal may be obtained from the Office of Business Affairs.

All tuition charges and fees are subject to change without notice.

Fees for Summer School

Registration Fee $23.50

Tuition (In-State Students per credit hour) $ 7.50

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 21

Tuition ( Out-of-State Students per credit hour) $18.50

Audits (per credit hour) $ 7.50

Residence Status

In order to draw a clear line between in-state and out-of-state
students, the Administration has ruled that all students whose par-
ents have not been domiciled in North Carolina for more than six
months immediately preceding the day of their first enrollment in
the institution shall be termed out-of-state students, with the follow-
ing exceptions:

(1) Students twenty-one years of age at the time of their first
matriculation who have resided in North Carolina for more
than one year preceding the day of their first enrollment;

(2) Children of regular employees of the federal government
stationed in the state of North Carolina; and

1 3 ) Children of regular employees of the federal government
who are employed outside of the state, but who through law
are permitted to retain their North Carolina citizenship.

Students cannot claim a change in their resident status after
matriculating. Students furnishing incomplete or incorrect infor-
mation in order to obtain the special state-resident status shall be
liable for dishonorable dismissal.

FELLOWSHIPS AND GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS

Fellowships

Graduate fellowships and traineeships provide funds to graduate
students to assist in the support of their programs of advanced
study. Holders of fellowships have no service obligation to the Uni-
versity and may devote full time to their graduate programs.

Some of the agencies sponsoring fellowships at North Carolina
State University are the Aluminum Company of America, the
Atomic Energy Commission, Chemstrand, Douglas Aircraft Com-
pany, Dow Chemical Company, DuPont Company, E. Sigurd John-
son, Eastman Kodak Company, Ford Foundation, General Electric,
General Food Corporation, Honor Society of Phi Kappa Phi, Kellogg,
National Aeronautics and Space Administration, National Institutes
of Health, National Lumber Manufacturing Association, National
Science Foundation, North Carolina Grange (E. G. Moss Fellow-
ship), North Carolina Textile Foundation, Officer of Education
(Department of Health, Education and Welfare), R. J. Reynolds
Tobacco Company, Research Corporation, Rockefeller Foundation,
Scholler Foundation, and Shell Oil Company.

Information relative to stipends, areas of research study sup-
ported by specific fellowships, and application forms may be
obtained from the Graduate School or from the heads of the appro-
priate departments.

22 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Assistantships

Graduate assistantships are granted to selected students who
normally devote half-time to service duties for the University.
Teaching assistantships carry stipends ranging from $2,700 to
$3,600 for the academic year and permit the holder to enroll for
sixty percent of a full course load. The stipends for research assist-
antships range from $2,700 to $3,600 for a calendar year appoint-
ment.

The University offers 625 assistantships requiring a service obliga-
tion in either teaching or research. Some of these are supported by
funds granted by the following agencies: the Air Force Cambridge
Research Laboratories, Air Force Office of Scientific Research, the
American Museum of Natural History, American Potash Institute,
Army Missile Command, Army Research Office (Durham), the
Atomic Energy Commission, Best Foods, Campbell Soup Company,
the Chilean Nitrate Education Bureau, Inc., Gerber Products Com-
pany, Hercules Powder Company, Department of Labor, the Lilliston
Implement Company, the Lilly Company, National Aeronautics and
Space Administration, National Cotton Council, National Institutes
of Health, National Science Foundation, Naval Applied Science
Laboratory, North Carolina Agricultural Foundation, North Carolina
Dairy Foundation, North Carolina Milk Commission, North Carolina
Motor Carriers Association, the Office of Naval Research, Pacific
Coast Borax Company, Peanut Growers Association, the Petroleum
Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, Pulp and Paper
Foundation, Inc., R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, the Ralston-
Purina Company, the Solvay Process Division of the Allied Chem-
ical Company, the Tennessee Corporation, U. S. Department of the
Interior, and the Weyerhaeuser Foundation.

RESIDENCE FACILITIES

Dormitory facilities are provided on the campus for unmarried
graduate students. The rental fee for double rooms in the men's
residence halls is $133 per semester.

A limited number of University apartments are available for
married graduate students in McKimmon Village. Rent per month,
not including utilities, is as follows: efficiency, $45; one bedroom,
$59.50; two bedroom, $71.

ADMISSIONS

Graduate School admission may be to full graduate standing,
provisional or unclassified status. Applications for admission to the
Graduate School must be accompanied by official transcripts from
all colleges previously attended.

Full Graduate Standing — For admission in this category a student
must have a bachelor's degree from a recognized college or univer-
sity regarded as standard by a regional or general accrediting
agency, and must have at least a B grade average in his under-
graduate major.

Provisional admission may be granted to applicants who lack
undergraduate work considered essential for graduate study in the
major field. Course work, without graduate credit, will be required
to make up such deficiencies before admission to full graduate
status can be granted.

Graduates from non-accredited institutions may be granted pro-
visional admission when their academic records warrant this status.
Additional course work will be required of such students when defi-
ciencies in their previous training are apparent.

Graduates from accredited institutions whose scholastic records are
below the standards for admission to full graduate standing may be
admitted provisionally when unavoidable extenuating circumstances
affected their undergraduate averages or when progressive improve-
ment in their undergraduate programs warrant provisional admis-
sion. All such students are required to take the Graduate Record
Examination and to submit scores to the Graduate School office in
support of their application. The National Teacher Examination may
be substituted for the Graduate Record Examination if recommended
by the department head. Information as to the dates on which the
Graduate Record and the National Teacher Examinations are given
may be obtained at the Graduate School office.

Graduate students admitted to provisional status may attain full
graduate standing when the deficiencies responsible for their pro-
visional status are corrected. They also must have maintained a
satisfactory academic record in all course work taken as part of their
graduate program. Change from provisional to full graduate standing
is effected only on written recommendation from the department in
which the student is seeking his degree.

Unclassified graduate students are not candidates for graduate
degrees. They may take courses for graduate credit but may not
apply more than ten credits earned while in the unclassified status
to any program leading to an advanced degree at this institution.
Unclassified graduate students are expected to meet the same ad-
missions requirements that apply to graduate students in full
standing.

Applications for admission to the Graduate School should be on

24 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

file in the Graduate School office at least thirty days in advance of
the registration date for the term in which the student wishes to
enroll in the Graduate School.

Public school personnel (primary teachers, secondary teachers,
or administrators) registering at North Carolina State for the first
time who are interested primarily in "Certification Credit" may
enroll as graduate students for a maximum of six semester hours
without forwarding official transcripts of previous work to the
Graduate Office. If, however, application is not made through nor-
mal channels for graduate credit in the session in which the course
or courses are taken, the student will not be permitted to apply the
credit toward an advanced degree at North Carolina State, or else-
where.

In all cases where the teacher's interest is primarily in approval
for certification credit, the School of Education will be responsible
for assessing the adequacy of the teacher's qualifications for enroll-
ment in the University in the particular course or courses. The
School of Education will also be responsible for advising all such
students early in each school session that if they wish their credits
to be applied in due course to a higher degree at North Carolina
State, or elsewhere, normal admission procedures will be required.

All teachers who have previously attended North Carolina State
University and earned six semester hours of credit and wish to en-
roll for additional courses for graduate credit will be required to
make application for admission to the Graduate School in the usual
manner, if they have not already done so.

In all cases a "B" level of academic performance or better is re-
quired.

Graduate-Special — This classification is used primarily for stu-
dents enrolling in special institutes such as the summer institutes
regularly held for college teachers, high school teachers, and grad-
uate students, or special graduate training programs for separate
groups such as our summer offerings for extension staff.

The following rules apply to students registered as Graduate-
Special :

1. All must have at least a baccalaureate degree from an ac-
credited institution of higher learning.

2. Official transcripts need not be submitted to the Graduate
Office for enrollment in this classification but the appropriate
institute or program director must file with the graduate dean
well in advance the nature of the program, the criteria and
methods used in selection of the students, and assurances
that the students have adequate preparation for the course
contemplated.

3. Placement in this classification carries with it no implication
that students will be admitted to the Graduate School in any
of the other classifications.

4. Graduate credit will be allowed not to exceed six hours of

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 25

course work at the 500 or 600 level if performance is at a
"B" level or better.

5. If the student is in due course admitted to the Graduate
School, graduate credit obtained under this classification may
apply to an advanced degree, if in the judgment of the Advisory
Committee the course (s) are germane to the particular pro-
gram of work.

6. Students who have received as much as six hours of graduate
credit under this classification must make application for
admission to the Graduate School before permission will be
granted to enroll for additional graduate work.

Registration

The Office of Registration must have written authorization from
the Dean of the Graduate School before any graduate student will
be given a permit to register. This authorization will be sent to
the Office of Registration by the graduate dean at the time the stu-
dent is notified of his acceptance.

Registration for Courses in Other Branches of the University

Graduate students working toward an advanced degree at North
Carolina State University may find it desirable to enroll for certain
courses in one of the other branches of the University. The follow-
ing principles and procedures apply in such cases:

1. A graduate student shall be considered to remain in the Grad-
uate School of the branch of the University to which he is
admitted for a specific degree program, to be under the con-
trol of his department, to be advised by his department, and
to be enrolled by that Graduate School for any graduate work
which he may take for credit in his own branch or any other
branch of the University.

2. A graduate student at one branch of the University who is
taking work at some other branch of the University for credit
toward his degree at the University branch to which he has
been admitted shall be enrolled for all courses, including those
at the other branch of the University, in his home Graduate
School. This Graduate School shall consider courses taken at
the other branch of the University as a part of the student's
normal load and shall use such enrollment in computing the
total billing which the home University will make to the stu-
dent.

3. A student at one branch of the University who is by this
method enrolled in one or more graduate courses at some other
branch of the University will be admitted to these courses,
provided space exists in these classes, by the Graduate School
of the other branch upon normal notification by the Graduate
School of the student's branch that the student has been

26 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

properly enrolled for these courses and has the approval of
the home branch for this program of study.

4. During the summer sessions approval of the courses to be
taken shall be asked, but the billing procedures shall be those
regularly used for visiting students.

5. No student enrolled as a regular graduate student in any
branch of the University shall be admitted to courses at
another branch of the University without the presentation by
the student of written permission from the Graduate School
of the branch to which the student was originally admitted.

Physical Examinations

All regularly enrolled graduate students must take a physical
examination preferably given by the family physician and the re-
sults recorded on forms provided by the University. When this is
not done the examination may be given by the North Carolina State
physician during registration for a fee of $10.

Course Load

A full-time graduate load is considered to be nine to fifteen
credits per semester. This course load restriction is made so that
graduate students may have time for reading and contemplation
well beyond the limits set for satisfactory undergraduate work. In
exceptional cases one or two additional credit hours may be added
to the roster if necessary in order to get prerequisite work not
taught in subsequent terms, provided the corresponding adjust-
ment in course load is made in the other terms. Rosters with addi-
tional credit hours beyond fifteen should be accompanied by a spe-
cial note from the head of the major department indicating the
reasons for the additional work.

Full-time faculty of instructor rank and above and other full-
time employees of the University who hold membership in the
Teachers' and State Employees' Retirement System may register
for credit or audit one course in each semester or summer term with
free tuition privileges. Free tuition privileges apply only during the
period of one's normal employment and do not include such other
charges as registration, laboratory or other appropriate fees. Each
applicant for free tuition privileges must complete and submit
through regular administrative channels a form provided by the
University.

Employees having academic rank higher than that of instructor
may register for graduate work for credit to be transferred to other
institutions. They may not undertake programs for graduate degrees
at the consolidated University of North Carolina.

Graduate assistants on half-time appointments are permitted a
maximum course load of nine credits per semester unless corres-
ponding adjustments are made in their service obligations during

THE GRADUATE CATALOG

the same semester. If the appointment is for the academic year of
nine months, half-time assistants are restricted to a maximum of
eighteen credit hours of work during the nine months of their ap-
pointment. Half-time graduate assistants whose appointments are
for twelve months may not exceed a total of twenty-four credits
during the twelve month period of their appointment. Three-quarter
time graduate assistants whose appointments are for twelve months
may register for a total of sixteen credits during the calendar year.
A total of six credits is the maximum load in a regular semester.

A member of the North Carolina State senior class may, upon
approval of the Dean of the Graduate School, register for courses
in the 500 group for graduate credit to fill a roster of studies not
to exceed fifteen credits in any semester. Not more than six hours of
graduate credit may be acquired by an undergraduate student. Cour-
ses listed with numbers in the 600 series are not ordinarily open
to undergraduates. Occasional exceptions may be made for "honor"
students.

The largest classroom facility on campus, Harrelson Hall's unusual
architecture makes it a campus landmark as well as a most functional
classroom building.

illll|l|!1ISMiiii!ii!'!!!!M II
Mill !! 1 1 •! 1 1 II 1 1 II I III

lllllllllilllllllllllll

ii illlllllllllllll 1 llllll

iiiii i ji i i ii i i i f i ■■■■■■■iiiii

}"!!

GRADUATE DEGREES

Admission to the Graduate School does not constitute admission
to candidacy for a graduate degree. Application for admission to
candidacy for graduate degrees must be submitted to the Adminis-
trative Board of the Graduate School. Applications of students pre-
paring for the master's degree may not be filed before the satis-
factory completion of one full semester of graduate study and must
be presented before the end of the first week of the last semester in
residence. Approval of the application will be determined by the
quality of the scholastic record and on the certification by the ma-
jor department that the student is qualified to continue advanced
work. Admission to candidacy for the doctorate is granted upon
satisfactory completion of the qualifying or preliminary examina-
tions.

The Graduate School at North Carolina State University offers
work leading to the Master of Science degree and the Professional
Master's degree in certain specialized fields in the Schools of Agri-
culture and Life Sciences, Education, Engineering, Forestry, Phy-
sical Sciences and Applied Mathematics, and Textiles; and the Doc-
tor of Philosophy degree in certain fields of agriculture and life
sciences, engineering, forestry, and physical sciences and applied
mathematics.

A graduate student is expected to familiarize himself with the
requirements for the degree for which he is a candidate and is held
responsible for the fulfillment of these requirements. This applies
to the last dates on which theses may be accepted, the dates for
examinations, the proper form of theses, and all other matters re-
garding requirements for degrees.

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE

The Master of Science degree is awarded at North Carolina State
after a student has completed a course of study in a specialized
field in agriculture and life sciences, education, engineering, for-
estry, physical sciences and applied mathematics, or textiles; has
demonstrated his ability to read a modern foreign language; has
completed a satisfactory thesis, and taken comprehensive examina-
tions in the chosen field of study.

In addition to complying with these requirements, the candidate
for the Master of Science degree is expected to achieve high levels
of scholarship. Graduate study is distinguished from undergraduate
work by its emphasis upon independent research. The graduate stu-
dent is more interested in the significance of facts than in the ac-
cumulation of data. He is concerned with the materials of learning
and the organization and interpretation of these materials.

A graduate student's program of study is planned so as to pro-
vide a comprehensive view of some major field of interest and to

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 29

furnish the training essential for successful research in this field
and related areas of knowledge. As great a latitude is permitted in
the selection of courses as is compatible with a well-defined major
interest. The program of course work is selected with the object of
making possible a reasonable mastery of the subject matter in a
specialized field. Training in research is provided to familiarize the
student with the methods, ideals, and goals of independent investi-
gation. Since there are many possible combinations of courses, the
administration of graduate programs calls for personal supervision
of each student's plan of work by a special advisory committee of
the graduate faculty. (See page 30). The program of course work
to be followed by the student as part of the requirements for the
master's degree, and the thesis problem selected, must be approved
by the student's advisory committee and the Dean of the Graduate
School.

Credits

1. For the Master of Science degree a minimum of 30 semester
credits is required.

2. No more than six of the academic credits required for the de-
gree will be accepted from other institutions.

3. No graduate credit will be awarded for excess undergraduate
credit from another institution.

4. All work credited toward a master's degree must be com-
pleted within six calendar years.

5. No graduate credit is allowed for courses taken by correspond-
ence. A maximum of six semester credits may be obtained in
extension study in the field of education, provided the ex-
tension courses are taught by a member of the graduate fac-
ulty and provided the courses are given graduate ranking by
the Graduate School. Courses taken by extension are accepted
for graduate credit only when the student has been admitted
to the Graduate School and when notice of his registration is
filed with the Graduate Office. Credit for extension courses
reduces the amount of credit that may be transferred from
other institutions by the amount of graduate credit granted.

The thirty semester credit hour requirement for the master's de-
gree represents the minimum quantity of work acceptable. The
credit hours required of graduate students usually exceed the mini-
mum requirements. Inadequate preparation and thesis research
frequently make additional work necessary.

Courses of Study

The program of the student shall include at least eight semester
credits in courses of the 600 group, no more than six of which may
be allowed for research study. At least twenty semester hours must
come from the 500 and 600 group. A maximum of two hours of
seminar is permitted.

30 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

During the first term in residence an advisory committee of at
least three faculty members, one representing the minor field, will
be appointed by the dean, after consultation with the head of the
major department, for each student engaged in a program of work
leading to the master's degree. The advisory committee will meet
with the student and prepare a program of course work to meet
the requirements of the student's graduate objectives. Four copies
of the program, prepared on forms provided for this purpose, must
be approved by each member of the committee, by the head of the
major department, and by the Dean of the Graduate School. After
approval in the Graduate Office, three copies will be returned to the
department head — one for his files, one for the chairman of the
advisory committee, and one for the student.

The courses taken by a graduate student shall constitute a well
rounded but unified plan of study. This means that the program
of research and course work shall be divided between a major and
a minor field. While there are no inflexible rules which govern
the number of credit hours that must constitute the major and minor,
in general, it is expected that approximately two-thirds of the course
work will fall in the major and one-third in the minor. The detailed
course requirements for each graduate student program are left to
the judgment of the advisory committee.

Residence

Students engaged in a course of study leading to the Master of
Science degree are required to be in residence, pursuing graduate
work, one full academic year.

Class Work

A graduate student is expected to show greater initiative in ex-
ploring the possibilities of the subject matter presented in the
courses he takes than is the undergraduate. He is also expected to
recognize the significance of facts and to assume a responsibility for
relating data to theoretical concepts. In preparation, attendance, and
in all the routine of class work the graduate student is subject to
the regulations observed in other divisions of the University.

Grades

A minimum grade of "C" must be made on all formal course work
to obtain graduate credit. An average of "B" must be obtained on
all course work taken as part of the student's graduate program.
Failure to maintain a "B" average will place the student on proba-
tion. Any student whose academic record fails to meet the "B"
average requirement for two consecutive terms will not be per-
mitted to continue a graduate program without the written approval
of the graduate dean.

Grades in research, seminar, and special problems courses are

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 31

given in terms of "S" (satisfactory) or "U" (unsatisfactory) in
place of the symbols used for formal course work.

The grade incomplete may be used in research and laboratory
courses when circumstances beyond the control of the student have
prevented completion of the work by the end of the academic term.
A grade of incomplete may be given only after approval of the grad-
uate dean and must be converted to one of the usual symbols before
the end of the next academic semester in which the student is in
residence.

Language Requirements

A reading knowledge of at least one modern foreign language
(Germanic, Romance, or Slavic) is required of candidates for the
Master of Science degree.

The language requirement must be satisfied before a student can
be admitted to candidacy.

Proficiency in languages is determined by the Department of
Modern Languages:

1. By traditional reading knowledge examination at any time re-
quested by the student.

2. By taking course work (audit) especially designed for grad-
uate students who have no previous foreign language experi-
ence or who wish to refresh work formerly done. The depart-
ment offers special courses beginning with elementary
grammar and proceeding, during the semester, to general
scientific reading. Pronunciation is emphasized to the degree
in which it will help in translating from the language into
English. This first course is followed by a second course in
which the student selects work from scientific publications
touching as nearly as possible his major interest. He will then
be assigned a particular instructor with whom he will read
in individual conferences. When the conference instructor is
satisfied that the student has demonstrated his knowledge of
intricate grammatical problems, a decrease in the time re-
quired for reading, and a confidence in his ability to use the
language, he will be certified without further examination.
The completed translations may then, depending upon their
merit, be edited and prepared for permanent filing with the
various translation libraries throughout the country.

Graduate students who expect to complete the requirements for
the Master of Science degree should confer with the head of the
Department of Modern Languages soon after registration to for-
mulate plans for meeting the language requirement of this degree.

Students whose native language is other than English may meet
the foreign language requirement for the Master of Science degree
by demonstrating a satisfactory mastery of English. Examinations
in English are conducted by the Department of Modern Languages.

32 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Thesis

A candidate for the Master of Science degree must prepare a
thesis representing an original investigation. The subject of the
thesis must be approved by the head of the department in which
the major work is done and by the student's advisory committee.
Three copies of the thesis in final form, and five copies of the ab-
stract, must be filed in the Graduate Office at least one month before
the degree is awarded. Detailed instructions as to form and organi-
zation of the thesis may be obtained at the Graduate Office.

Examinations

All candidates for the Master of Science degree must pass, with
a grade of "A", "B", or "C", all formal course work specified as part
of the requirements for the degree. Graduate credit for research,
seminar, and special problems courses is granted when a grade of
"S" is recorded in the Registration Office. In addition, the candidate
must pass a comprehensive oral examination that is held to satisfy
the examining committee that the candidate possesses a reasonable
mastery of knowledge in the major and minor fields and that this
knowledge can be used with promptness and accuracy. This exami-
nation may not be held until all other requirements, except com-
pleting the course work of the last semester, are satisfied. Applica-
tion for the comprehensive oral examination must be filed with the
graduate dean by the chairman of the advisory committee at least
two weeks prior to the date on which the examination is to be held.

The oral examination will be conducted by an examining commit-
tee appointed by the graduate dean. The chairman of the examining
committee will be the chairman of the student's advisory committee.
At least two additional members will be appointed to represent the
major and minor fields. The comprehensive oral examination is
open to all faculty members who care to attend but the decision as
to the candidate's fitness rests solely with the examining committee.

At the discretion of the examining committee, written examina-
tions covering the subject matter in the major and minor fields also
may be required of the candidate. Written examinations, when re-
quired, may not be held earlier than the end of the first month of
the last semester in residence, and not later than one week before
the comprehensive oral examination. See Summary of Procedures
for the Master's Degree below.

MASTER'S DEGREE IN A PROFESSIONAL FIELD

This degree is offered for students who are interested in the
more advanced applications of fundamental principles to specialized
fields rather than in the acquisition of the broader background in
advanced scientific studies which would fit them for careers in re-

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 33

search. Students working for this degree ordinarily will terminate
their graduate work at this point.

Examples of the types of degrees that may be awarded upon com-
pletion of the course of study in a professional field are Master of
Education, Master of Forestry, Master of Agricultural Engineering,
Master of Applied Mathematics, Master of Experimental Statistics,
Master of Electrical Engineering, and Master of Textile Technology.

The chief characteristic of these degrees is that the changes
made in requirements permit, in greater measure, the satisfaction of
what are represented as professional needs than do the requirements
for the conventional Master of Science degree.

Language Requirements

The candidate for a master's degree in a professional field is ex-
empt from the requirement of a reading knowledge of a modern
foreign language.

Thesis Requirements

In the School of Education the thesis requirement for the master's
degree in each of the specialized fields may be waived by the de-
partment in which the degree is sought. When the thesis require-
ment is waived the student must complete the course "Introduction
to Educational Research," or a departmental course in research and
a problem report. A thesis is not required in the Master of Forestry,
Master of Applied Mathematics, Master of Experimental Statistics,
Master of Electrical Engineering and Master of Textile Technology
programs, nor for professional degrees in the departments of the
School of Agriculture and Life Sciences.

Other Requirements

The other requirements for the master's degree in a professional
field are the same as for the Master of Science degree.

MASTER OF AGRICULTURE DEGREE

This plan is offered for students interested in advanced training
in the broad field of agriculture but whose responsibility is not
in research. The requirements for the degree are designed to pro-
vide an opportunity for professional training without narrow spe-
cialization for those who plan to devote their lives to some phase
of practical agriculture. Among the individuals interested in this
degree are agricultural extension workers and foreign students who
are in action or educational programs. The proposed plan differs
from the plan for the Master of Science degree in the following
principal respects:

1. A total of thirty-six semester credits is required.

2. A minimum of four semester credits in special problems is

34 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

required. Not more than six semester credits in special prob-
lems will be allowed. This work replaces the research thesis
requirement for the Master of Science degree.

3. There are no specific requirements as to courses in the 600
group.

4. A reading knowledge of a modern foreign language is not re-
quired.

In all other respects the requirements for the Master of Agricul-
ture degree are the same as those for the Master of Science degree.

SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES FOR THE PROFESSIONAL
MASTER'S DEGREE

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate School
or department head.

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate School or de-
partment head.

3. Receipt of application forms and transcripts by Graduate
School.

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study.

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective stu-
dent stating curriculum in which he will work and the degree
sought.

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholas-
tic standards, notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the
Graduate School. When the student's academic record fails
to meet the minimum scholastic standards of the Graduate
School, provisional admission may be granted upon submission
by the student of evidence of a satisfactory performance on
the Graduate Record or National Teacher Examination. The
National Teacher Examination is accepted only when approved
by the department head and the graduate dean.

7. Permit to register is sent by the Graduate School to the regis-
trar.

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned
an advisor and makes out a roster of courses in consultation
with departmental advisor.

9. Advisory committee of three or more faculty members, one
of whom represents the minor field, appointed before the end
of the first semester of graduate study by the Graduate
School after consultation with the department head. If de-
partmental written examinations are required by the major
department, then there may be a minimum of two members on
the advisory committee (one from the major field and one
from the minor).

10. Plan of work prepared by the advisory committee in consulta-
tion with the student and submitted in quadruplicate to the
Graduate School by the end of the first semester in residence.

11. Plan of work approved by the graduate dean and three copies

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 35

returned to the department head. One copy is kept in depart-
ment files, one goes to the advisor, and one is given to the stu-
dent. Students preparing themselves for the professional degree
in specialized fields of education should consult the chairman of
their committees with reference to their problem report.

12. Student applies for admission to candidacy for the master's
degree. Application must be filed before the end of the first
week of the last semester in residence.

13. Application is reviewed by the head of the major department
and by the graduate dean and, if approved, the student be-
comes a candidate for the degree.

14. Permission for the candidate to take the final oral examination
is requested of the Graduate School at least two weeks before
the examination.

15. Permission is granted by the graduate dean — date is set and
examining committee appointed. The report on the final ex-
amination should be filed with the Graduate School as soon as
the examination has been completed.

16. Graduate School certifies to the Registration Office and to
the Administrative Board of the Graduate School that all
requirements for the degree have been met and recommends
the awarding of the degree.

17. All requirements must be completed within six calendar years.

18. Student must be registered in semester or session in which
degree is to be awarded.

SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES FOR THE MASTER OF
SCIENCE DEGREE

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate School
or department head.

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate School or de-
partment head.

3. Receipt of application form and transcript by Graduate School.

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study.

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective student
stating curriculum in which he will work and the degree sought.

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholas-
tic standards, notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the
Graduate School. When the student's academic record fails to
meet the minimum scholastic standards of the Graduate School,
provisional admission may be granted upon submission by the
student of evidence of a satisfactory performance on the Grad-
uate Record or National Teacher Examinations. The National
Teacher Examination is accepted only when approved by the
department head and the graduate dean.

7. Permit to register is sent by the Graduate School to the regis-
trar.

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned an

36 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

advisor and makes out a roster of courses in consultation with
department advisor.
9. Advisory committee of three or more faculty members, one of
whom represents the minor field, appointed before the end of
the first semester of graduate study by the Graduate School
after consultation with the department head.

10. Plan of work prepared by the advisory committee in consulta-
tion with the student and submitted in quadruplicate to the
Graduate School by the end of the first semester in residence.

11. Plan of work approved by the graduate dean and three copies
returned to the department head. One copy is kept in depart-
ment files, one goes to the advisor, and one is given to the
student.

12. A thesis subject is selected and an outline of the proposed
research submitted to the department head and to the student's
advisory committee.

13. Student passes language examination. The language require-
ment must be satisfied before admission to candidacy can be
granted.

14. Student applies for admission to candidacy for the master's
degree. Application must be filed before the end of the first
week of the last semester in residence and may not be filed
before the language requirement is satisfied.

15. Application is reviewed by the head of the major department
and by the graduate dean and, if approved, the student becomes
a candidate for the degree.

16. A copy of a preliminary draft of the thesis is submitted to the
chairman of the student's committee for criticism.

17. At least two weeks prior to the final oral examination, the
chairman of the student's advisory committee submits a cor-
rected draft of the dissertation to members for review.

18. Permission for the candidate to take the final oral examination
is requested of the Graduate School at least two weeks before
the examination, and must be accompanied by a certification
that the thesis is complete except for such revisions as may be
necessary as a result of the final examination.

19. Permission is granted by the graduate dean — date is set and
examining committee appointed. The report on the final exam-
ination should be filed with the Graduate School as soon as the
examination has been completed.

20. Three copies of the thesis in final form approved by each mem-
ber of the student's advisory committee and signed by the ad-
visor must be submitted to the Graduate School at least four
weeks before the end of the semester or summer session in
which the degree is to be conferred.

21. Graduate School certifies to the registration office and to the
general faculty that all requirements for the degree have been
met and recommends the awarding of the degree.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 37

22. All requirements must be completed within six calendar years.

23. Student must be registered in term in which degree is to be
awarded.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is offered in the following
fields of study:

Animal Science

Applied Mathematics

Biochemistry

Biological and Agricultural Engineering

Botany (in the fields of physiology and ecology)

Chemical Engineering

Chemistry

Civil Engineering

Crop Science

Economics

Electrical Engineering

Engineering Mechanics

Entomology

Experimental Statistics

Food Science

Forestry

Genetics

Mechanical Engineering

Microbiology

Mineral Industries (in the field of ceramic engineering)

Nuclear Engineering

Physics

Physiology

Plant Pathology

Rural Sociology

Soil Science

Wood Science and Technology

Zoology

The doctor's degree symbolizes the fact that the recipient is
capable of undertaking original research and scholarly work at the
highest levels without supervision. Therefore, the Doctor of Philos-
ophy degree is not granted on the basis of successful completion of
a given amount of course work, but rather upon the demonstration
by the candidate of a comprehensive knowledge and high attain-
ment in scholarship and research in a specialized field of study.
These attainments are determined by the quality of the dissertation
which the candidate prepares to report the results of original
investigations and by passing successfully a series of rigorous and
comprehensive examinations on the special and related fields of
study.

38 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Course of Study

At the time of admission the student should, with the advice of
the chairman of the department, elect a major field. During the stu-
dent's first semester in residence, an advisory committee of at least
four members will be appointed by the graduate dean, after consul-
tation with the department head, to prepare with the student a plan
of graduate work. Four copies of the program, signed by all mem-
bers of the advisory committee and the department head or graduate
administrator, are referred to the graduate dean for approval.
When approved, three copies are returned to the department head,
one being retained in the department files, a second copy is given
to the chairman of the advisory committee, and the third copy is
given to the student. The subject of the dissertation must appear
on the plan of work and any subsequent changes in the subject of
the thesis or in the plan of graduate work must be reported to the
Graduate School for approval.

There are no definite requirements in credit hours for the doctor's
degree. Emphasis is placed upon a comprehensive knowledge of a
well defined and recognized field and related subjects. Each student
will have a major and one or two minor areas of specialization. The
minor field ordinarily will consist of at least twenty semester credit
hours. These may fall in an allied department or in the major de-
partment. A minor in the department of the major is permitted only
when the department offers recognized divisions of study other than
that designated as the major field.

Residence

For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, the student is expected to
be registered for graduate work for at least six semesters beyond the
bachelor's degree at some accredited graduate school. The amount
of work from other institutions credited to the fulfillment of degree
requirements will be determined by the dean after consultation
with the student's advisory committee at the time the plan of grad-
uate work is filed.

At least two residence credits, as defined below, must be secured
in continuous residence (registration in consecutive semesters) as
a graduate student at some branch of the consolidated University
of North Carolina. Failure to take work during the summer does
not break the continuity; however, summer school work can be used
to fulfill this requirement.

Residence credit is based on the number of credits of graduate
work beyond the bachelor's degree carried in a given term. During
a regular semester, residence credit is calculated in the following
manner:

Semester Credits Residence Credits

9 or more 1

6-8 %

less than six* %

* Including registration for thesis preparation on campus.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 39

The residence credit for a six-week summer term is only one-half
the corresponding amount for a regular semester; i.e., six semester
credits carry 1/3 residence credit and less than six credits, 1/6 resi-
dence credit. If a student registers for a twelve-week summer term,
the residence credit is computed as for regular semesters. If a
student registers for both twelve-week and six-week summer terms,
the residence credit is computed separately for each type and
totaled, with the stipulation that no more than one residence credit
can be earned in a given summer.

The candidate must complete all requirements for the degree,
including the final examination on his dissertation, within a period
of seven calendar years from the date of admission to candidacy for
the degree.

Languages

A reading knowledge of scientific literature in two modern foreign
languages or a comprehension in depth of one language is required
for the Doctor of Philosophy degree.

Comprehension in depth is to be interpreted as a proven ability
in the oral and composition elements of a particular language as
well as the reading knowledge normally required. Ph.D. students
desiring to offer one language in depth should consult with the head
of the Department of Modern Languages as to the specific courses
to be followed to achieve this comprehension. Specific arrange-
ments may differ, depending upon the student's previous background
in the language. It is emphasized that students choosing to achieve
competence in depth in one language will generally find this alter-
native more rigorous than proof of reading ability in two languages.

If the student elects to work in two languages, the languages
may be a combination of Romance and Slavic, Romance and Ger-
manic, or Slavic and Germanic.

Students whose native tongue is some language other than Eng-
lish may use English as one of the languages required for the
Doctor of Philosophy degree. When English is submitted in partial
fulfillment of the language requirements, the native language may
not be used to satisfy one of the language requirements.

The Dissertation

The doctoral dissertation presents the results of the candidate's
.original investigations in the field of his major interest. It must
represent a contribution to knowledge, adequately supported by
data and written in a manner consistent with high standards of
excellence in scholarship. Detailed instructions relating to the
thesis may be obtained from the Graduate Office.

Publication of the results obtained in the thesis investigation is
expected. Each copy of the thesis must be accompanied by an ab-
stract of approximately 500 words.

The dissertation will be examined by all members of the examin-

40 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

ing committee and must receive their approval to be acceptable to
the Graduate Office.

Two copies of the dissertation in final form, signed by all mem-
bers of the student's advisory committee, and five copies of the
abstract must be presented to the Graduate School not later than
four weeks before the date on which the degree is to be awarded.

North Carolina State now has an agreement with University
Microfilms, Inc., of Ann Arbor, Michigan, by which all doctoral
dissertations are microfilmed and abstracts of the dissertations are
published in Dissertation Abstracts.

Examinations

Not earlier than the end of the second year of graduate study and
not later than the midpoint of the semester immediately preceding
that in which the degree is expected, each doctoral student is re-
quired to pass general comprehensive examinations (known as the
qualifying or preliminary examinations). If summer sessions are
involved, the two consecutive summer sessions are, for these pur-
poses, considered as equivalent to one semester. The examinations
are given by an examining committee of graduate faculty members
appointed by the graduate dean after consultation with the head of
the department in which the student's major work has been taken.
The examining committee usually consists of the student's advisory
committee and a representative of the Graduate School, but may
include other members of the graduate faculty. The examinations
are open to all members of the graduate faculty who may care to
attend.

Authorization for the qualifying examination is requested of the
Graduate School by the chairman of the student's advisory com-
mittee when the major part of the student's program of course work
has been completed and when, in judgment of the committee, the
student is prepared to devote the greater part of his time to the
prosecution of his research study. Members of the examining com-
mittee will be notified of their appointment by the Graduate Office.
Official printed forms will be supplied to the chairman of the exam-
ining committee for a report of the results of the examination.

The examination consists of two parts: (1) written examinations
and (2) an oral examination held before the entire examining com-
mittee. When, in the judgment of the chairman of the student's
advisory committee the student is ready for the written examina-
tions, arrangements may be made. Two approaches are acceptable.
In the first, the chairman requests examination questions from each
member of the examining committee. Each set of questions is given
to the student by the chairman in any order that may seem appro-
priate. The questions, together with the student's answers, are then
returned to the members of the committee for grading. This proce-
dure is still used by departments having a relatively small number
of doctoral candidates. Many of the larger departments, however,

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 41

have found it impractical to have separate written examinations
prepared by each student's committee and have instituted depart-
mental written examinations to be used for all candidates. These
examinations are given several times during the year and scheduled
dates are announced well in advance. Where written departmental
examinations of this kind are made available, the student majoring
or minoring in the field of the department will be expected to make
arrangements for taking these examinations. Questions on written
examinations may cover any phase of the course work taken by the
student during the period of his graduate study or any subject
logically related and basic to an understanding of the subject mat-
ter of the major and minor areas of study. They should be designed
to measure the student's mastery of these subject matter fields and
the adequacy of his preparation for research investigations.

Upon satisfactory completion of the written examinations the
student must pass an oral examination before the entire examining
committee. This examination is usually held within a week after
the chairman of the examining committee has certified to the Grad-
uate School that the student has completed satisfactorily the writ-
ten examinations. The members of the examining committee will be
notified by the Graduate School of the time and place arranged for
the oral examination. The oral examination is designed to test the
student's ability to relate factual knowledge to specific circum-
stances. In the oral examination the student is expected to use his
knowledge with accuracy and promptness and to demonstrate that
his thinking is not limited to the facts learned in course work.

A unanimous vote of approval is required for passing the pre-
liminary examination. Approval may be conditioned, however, upon
the completion of additional work in some particular field to the
satisfaction of the committee. In case a single dissenting vote is
cast, the course of action to be taken will become a matter for deci-
sion by the Administrative Board. Upon receiving the approval of
the examining committee the student is admitted to candidacy for
the doctorate.

A final oral examination is also required. During a normal aca-
demic year, an interval of at least eight months must elapse between
admission to candidacy and the final oral examination. If summer
sessions are involved, this interval may be interpreted to include
two consecutive summer sessions and one academic semester.

This examination is held after the dissertation has been com-
pleted, and consists of a defense by the candidate of the methods
used and the conclusions reached in his research study. The exam-
ination is conducted by an examining committee. The examining
committee usually includes the student's advisory committee, plus
a representative of the Graduate School, although this procedure
is not always adopted. The examining committee is appointed by
the graduate dean after consultation with the head of the student's
major department.

Failure of a student to pass either the preliminary or the final

42 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

examination terminates his graduate work at this institution unless
otherwise recommended by the examining committee. No re-exam-
ination may be given until at least one full semester has elapsed
since the first examination. Only one re-examination is permitted.

See Summary of Procedures for Doctor of Philosophy Degree
below.

Admission to Candidacy

A student is admitted to candidacy after he has successfully
passed the preliminary examinations. The language requirements
must be fulfilled before permission to take the preliminary exam-
ination is granted. Admission to candidacy must be obtained not
later than the midpoint of the semester immediately preceding that
in which the degree is expected.

Additional Information

A booklet containing detailed instruction about the form of the
dissertation may be obtained from the Graduate School.

Further information concerning graduate work at North Carolina
State University may be secured from Dr. Walter J. Peterson, Dean
of the Graduate School, North Carolina State University at Raleigh,
Raleigh, North Carolina.

SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES FOR THE DOCTOR OF
PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate School
or department head.

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate School or de-
partment head.

3. Receipt of application forms by Graduate School.

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study.

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective stu-
dent stating curriculum in which he will work.

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholas-
tic standards, notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the
Graduate School.

7. Permit to register is sent by Graduate School to the registrar.

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned an
advisor, and makes out a roster of courses in consultation with
departmental advisor.

9. Advisory committee of at least four members is appointed in
the first term of graduate study by the graduate dean after
consultation with the department head.

10. Plan of work is prepared by the advisory committee in consul-
tation with the student and submitted in quadruplicate to the
Graduate School by the end of the first semester in residence.

11. Plan of work is approved by the graduate dean and three copies

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 43

returned to the department head. One copy is kept in depart-
ment files, one goes to the advisor, and one is given to the
student.

12. A dissertation subject is selected and an outline of the pro-
posed research submitted to the department head and the stu-
dent's advisory committee.

13. Student passes language examinations.

14. When the student has completed satisfactorily all the courses
in the minor field on his plan of work, he may, with the consent
of the chairman of his committee, take the written qualifying
examination in the field of his minor. If desirable, this exam-
ination may be taken if all but one of the courses in the minor
field have been completed and the student is taking the last
such course during the semester in which the examination is
held. The results of this examination will be reported to the
Graduate School. The examination in the minor field may be
combined with the examination in the major field.

15. The written examination in the major field may be scheduled
upon approval of the Dean of the Graduate School not earlier
than the end of the second year of graduate study and not
later than the mid-point of the semester immediately preceding
that in which the degree is expected. The results of this exam-
ination will be reported to the Graduate School.

16. When all written examinations have been completed satisfac-
torily, the oral qualifying examination may be held. The Grad-
uate School is notified one week in advance of the time and
place of this examination. The report of the examination is sent
to the Graduate School. If the report is favorable, the student
is admitted to candidacy.

17. A copy of the preliminary draft of the dissertation is submitted
to the chairman of the student's committee for criticism.

18. At least two weeks prior to the final oral examination, the chair-
man of the student's advisory committee submits a corrected
draft of the dissertation to members for review.

19. Eight months (or two terms) after admission to candidacy or
later, permission for the candidate to take the final oral exam-
ination is requested of the Graduate School by the chairman
of the candidate's advisory committee. Requests should be filed
at least two weeks before the date of the examination and must
be accompanied by a certification that the thesis is complete
except for such revisions as may be necessary as a result of
the final examination.

20. Permission is granted by the graduate dean if the student's
record is in order. A date is set and examining committee ap-
pointed. The report on the examination should be filed with
the Graduate School as soon as examination has been completed.

21. Two copies of the thesis in final form and five copies of the
abstract must be submitted to the Graduate School not later
than four weeks before the date on which the degree is to be

44 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

awarded. It must carry the signatures of all members of the
examining committee.

22. Graduate School certifies to the Registration Office and to the
general faculty that all requirements for the degree have been
met and recommends the awarding of the degree.

23. All requirements must be completed within seven calendar
years from date of admission to candidacy for the doctoral
degree.

24. Student must be registered in the term in which the degree is
to be awarded.

The Erdahl-Cloyd Union is the center for many student activities,
including concerts, lectures and exhibits. The Union sponsored concert
series is among the best attended in the United States.

FIELDS OF INSTRUCTION

Departmental Announcements and Description of Courses

The course descriptions are planned for the academic years 1966-67
and 1967-68, unless indicated otherwise. Specific courses may not be
offered, however, if registration for a course is too low, or if faculty
or facilities are not available.

Courses in the 500 series are open to seniors and graduate students.
All courses in this series carry full graduate credit. Courses in the 600
series are open to graduate students only. Master's programs must
include not less than 20 semester hours from courses in the 500 and
600 series.

DEPARTMENT OF ADULT EDUCATION

GRADUATE FACULTY
Professor: Edgar John Boone, Head
Associate Professors: Robert John Dolan, Emily H. Quinn

The Department of Adult Education offers programs of study
leading to the Master of Adult Education and Master of Science
degrees with a major in adult education.

The program is based upon an interdisciplinary approach and is
designed to provide graduate students the opportunity to develop a
broad and comprehensive understanding of adult education and a high
level of professional competence in conducting research. Bolstering
the interdisciplinary base of the graduate program is the Graduate
Institute of Adult Education, administered by an Administrative
Board, which includes the deans of the Schools of Agriculture and
Life Sciences, Education, Liberal Arts, and the Graduate School at
North Carolina State University, and the dean of the School of Home
Economics at the University of North Carolina at Greensboro.

A candidate for the master's degree must acquire a comprehensive
understanding of the adult and society, and the theories of learning,
social action, group processes, communication and planning requisite
to effecting change among people. While a basic comprehension of
these relevant theories is the first essential, the candidate must also
understand their interrelationships and how they apply to adult edu-
cation. The degree candidate must present a thesis based on his own
research.

The basic aspects of the behavioral sciences as related to adult
education is the central theme of the Department of Adult Educa-
tion's graduate program. The varied but coordinated interests of the
department's faculty with their research programs offer a variety of
opportunities for graduate student training that is found in few
institutions.

The Department of Adult Education is housed in Ricks Hall. It

46 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

has a modern and well-equipped department library including all
major professional journals in adult education and the behavioral
sciences.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

Ed 501 See SOG 501, Leadership. 3(3-0) s

ED 502 See PS 502, Public Administration. 3(3-0) s

ED 503 The Programming Process in Adult Education 3(3-0) fs

Prerequisites: ED 501, permission of instructor

The principles and processes involved in programming, including basic
theories and concepts supporting the programming process. Attention will
be given to the general framework in which programming is done, the or-
ganization needed, and the program roles of both professional and lay
leaders. Messrs. Boone, Dolan

ED 513 See RS 513, Community Organization. 3 (3-0) s

ED 559 Principles of Adult Education 3(3-0) s

Prerequisite : Six hours in education

Principles involved in adult education programs including theories and
concepts undergirding and requisite to these programs. Emphasis will be
given to the interrelationship of the nature of adult learning, the nature
of the subject matter and the setting in which learning occurs. The ap-
plicability of relevant principles and pertinent research findings to adult
learning will be thoroughly treated. Mrs. Quinn

ED 596 Topical Problems in Adult Education Credits by Arrangement
Study and scientific analysis of problems in adult education, and prepara-
tion of a scholarly research type of paper. Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

ED 696 Seminar in Adult Education 1(1-0) f

Identification and scientific analysis of major issues and problems rele-
vant to adult education. Credit for this course will involve the active par-
ticipation of the student in a formal seminar and the scientific appraisal
and solution of a selected problem. The course is designed to help the stu-
dent acquire a broad perspective of issues confronting adult educators and
to acquire experience in the scientific analysis and solution of specific
issues. Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Clarence Cayce Scarborough, Head, James Bryant Kirk-
land

Associate Professors: Harry Geddie Beard, Lawrence William Drabick

Assistant Professors: Charles Douglas Bryant, Texton Robert Miller

The Department of Agricultural Education offers programs of study
leading to the Master of Science and the Master of Education degrees.
Graduate programs are designed to meet the needs of the individual
student for further study and research as well as for the role of local
educational leader. All programs emphasize research. As part of the

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 47

graduate program, each student must complete a thesis or a research
problem.

In addition to the many resources available to all North Carolina
State graduate students, agricultural education students have available
assistance from administrative and supervisory staff members of the
State Department of Public Instruction in Raleigh.

A number of graduate assistantships are available. Preference is
given to experienced educational leaders in agricultural education.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

ED 554 Planning Programs in Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent

Analysis of theory of planning and change. Consideration of the need for
planning programs in agricultural education; objectives and evaluation of
community programs; use of advisory groups; organization and use of
lacilities; role of the leader. Messrs. Bryant, Scarborough

ED 568 Adult Education in Agriculture 3 (3.0 ) fs

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent

Designed to meet the needs of leaders in adult education. Opportunity to
study some of the basic problems and values in working with adult groups
Particular attention will be given to the leadership role in educational pro-
grams for adults. Messrs. Bryant, Scarborough

ED 593 Special Problems Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent

Opportunities for students to study current problems under the guidance
of the staff. Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

ED 617 Philosophy of Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ED 554 or equivalent

An examination of educational philosophies and their relation to current
educational programs in agricultural education. Mr. Scarborough

ED 664 Supervision in Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ED 563 or equivalent

Organization, administration, evaluation and possible improvement of
supervisory practice; theory, principles and techniques of effective super-
vision in agricultural education at different levels. Mr. Scarborough

ED 693 Advanced Problems Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite: ED 593 or equivalent

Study of current and advanced problems in the teaching and administra-
tion of educational programs, evaluation of procedures and consideration
for improving. Graduate Staff

ED 694 Seminar in Agricultural Education 1 (1-0) fs

A critical review of current problems, articles, and books of interest to
students of agricultural education. Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF ANIMAL SCIENCE

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors : Ira Deward Porterfield, Head, Elliott Roy Barrick, Edward
Guy Batte, Lemuel Goode, George Hyatt, Jr., James Giacomo Lecce,
James Edward Legates, Gennard Matrone, Harold Arch Ramsey,

48 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Frank Houston Smith, Hamilton Arlo Stewart, Samuel B. Tove,
Lester Curtis Ulberg, George Herman Wise, Milton B. Wise

Associate Professors : Albert J. Clawson, Emmett Urcey Dillard, Rich-
ard Douglas Mochrie, Odis Wayne Robison

Assistant Professors: Edward Vitangelo Caruolo, Donald Gould Daven-
port, Eugene J. Eisen, James Murray Leatherwood, John Joseph
McNeill, Richard Monier Myers, Allen Huff Rakes

The Department of Animal Science offers programs leading to the
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in three sec-
tions (Animal Breeding, Animal Diseases, and Nutrition) that are
functionally oriented, and in two sections (Animal Husbandry and
Dairy Husbandry) that are commodity oriented. The interrelation-
ships among these sections are such that a student who chooses any
one benefits from close association with the others. The goals of all
are to provide programs of interest and challenge, offering students
opportunities to develop creative ability to the degree that they will
have the knowledge and the motivation to contribute constructively in
their chosen profession and in closely related fields.

The availability of a variety of modern laboratories, specialized
equipment, and experimental subjects enables the student to become
familiar with the tools of research and their use in expanding knowl-
edge in the various segments of animal science. The research exposure
in fulfilling the requirements for degrees, more than any other single
factor, determines the specialization characteristics in animal science.

Students in the Animal Breeding Section concentrate on problems
pertaining to efficient utilization of superior germ plasm. Emphasis is
given to quantative genetics and reproductive physiology. Experi-
mental subjects include not only livestock but also small animals.
Among the facilities is a laboratory building designed and used to
study various factors affecting reproduction.

Students in the Animal Disease Section may specialize in pathology,
parasitology, veterinary bacteriology, virology or other phases of ani-
mal disease. For research and training in these areas, a modern build-
ing including appropriate laboratories and equipment is provided.

Students in the Nutrition Section are trained primarily in the funda-
mental aspects of the science of this field. Programs are oriented
toward the basic phases of nutrition, including metabolism of minerals,
lipids, higher carbohydrates, proteins, and microbes; physiology and
biochemistry of digestion; and biochemical evaluation of nutrient
sources. Excellent laboratory facilities, biochemical and animal, are
available.

Students in the Animal Husbandry Section may select problems in
nutrition, developmental physiology, carcass quality, production ef-
ficiency and interrelationships of breeding, and feeding and manage-
ment of species of livestock classified as meat animals.

Students in the Dairy Husbandry Section have the option of nutri-
tion, physiology or management of dairy cattle for major emphasis
in their programs.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 49

In both of the husbandry sections, livestock, farms, feeding facili-
ties, and laboratories are such that a variety of problems may be used
effectively in graduate programs.

Strong collateral support through course offerings and research
cooperation is available in the areas of biochemistry, physiology,
genetics, microbiology, statistics, economics, sciences, and food sci-
ences. Therefore, graduate programs in animal science offer oppor-
tunities for the multi-dimensional development of students.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

ANS 404 Dairy Farm Problems 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: ANS 201

Advanced study of practical dairy farm management including farm
records, farm buildings, sanitation, roughage utilization and herd culling.

ANS 407 Advanced Livestock Production 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: GN 411, ANS 312

A study of the economic, nutritional, genetic, physiological and man-
agerial factors affecting the operation of commercial and purebred livestock
enterprises.

ANS 408 Reproduction and Lactation 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: ZO 421

Anatomy of the reproductive organs and mammary glands with detailed
coverage of the physiological processes involved and of factors controlling
and influencing them. A special research problem selected by the student
is required.

ANS 409 Advanced Livestock Production Lab 1 (0-3) s

Prerequisites: GN 411, ANS 312

A study of the economic, nutritional, genetic, physiological and man-
agerial factors affecting the operation of commercial and purebred live-
stock enterprises. Laboratory.

ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1 (1-0) s

Review and discussion of special topics and the current literature per-
taining to all phases of animal production.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

ANS 503 (GN 503) Genetic Improvement of

Livestock and Poultry 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: GN 411 or equivalent

The application of genetic principles to the economic improvement of
animal agriculture. Phenotypic and genetic relationships among economic
traits as well as mode of inheritance and method of measurement of the
traits. The role of inbreeding, outbreeding and selection methods in pro-
ducing superior genetic populations. Mr. Robinson

ANS 505 Diseases of Farm Animals 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: CH 101, CH 103

The pathology of bacterial, viral, parasitic, nutritional, thermal and
mechanical diseases processes. Mr. Batte

ANS 513 Needs and Utilization of Nutrients by Livestock 3 (3-0) s
Prerequisite: ANS 312 or equivalent

Measurement of nutrient needs of livestock and the nutrient values of
feeds. Nutritive requirements for productive functions. Mr. Wise

50 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

ANS 590 Topical Problems in Animal Science Maximum 6 fs

Special problems may be selected or assigned in various phases of animal
science. Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

ANS 603 (GN 603) Population Genetics in Animal

Improvement 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: ST 512, GN 512

A study of the forces influencing gene frequencies, inbreeding and its
effects, and alternative breeding plans. Mr. Legates

ANS 604 (ZO 604) Experimental Animal Physiology 4 (2-4) f

Prerequisite: ZO 513 or equivalent

A study of the theories and techniques involved in the use of animals
in physiological investigation. Messrs. Ulberg, Wise

ANS 614 (BO 614) Bacterial Metabolism 2 (2-0) s

Prerequisites: BO 514 or equivalent, CH 551

The energy metabolism of bacteria; synthesis of carbohydrates, lipids,
proteins, purines, pyrimidines, and nucleic acids; bacterial photosynthesis;
enzyme formation and metabolic control mechanisms. Mr. McNeill

ANS 622 (ST 622) Principles of Biological Assays 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: CH 551, ST 512

Techniques and designs of biological assays. The interrelationship of
logical principles, designs, and analyses is emphasized. Staff

ANS 653 (BCH 653) Mineral Metabolism 3(3-0) s

Prerequisite: CH 551

Principles of mineral metabolism, with emphasis on metabolic functions,
reaction mechanisms and interrelationships. Mr. Matrone

ANS 655 (BCH 655) Intermediary Metabolism I 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: CH 551 and permission of instructor

A study of carbohydrate, lipid, and energy metabolism. Mr. Tove

ANS 690 Seminar in Animal Nutrition 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite: Permission of seminar leaders

Orientation in philosophy of research, preparation for research and gen-
eral research methodology. Graduate Staff

ANS 699 Research in Animal Science Credits by Arrangement

A maximum of six hours is allowed toward the master's degree; no
limitation on credits in doctorate program. Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Gennard Matrone, Acting Head, Leonard William Aurand,*
Ian S. Longmuir, Samuel B. Tove

Adjunct Professor: Monroe Eliot Wall

Associate Professors: Frank Bradley Armstrong, Samuel G. Levine,*
Alexander Russell Main, Edward Carroll Sisler

Assistant Professors: Horace Robert Horton, Joseph Stephan Kahn

The field of biochemistry applies and extends the concepts of chem-
istry and physics to the investigation of biological problems. The

* Affiliated Graduate Faculty Member

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 51

Department of Biochemistry offers courses of study leading to the
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

A student entering into graduate study in biochemistry should
have a bachelor's degree in chemistry or a biological science. The
undergraduate program of studies should include two semesters of
organic chemistry, one of quantitative analysis, and two semesters of
physical chemistry. Students who lack undergraduate courses con-
sidered essential for graduate study in biochemistry may be admitted
to the graduate program; however, appropriate course work to make
up academic deficiencies must be successfully completed early in their
graduate studies.

Courses in General Biochemistry (BCH 551) and Intermediary
Metabolism (BCH 655 and 657) are required as part of the program
leading to advanced degrees (majors and minors) in biochemistry.

In addition to completing a program of studies approved by his
advisory committee, a candidate for an advanced degree in biochemis-
try is expected to participate regularly in biochemistry seminars
throughout his graduate residence, and to engage in independent re-
search leading to the completion of a scholarly thesis. Research
programs are currently being conducted in biochemical genetics,
enzyme structure and mechanisms, inhibition kinetics, biochemical
aspects of toxicology, biochemical control mechanisms, photosynthesis
developmental biochemistry of plants, methylation reactions in plants,
lipid metabolism, volatile fatty acid metabolism, biochemical role of
copper, metal ion interactions in vivo and in vitro, and oxygen trans-
port mechanisms.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

BCH 551 General Biochemistry I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: CH 231 or CH 431 or permission of instructor; physical
chemistry strongly recommended
Principles of modern biochemistry, including a study of structural and
metabolic relationships of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids,
enzymes, and coenzymes. Mr. Longmuir

BCH 555 Plant Chemistry 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: BCH 551

Composition of plants; properties, nature, and classification of plant
constituents; changes occurring during growth, ripening, and storage of
plant products. Mr. Sisler

BCH 561 (GN 561, MB 561) Biochemical and

Microbial Genetics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: BCH 551, GN 411 or 512, and MB 401, or equivalent

A study of the development of the fields of biochemical genetics and
microbial genetics, emphasizing both techniques and concepts currently used
in research in these areas. Includes lectures and discussions of current re-
search publications. Mr. Armstrong

Courses for Graduates Only

BCH 651 (BO 651) Physical Biochemistry 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CH 433

Structural and physical properties of proteins and other macromolecules;
photochemistry of biological systems. Mr. Armstrong

52 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

BCH 652 Biochemical Research Techniques 3 (1-8) s

Prerequisites: BCH 551; CH 215 or CH 411

Instrumentation and techniques for separation, identification, and char-
acterization of biochemical constituents; laboratory methods of isolation,
assay, and characterization of enzymes; kinetics of enzyme catalyzed re-
actions. Mr. Horton, Staff

BCH 653 (ANS 653) Mineral Metabolism 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: BCH 551

Principles of mineral metabolism with emphasis on metabolic functions,
reaction mechanisms, and interrelationships. Mr. Matrone

BCH 655 (ANS 655) Intermediary Metabolism I 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: BCH 551

A study of carbohydrate, lipid, and energy metabolism. Mr. Tove

BCH 657 Intermediary Metabolism II 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: BCH 551

A study of amino acid, protein, and nucleic acid metabolism, including
lectures and discussions of current research publications. Mr. Horton

BCH 659 (CH 659) Natural Products 3 (3-0) f
Prerequisite: CH 521

Synthetic and degradative procedures and conformational analysis in

naturally occurring compounds. Mr. Levine

BCH 691 Seminar in Biochemistry Credit by Arrangement

Graduate Staff

BCH 695 Special Topics in Biochemistry Credit by Arrangement

Prerequisites: BCH 551, BCH 655, BCH 657

Critical study of special problems in modern biochemistry.

Graduate Staff

BCH 699 Biochemical Research Credit by Arrangement

Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL
ENGINEERING

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Francis Jefferson Hassler, Head, Henry Dittimus Bowen,
William Eldon Splinter

Professor Emeritus: David S. Weaver

Associate Professors: William Hugh Johnson, Kenneth Allan Jordan,
Charles Wilson Suggs

Assistant Professors: James William Dickens, Barney Kuo-Yen Huang,
Ervin Grigg Humphries, David Alan Link, Cliff R. Willey, Ralph
E. Williamson, Edward H. Wiser

The Department of Biological and Agricultural Engineering offers
programs of study for the Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy and
Master of Agricultural Engineering degrees. A bachelor's degree in
agricultural engineering from an accredited curriculum or its equiva-
lent entitles an individual to one of two approaches to graduate study.
For those primarily interested in existing technologies, the Master of
Agricultural Engineering program permits selections from a variety
of advanced technical courses. Such study is appropriate to certain

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 53

supervisory and managerial positions, technical sales, service and pro-
motional work.

The Master of Science program takes into account the increasing
rigor of modern engineering. Emphasis here is on mathematics and
theory as the unifying link between otherwise widely divergent fields
of knowledge which are prerequisite to effective engineering advances
in agricultural production. As the student acquires competence in the
advanced methods of science, he derives mathematical models for re-
duction of observational knowledge to engineering applications.

Study for the Doctor of Philosophy degree builds on the Master of
Science program by an additional year of formal study followed by a
period of independent research to satisfy dissertation requirements.

Unusual opportunities are available for graduate student participa-
tion in departmental research programs. Current projects include:
Animal Environment; Watershed Hydrology, Drainage and Irriga-
tion; Crop Processing and Materials Handling; Field Production
Operations; Fruit and Vegetable Mechanization; Pesticide Applica-
tions; Human Engineering; and Operations Research. The systems
approach to operations in crop and animal production provides a va-
riety of areas within which to define timely investigations.

Graduate students have access to a research shop, manned by
competent mechanics.

Information concerning fellowships and assistantships in biological
and agricultural engineering may be obtained from the head of the
department.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery 3 (2-3) fs

Prerequisite: BAE 211, PY 211 or PY 221

This course is designed to provide students in agricultural engineering
technology with a knowledge of the operations of manufacturing and dis-
tribution organizations of farm machinery and their places in these organi-
zations. Included is a practical course in farm tractors and engines with
emphasis on familiarizing the student with component parts — their appli-
cation, operation, and maintenance, as well as with the selection of these
units from the standpoint of power, performance, and ratings.

Mr. Fore

BAE 433 Crop Preservation and Processing 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: PY 211

This course deals with the physical and biochemical characteristics of
harvested crops and crop products, as they define the requirements for the
best preservation of quality. The properties of air-water vapor mixtures, the
application of heat to air and crops, the characteristics and use of fans
and heaters, the air flow requirements and measurement for crop preserva-
tion and materials handling will be studied. Feed preparation, mixing and
handling are included in the course. Mr. Weaver

BAE 453 Bioengineering Parameters 2 (2-0) f

Prerequisites: BAE 303, BAE 352, MA 301

Physical properties and response characteristics of plant materials are
studied in their relationship to engineering analysis for production, har-
vesting and processing operations. Topics include germination, growth

54 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

dynamics, physical properties for harvesting and materials handling, bio-
logical response criteria, environmental effects, theory of curing and dry-
ing, and quality evaluation. Mr. Johnson

BAE 461 Analysis of Agricultural Production Systems 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: MA 201, EC 205, ST 361

Survey of methods of systems analysis for agricultural engineering
students. Intermediate economic analysis, with particular emphasis on
farm machinery economics; materials-handling problems; activity network
and scheduling problems; techniques of obtaining and processing systems
data. Mr. Link

BAE 462 Functional Design of Field Machines 3 (2-2) s

Prerequisites: BAE 361, ME 301, BAE 461, SSC 200

A study of the modern farm tractor and field machines. The emphasis
of the course is on the translation of measurements of biological and physi-
cal factors of the agricultural production system into machine specifica-
tions that can be effectively converted into production machines by engi-
neers of the manufacturing industry. Mr. Bowen

BAE 471 Soil and Water Conservation Engineering 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: CE 201, SSC 200, ST 361

General aspects of agricultural hydrology, including precipitation, classi-
fication of climate, rainfall disposition, methods of estimating runoff, fun-
damental soil and water relationships, and hydraulics of flow in open
channels and closed conduits, will be given. Included also are factors
affecting erosion, methods of controlling erosion, land use classification,
drainage, land clearing, irrigation methods, design requirements for port-
able irrigation systems, and economic aspects of irrigation in the South-
east. Mr. Wiser

BAE 481 Design of Farmstead Engineering Systems 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: BAE 453, BAE 461, BAE 491

Application of conditioning principles to provide the required environ-
ment for optimum agricultural production is stressed. Environmental re-
quirements imposed by the biological materials in farmstead systems are
related to the first principles of physiology. Consideration of labor reduction
and replacement of human decisions with control mechanisms are formal-
ized. Environmental requirements, proper arrangement, material flow,
equipment selection and control, and estimation of external loads are pre-
sented to indicate design procedures for a sound, functional building.

Mr. Jordan

BAE 491 Electrotechnology for Agricultural Production 3 (2-3) f
Prerequisites: EE 331, EE 332

Principles of operation of sensors and transducers and their use in
measuring environmental and physical variables. Typical circuits will be
used to illustrate how sensing devices are employed, to illustrate the use
of circuit analysis techniques, and to study the operational characteristics.
Control circuits with applications of transient analysis for environment
control and switching circuits for materials handling systems. Relevant
power distribution techniques, wiring codes, and power machinerv will be
studied in relation to agricultural production problems. Mr. McClure

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

BAE 552 Instrumentation for Agricultural Research

and Processing 2(1-3) f

Prerequisites: EE 331, MA 301

Theory and application of primary sensing elements and transducers.
Calibration and use of standards. Use of electronic and solid state circuits

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 55

in amplifiers, recorders and controllers. Special circuits for agricultural
processing. Mr. Splinter

BAE 590 Special Problems Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing

Each student will select a subject on which he will do research and write
a technical report on his results. He may choose a subject pertaining to
his particular interest in any area of study in agricultural engineering.

Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

BAE 654 Agricultural Process Engineering 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 441

Generalized classical thermodynamics is extended by Onsager's rela-
tions to provide a theoretical basis for analyzing the energetics of systems
that include life processes. Mr. Johnson

BAE 661 Analysis of Function and Design of Farm

Machinery 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: PY 411

Studies of methods and equipment used in determining the functional
requirements of machine components and the writing of machine specifi-
cations in terms of fundamental parameters. A study of the principles of
descriminate and indescriminate mechanical selection of agricultural prod-
ucts with emphasis on the theory of servo-systems. (Offered 1965-66 and
alternate years.) Mr. Bowen

BAE 671 Theory of Drainage, Irrigation and Erosion

Control 4 (4-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 513

Emphasis is placed on the physical and mathematical aspects of problems
in conservation engineering and an attempt is made to rationalize pro-
cedures which have often come about through experience rather than
through analytical consideration. Examples are presented of cases where
such an analytical approach has already improved, or shows promise of
improving, design criteria and procedures. Mr. Kriz

BAE 681 Analysis of Function and Design of Farmstead

Systems 4 (4-0) for s

Prerequisite: BAE 481

A study of the parameters in the design of a farmstead system with
economic criteria pertaining to a formal design procedure. Mr. Jordan

BAE 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in agricultural engineering
A maximum of two credits is allowed.

Elaboration of the subject areas, techniques and methods peculiar to
professional interest through presentations of personal and published
works; opportunity for students to present and defend, critically, ideas,
concepts and inferences. Discussions to point up analytical solutions and
analogies between problems in agricultural engineering and other technol-
ogies, and to present the relationship of agricultural engineering to the
socioeconomic enterprise. Mr. Hassler

BAE 699 Research in Agricultural Engineering

Credits by Arrangement
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in agricultural engineering
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward a master's degree; no limita-
tion on credits for doctorate program.

Performance of a particular investigation of concern to agricultural
engineering. The study will begin with the selection of a problem and cul-
minate with the presentation of a thesis. Graduate Staff

56 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Glenn Ray Noggle, Head, Donald Benton Anderson, Ernest
A. Ball, Ernest Oscar Beal, Robert Jack Downs, Herbert Temple
Scofield, Larry Alston Whitford

Visiting Professor: George John Schumacher

Professor Emeritus: Bertram Whittier Wells

Associate Professors: Arthur Wells Cooper, James Walker Hardin,
James Richard Troyer

Assistant Professors: Roger C. Fites, Joseph Stephan Kahn, Royall
Tyler Moore, Harold Edward Pattee, Heinz Seltmann, Ralph
Edward Williamson

Associate Members of the Department of Botany
Professors: Clarence Leslie McCombs, Donald Edwin Moreland

The Department of Botany offers programs leading to the Master
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with major emphases in
the areas of plant physiology, ecology, anatomy, morphology, mycology,
phycology, and systematic botany.

Excellent physical facilities and equipment are available for teach-
ing and research in all phases of the department's program. Controlled
environment growth rooms, greenhouse facilities and field plots are
readily accessible. The use of radioisotopes in physiological, phycologi-
cal, and morphological research is supported by adequate facilities.
The department maintains an electron microscope for teaching and re-
search purposes. A fine herbarium supports study in systematics and
ecology. The availability in North Carolina of a wide range of habitats
with an accompanying diversity of flora provides opportunities for re-
search problems in ecology, mycology, phycology, and systematics.

Graduate students terminating their work at the master's level have
a number of opportunities available for employment in state, federal,
and industrial laboratories. Academic positions are also available in
junior colleges, as well as in certain four-year colleges. Holders of the
Doctor of Philosophy degree will find opportunities for academic posi-
tions in colleges and universities, for research positions in federal
and state experiment stations, and for research and development work
with private industrial research institutions.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

BO 403 Systematic Botany 4 (2-4) s

Prerequisite: BS 100

A systematic survey of vascular plants emphasizing field identification,
terminology, and general evolutionary relationships. Mr. Hardin

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 (3-3) fs

Prerequisites: BS 100 and one year of college chemistry

Physiology of the green plant emphasizing plant organization, water
and solute relationships, organic and inorganic nutrition, growth and
development.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 57

BO 442 (ZO 442) General Ecology 4 (3-3) f

Prerequisite: BS 100

The general principles of the interrelationships among organisms and
between organisms and their environment — land, fresh-water, and marine.

Messrs. Cooper, Quay, Standaert

BO 486 (CE 486) Weather and Climate 2 (2-0) f

Prerequisites: MA 102 or MA 112, PY 211-212 or PY 221

A discussion of basic principles of meteorology and climatology. Topics
discussed include the atmosphere, radiation, moisture, pressure and wind,
atmospheric equilibrium, air masses and fronts. Macro- and micro-climate
and the climate of North Carolina are also covered.

Messrs. Cooper, Carney

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

BO 512 Morphology of Vascular Plants 3 (1-6) f

Prerequisite: BS 100

A study of comparative morphology, ontogeny and evolution of the vascu-
lar plants. Emphasis is placed upon the phylogeny of sexual reproduction
and of the vascular systems. Mr. Ball

BO 513 Plant Anatomy 3 (1-6) s

Prerequisite: BS 100

A study of the anatomy of the Angiosperms and Gymnosperms. The
development of tissues is traced from their origin by meristems to their
mature states. Mr. Ball

BO 522 Advanced Systematics of Angiosperms 4 (3-3) f

Prerequisite: BO 403

A comprehensive survey of the systematics and evolution of angiosperm
families. Special emphasis is given to detailed morphology, phylogeny, and
critical identification in laboratory and field. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate
years.) Mr. Hardin

BO 544 Plant Geography 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: BO 403, BO 442, GN 411 or equivalents

A course in descriptive and interpretive plant geography, synthesizing
data from the fields of ecology, genetics, geography, paleobotany, and
taxonomy. Includes a survey of the present distribution of major vegetation
types throughout the world, a discussion of the history and development
of this present pattern of vegetation, and a discussion of the principles
and theories of plant geography. (Offered in 1966-67 and alternate years.)

Mr. Cooper

BO 545 Advanced Plant Ecology 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: BO 421, BO 442 or equivalents

An advanced consideration, through class discussions and individual
projects, of the principles, theories, and methods of plant ecology. (Offered
in 1965-66 and alternate years.) Mr. Cooper

BO 574 (MB 574) Phycology 3 (1-4) s

Prerequisite: BS 100

An introduction to the structure, reproduction and importance of the
classes of organisms which may be included in the algae. Considerable
time is devoted to the local fresh-water and marine floras and the ecology
of important species. Mr. Whitford

BO 575 (MB 575, PP 575) The Fungi 4 (3-3) s

Prerequisite: BO 301 or equivalent

An overview of the fungi within the framework of a survey of the major
classes. Lectures, while covering the major groups systematically, will

58 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

also include ancillary material such as aspects of ultrastructure, environ-
mental adaptions, sexuality, ontogeny, and economic, including historical,
importance. Laboratory sessions will provide for study of both known and
unknown material to familiarize the student with the characteristics of
the fungi and to develop an appreciation of the problems and methods of
their classification. Mr. Moore

BO 588 (ZO 588) Cell Physiology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: L>0 421 or ZO 421 and permission of instructor

A study of fundamental physiological properties at the cellular level
with emphasis on basic principles. Messrs. Roberts, Troyer

BO 589 (ZO 589) Cell Physiology Laboratory 1 (0-3) s

Prerequisites: BO 588 (ZO 588) (may be taken concurrently) and per-
mission of instructor

Experimental approaches in the study of physiological processes at the
cellular level. Attention will be devoted to the theoretical usefulness of
laboratory techniques along with their practical limitations.

Messrs. Roberts, Troyer

BO 590 Topical Problems 1 to 3 fs

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

Discussions and readings on problems of current interest in the fields of
ecology, anatomy and morphology, taxonomy, and cell biology. May be
repeated with change in topic for a maximum of six credits.

Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

BO 620 Advanced Taxonomy 3 (2-2) f

Prerequisites: BO 522 and permission of instructor

A course in the principles of plant taxonomy including the history of
taxonomy, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, taxonomic
literature, taxonomic and biosystematic methods, and monographic techni-
ques. (Offered 1966-67 and alternate years.) Mr. Hardin

BO 632 Plant Nutrition 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: BO 588

An advanced course in plant physiology covering the subcellular organ-
ization of plants, photosynthesis, inorganic and organic metabolism, and
respiration. Mr. Noggle

BO 633 Plant Growth and Development 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: BO 588

An advanced course in plant physiology covering plant growth, develop-
ment, differentiation, senescence, and biological control mechanisms.

Mr. Fites

BO 636 Discussions in Plant Physiology 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite: BO 588

Group discussions at an advanced level of selected topics of current
interest in plant physiology. Graduate Staff

BO 691 Botany Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems
of interest to botanists are reviewed and discussed. Graduate student credit
is allowed if one paper per semester is presented at seminar.

Graduate Staff

BO 693 Special Problems in Botany Credits by Arrangement

Directed research in some specialized phase of botany other than a

thesis problem but designed to provide experience and training in research.

Graduate Staff

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 59

BO 699 Research Credits by Arrangement

Original research preliminary to writing a master's thesis or a doctoral
dissertation. Graduate Stan*

CERAMIC ENGINEERING

(For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information
see Department of Mineral Industries, page 159.)

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

MIC 415, 416 Ceramic Engineering Design 3 (1-5) fs

Prerequisites: MIC 306, EM 301

A two-semester study to encourage creative solutions to problems of
current interest and need in the ceramic profession. Discussion of sources
of data, design principles, creativity, optimization, economic value analysis
and decision making. Individual and team study involving interdependence
of plant layout, processes, equipment and materials in the design of
engineering systems or sub-systems. Study of factors in utilization of
ceramics in materials systems.

MIC 430 Research and Control Methods 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: MIC 306

Interpretation of results, instrumental methods applied to research and
product development. Statistical quality control.

MIC 431 Reaction Kinetics in Ceramic Systems 4 (3-3) s

Prerequisites: MIM 201, CH 431

A study of reactions taking place during thermal treatment of ceramic
systems. Such topics as thermodynamics, heterogeneous phase equilibria,
diffusion, solid state reactions, nucleation and grain growth are treated.

MIC 432 Principles of the Glassy Phase 4 (3-3) f

Prerequisite: MIC 431

A study of the glassy state to include the structure, properties, and
types of glasses (including glazes and enamels). Opacity, color, and
devitrification. Nature of the glassy phase in kiln fired ceramics.

MIC 433 Ceramic Microstructure and Properties 4 (3-3) s

Prerequisite: MIC 431

A study of the properties and behavior of processed ceramics from the
standpoint of their phase characterization, atomic, micro-and macro-
structure. Characteristics of ceramics are interpreted in terms of basic
mechanisms affecting thermal, electronic, magnetic, mechanical, optical and
nuclear properties. Emphasis is placed on process treatment and environ-
mental effects.

MIC 451 Principles of Ceramic Engineering 3 (3-0) )f

Prerequisite: CH 433 or ME 302 or CHE 315

An advanced treatment of fundamental relationships among ceramic
materials, processes, and properties. Designed to provide an adequate
background for students from other engineering and physical science
curricula to permit effective study of ceramic engineering at the graduate
level. Lecture.

MIC 491 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

One semester required of seniors in ceramic engineering; a second semester
may be elected.

Literature survey of selected topics in ceramic engineering. Oral and
written reports, discussions.

60 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

MIC 501, 502 Ceramic Structural Analysis 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MIG 331

Basic laws of crystal structures. Arrangement of ions in crystals.
Estimation of phases present in multi-component systems utilizing x-ray
techniques. Analysis of glass structure. Correlation of structure with
composition and properties. Mr. Hamme

MIC 503 Ceramic Microscopy 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: MIG 331

Transmitted and reflected light techniques for the systematic study of
ceramic materials and products. Interpretation and representation of
results. Mr. Hackler

MIC 506 Electron Microscopy 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: MIC 503 or PY 404 or EE 507

The theory of the realization of electrostatic and magnetic lenses for
electron microscopy. Major emphasis is placed on interpretation of electron
diffraction and surface replications of ceramics and metals. Mr. Lucier

MIC 509 High Vacuum Technology 3 (2-3) summer

Prerequisite: CH 433 or ME 301

Properties of low pressure gases and vapors. Production, maintenance,
and measurement of high vacuum; design, construction, and operation of
high vacuum, high temperature facilities. Properties and reactions of
materials which are processed, tested, and/or utilized in high vacuum
enrivonments. Mr. Palmour

MIC 527 Refractories in Service 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CH 433

A study of the physical and chemical properties of the more important
refractories in respect to their environment in industrial and laboratory
furnaces. Mr. Kriegel

MIC 529 Properties of High Temperature Materials 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MIM 201

Effect of temperature on the physical, mechanical and chemical proper-
ties of inorganic materials; relationships between microstructure and
high temperature properties; uses of ceramics, cermets, and metals at
extremely high temperatures. Mr. Stoops

MIC 533, 534 Advanced Ceramic Engineering Design 3 (2-3) fs

Prerequisites: MIC 416, MIC 433

Advanced studies in analysis and design of ceramic products, processes,
and systems leading to original solutions of current industrial problems
and the development of new concepts of manufacturing. Mr. Palmour

MIC 540 Glass Technology 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MIC 432

Fundamentals of glass manufacture including compositions, properties
and application of the principal types of commercial glasses.

Mr. Kriegel

MIC 548 Technology of Cements 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MIC 431

The technology of the Portland cement industry including manufacture,
control and uses. Mr. Kriegel

MIC 596, 597 Advanced Ceramic Experiments 3 (1-6) fs

Prerequisite: MIC 430 or equivalent

Advanced studies in ceramic laboratory experimentation.

Graduate Staff

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 61

Courses for Graduates Only

MIC 601 Ceramic Phase Relationships 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

Heterogeneous equilibrium, phase transformations, dissociation, fusion,
lattice energy, defect structure, thermodynamic properties of ionic phases
and silicate melts. Mr. Hackler

MIC 603 Advanced Ceramic Reaction Kinetics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: MIC 431, MIC 501

Fundamental study of the kinetics of high temperature ceramic reactions
such as diffusion, nucleation, grain growth, recrystalization, phase trans-
formation, vitrification and sintering. Mr. Stoops

MIC 611 Ceramic Process Analysis 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MIC 502
Corequisite: ST 516

Analysis of experimental and production data for ceramic processes.
Quantitative evaluation of the effect of materials, materials preparation,
heat distribution, composition, and other variables on properties. Sampling
from production. Linear programming to compound glass and cement
batches. Mr. Hackler

MIC 621 The Vitreous State 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MIC 540

An advanced study of the structure of binary and ternary silicate and
borate glasses. Influence of structure on properties of vitreous systems.

Mr. Hackler

MIC 631, 632 Advanced Physical Ceramics I, II 3 (2-3) fs

Corequisites : MIC 501, MIC 502 or MIM 521, MIM 522, EM 501, EM 502
or PY 503, PY 552

Lattice structures and lattice energies in crystalline ceramics; relation-
ships with elastic, optical, and thermal properties. Effects of constitution
and microstructure on lattice-sensitive properties. The defect crystalline
state in ceramics : vacancies, color centers, dislocations, boundaries. Crystal
growth. Plastic deformation processes, including creep and fatigue; the
ductile-brittle transition. Structure-sensitive properties of crystalline,
vitreous and composite ceramics; effects of constitution, microstructure,
non-stoichiometry. Mr. Palmour

MIC 635, 636 Electronic Ceramics 3 (3-0) summer

Prerequisites: MA 441 and PY 407 or PY 414 or EE 531

Lattice energy, dielectric and optical properties of insulators, ferro-
electrics, magnetic oxides, electron distribution in insulators and semi-
conductors; electronic properties of alkali halides. Mr. Stadelmaier

MIC 695 Ceramic Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Reports and discussion of special topics in ceramic engineering and
allied fields. Graduate Staff

MIC 697 Special Studies in Ceramic Engineering 1 to 3 credits

Special studies of advanced topics in ceramic engineering. Credit will
vary with the topic. Graduate Staff

MIC 699 Ceramic Research Credits by Arrangement

An original and independent investigation in ceramic engineering. A
report of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis.

Graduate Staff

62 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors : Edward Martin Schoenborn, Head, Richard Bright, James
K. Ferrell, Kenneth Orion Beatty, Jr.

Visiting Professor: Warren Lee McCabe

Associate Professors: David Boyd Marsland, Frances Marian Richard-
son, John Frank Seely

Assistant Professor: Edward Paul Stahel

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Robin Pierce Gardner

The Department of Chemical Engineering offers programs of ad-
vanced study and research leading to the Master of Science and Doctor
of Philosophy degrees. The Chemical Engineering faculty seeks to
provide a close association between faculty and students, to promote
a common interest in advanced professional study, and to encourage
intensive investigation and top-level creative activity.

Graduate work in chemical engineering is of increasing importance
since it enables the student to attain a higher degree of specialized
professional competence and at the same time to secure greater mas-
tery of the sciences underlying the quantitative aspects of chemical
technology. The demand for chemical engineers with advanced train-
ing is greater now than at any time since the beginning of the chemi-
cal industry.

Students with one or more years of training beyond the baccalau-
reate are especially needed for fundamental and applied research,
process development and design, production, and even for manage-
ment, technical service and sales. Consulting work and careers in
teaching usually demand a period of advanced study well beyond the
normal four-year undergraduate program.

At present, major emphasis in the department is concerned with
basic studies of unit operations such as fluid flow, heat transfer at
high and low temperatures, mass transfer distillation, and solvent
extraction, with thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, phase equalibria,
plastics technology, process measurement and control and many other
aspects of chemical technology. The varied interests of an exceptionally
well-qualified staff provide guidance for advanced study in any phase
of chemical engineering. Strong supporting programs are available
in mathematics, statistics, physics, chemistry, nuclear engineering,
metallurgy, the life sciences, textiles, and other fields of engineering.

The Department of Chemical Engineering occupies the four-story
east wing of the Riddick Engineering Laboratories building. Modern,
well-equipped laboratories are provided with all necessary services for
both teaching and research. A wide variety of special facilities such
as analog and digital computers, X-ray equipment, spectrophotometers,
electron microscope, electromechanical testing machine, electronic con-
trollers and recorders are available for graduate research.

In cooperation with the Department of Engineering Research, mem-

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 63

bers of the chemical engineering staff conduct a number of important
research projects which are supported by industry, state, and federal
agencies. Graduate students assisting on these projects not only ac-
quire financial assistance but gain valuable research experience on
problems of current interest.

In addition to research assistantships, the department offers each
year a limited number of graduate assistantships for part-time work
in the department. These may be for teaching, laboratory preparation,
or research, as the need arises. Appointments are for one academic
year of nine months for half-time work and, at present, carry a
stipend of $2,700 renewable upon evidence of satisfactory performance.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

CHE 421, 422 Reactor Energy Transfer I, II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 208

Thermodynamics, heat transfer and fluid flow with emphasis on the
problems and methods used in the design and analysis of nuclear reactors.

CHE 425 Process Measurement and Control 3 (2-2) f

Prerequisite: CHE 312

Required of seniors in chemical engineering.

Theory and application of methods for measuring, recording, trans-
mitting and controlling process variables. The techniques of analysis,
beginning with process elements in automatic control and proceeding
through systems analysis, are employed. Analog and digital computers are
used in the study and solution of problems.

CHE 427, CHE 428 Separation Processes I, II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: CHE 311

Required of seniors in chemical engineering.

A study of the principles underlying such unit operations as absorption,
extraction, distillation, drying, filtration, etc., with emphasis on procedures
and economic considerations.

CHE 431 Chemical Engineering Laboratory I 2 (0-6) s

Prerequisite: CHE 311

Required of juniors in chemical engineering.

Laboratory work on typical apparatus involving unit operations. Experi-
ments are designed to augment the theory and data of lecture courses and
to develop proficiency in the writing of technical reports.

CHE 432, 433 Chemical Engineering Laboratory II, III 2 (0-6) fs

Prerequisites: CHE 312, CHE 427
Required of seniors in chemical engineering.
A continuation of CHE 431.

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CHE 315

Required of seniors in chemical engineering.

A basic study of homogeneous and heterogeneous chemical reactions,
and of catalysis.

CHE 495 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

One semester required of seniors in chemical engineering.

Professional aspects of chemical engineering; topics of current interest
in chemical engineering.

CHE 497 Chemical Engineering Projects 2 (0-6) fs

Elective for seniors in chemical engineering.

64 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Introduction to research through experimental, theoretical and literature
studies of chemical engineering problems. Oral and written presentation
of reports.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

CHE 511 Problem Analysis for Chemical Engineers 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: CHE 428, MA 301

The application of the methods of mathematical analysis to the formu-
lation and solution of problems in transport phenomena, transient pheno-
mena in unit operations, process dynamics, and thermodynamics. Study and
use of analog computer solutions of these problems. Mr. Ferrell

CHE 513 Thermodynamics I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CHE 315 or equivalent

An intermediate course in thermodynamic principles and their application
to chemical and phase equilibria. The course is largely from a macroscopic
viewpoint but consideration will be given to some aspects of the statistical
viewpoint. Mr. Beatty

CHE 515 Transport Phenomena 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CHE 312

A theoretical study of transport of momentum, energy, and matter with
emphasis on the latter two. The diffusional operations, including coupled
heat and mass transfer, are introduced in the light of the theory.

Mr. Marsland

CHE 517 Kinetics and Catalysis 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CHE 446

An intensive study of homogeneous and heterogeneous kinetic reactions.
Emphasis will be placed on fundamental approaches, experimental methods,
and mathematical techniques in engineering analysis of chemical reaction
systems. Mr. Stahel

CHE 540 Electrochemical Engineering 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Physical chemistry

The application of electrochemical principles to such topics as electrolysis,
electroanalysis, electroplating, and metal refining. Mr. Schoenborn

CHE 541 Cellulose Industries 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Organic chemistry

Methods of manufacture and application of cellulose chemical conversion
products. Emphasis placed on recent developments in the field of synthetic
fibers, films, lacquers, and other cellulose compounds. Mr. Seely

CHE 543 Technology of Plastics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Organic chemistry

The properties, methods of manufacture, and applications of synthetic

resins. Recent developments in the field are stressed. Mr. Seely

CHE 551 Thermal Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ME 302 or ME 303, or CHE 311, or equivalent

The design and operation of nuclear reactors and the utilization of the
power from them involves major problems in nearly every phase of heat
transfer, and many important problems in fluid flow. Possible solutions to
these problems are severely affected by the influences of radiation on heat
transfer media, hazards of handling radioactive substances, etc. The
course considers the thermal problems of nuclear reactor design and the
principles of fluid flow and heat transfer necessary to their solutions. The
course is intended for engineers and science students with backgrounds
in physics, mathematics, and elementary thermodynamics. Mr. Beatty

CHE 597 Chemical Engineering Projects 1-3 credits fs

Prerequisite or corequisite: CHE 412

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 65

A laboratory study of some phase of chemical engineering or allied
field. Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

CHE 610 Heat Transfer 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CHE 515

An advanced course dealing primarily with heat transfer between liquids
and solids, optimum operating conditions and design of equipment, con-
duction, heating and cooling of solids, radiant heat transmission.

Mr. Beatty

CHE 621 Mass-Transfer Operations 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CHE 515

Application of transport theory and empirical devices to the analysis,
synthesis and design of mass-transfer equipment. The operations of
absorption, extraction, distillation, humidification, and drying will be
considered. Mr. Marsland

CHE 622 Chemical Reaction Engineering 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CHE 517

An advanced study of ideal and real reactor systems. The approach
employed is twofold: 1. Characterization of actual systems by empirical
rate expressions coupled with fundamental analysis; 2. Simulation of
coupled physical and chemical processes in a reactor by solution of various
types of physical models. Mr. Stahel

CHE 623 Fluid and Particle Dynamics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CHE 515

The principles of fluid dynamics and their application to laminar and
turbulent flow, flow in closed channels, flow in packed beds and porous
media, particle technology, industrial rheology, and two-phase flow.

Mr. Ferrell

CHE 624 Process Dynamics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CHE 511

A detailed study of the dynamic response of typical chemical process
equipment including instrumentation and process control devices. Funda-
mental concepts of automatic control of process variables such as tempera-
ture, pressure flow, and liquid level. Mr. Ferrell

CHE 625 Thermodynamics II 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CHE 513

A consideration of various thermodynamic topics of special interest to
chemical engineers. The effects of high pressures and high temperatures on
equilibria, relationship of thermodynamics to rate process, thermodynamics
of the steady state including coupled transfer process, and experimental
methods in thermodynamics would be typical. Mr. Beatty

CHE 631 Chemical Process Design 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CHE 428

Design and selection of process equipment, through solution of compre-
hensive problems involving unit operations, kinetics, thermodynamics,
strength of materials and chemistry. Graduate Staff

CHE 690 Readings in Chemical Engineering Credits by Arrangement fs
A comprehensive survey of the literature in a specified area, and an
exhaustive survey on a chosen topic within that area, under the direct
guidance of the thesis advisor. This course has the goals of (a) mature
selection of a research topic, and (b) preparation for a research proposal
in fullest possible detail. Graduate Staff

CHE 693 Advanced Topics in Chemical Engineering 1-3 credits fs
A study of recent developments in chemical engineering theory and

66 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

practice, such as ion exchange, crystallization, mixing, molecular distil-
lation, hydrogenation, fluorination. The topic will vary from term to term.

Graduate Staff

CHE 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Literature investigations and reports of special topics in chemical engi-
neering and allied fields. Graduate Staff

CHE 699 Research Credits by Arrangement fs

Independent investigation of an advanced chemical engineering problem.
A report of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis.

Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Ralph Clay Swann, Head, David Marshall Cates, George
Osmore Doak, Leon David Freedman, Richard Henry Loeppert,
Walter John Peterson, Willis Alton Reid, Cowin Cook Robinson,
Henry Ames Rutherford, Paul Porter Sutton, Raymond Cyrus
White

Adjunct Professors: Vivian Thomas Stannett, Monroe Eliot Wall

Associate Professors: Lawrence Hoffman Bowen, Carl Lee Bumgardner,
Alonzo Freeman Coots, Forrest William Getzen, Chester E. Gleit,
Louis Allman Jones, Samuel G. Levine, George Gilbert Long,
Richard Coleman Pinkerton

Assistant Professors: Halbert H. Carmichael, M. Keith DeArmond,
Forrest Clyde Hentz, Jr., Marion L. Miles, Charles Glen More-
land, William Preston Tucker, George Henry Wahl, Jr.

The Department of Chemistry offers the degrees of Master of Sci-
ence and Doctor of Philosophy. Students may major in analytical,
inorganic, organic, or physical chemistry.

A student entering into graduate work in chemistry should have a
bachelor's degree in chemistry or its equivalent. Minimum course re-
quirements include the equivalent of four basic year courses in gen-
eral, organic, physical, and analytical chemistry, and semester courses
in inorganic chemistry and qualitative organic analysis. At least one
year of college physics and two years of mathematics, including dif-
ferential equations, are also required. Students who fail to meet the
requirements may in some cases be admitted on a provisional basis.

Some areas of active research in which thesis work may be done
include organic and inorganic syntheses, structure and properties
of organometallic compounds and transition metal complexes, stereo-
chemistry of natural and synthetic compounds, kinetics and mecha-
nisms of reactions, radiochemistry, electrochemistry, tracer studies,
microanalysis, polymer and fiber chemistry, and infrared and nuclear
magnetic resonance spectroscopy.

The department is well-equipped with standard instruments and
apparatus for research and teaching. Many items of specialized equip-
ment are available, including recording spectrophotometers covering
the range from far infrared to ultraviolet, a Varian HA-100 nuclear
magnetic resonance spectrometer, temperature-programmed and prep-

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 67

arative gas chromatographs, automatic fraction collectors, refrigerated
centrifuges, an automatic C,H,N analyzer, microbalances, Mossbauer
effect apparatus, and a hydrogen cryostat. The department has par-
ticularly well-equipped spectrographic and radiochemical laboratories.
Teaching and research assistantships and fellowships are available
for qualified applicants.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry 3 (3-0) s

Corequisite: CH 433

A survey of the chemical elements based on atomic structure and the
periodic system, also introducing newer concepts of structure and symme-
try. A knowledge of basic physical chemical principles is prerequisite.

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I 4 (2-6) f

Prerequisites: CH 431, CH 432
Corequisite: CH 433

An introduction to analytical chemistry, including both classical and
modern techniques involving the distribution of a component between
phases, for example, gravimetric methods, gas chromatography, and ad-
sorption.

CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II 4 (2-6) s

Prerequisite: CH 411

A continuation of Analytical Chemistry I, with emphasis upon modern
approaches to acid-base chemistry, oxidation-reduction, potentiometric
methods, and spectrophotometry.

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis 3 (1-6) fs

Prerequisite: CH 223

An introduction to the identification of organic compounds by means of
physical properties (including infrared spectra), chemical classification
tests, and preparation of derivatives.

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: CH 107, MA 202, PY 207 or PY 208

CH 431 and 433 provide an intensive study of the states of matter, solu-
tions, colloids, homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibrium, reaction kine-
tics, electrolysis, conductance, oxidation reactions, and ionic equilibrium.

CH 432 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory 1 (0-3) f

Corerequisite : CH 431

Laboratory course to accompany the lecture work in CH 431.

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: CH 431

A continuation of CH 431.

CH 434 Physical Chemistry II Laboratory 1 (0-3) s

Corequisite: CH 433

Laboratory course to accompany the lecture work in CH 433.

CH 435 Physical Chemistry III 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CH 433

An intensive study of the structure of atoms and molecules, an introduc-
tion to statistical mechanics, and selected topics in modern physical chemis-
try.

CH 441 Colloid Chemistry 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: CH 215, CH 220

68 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Adsorption; preparation, properties, constitution, stability, and applica-
tion of sols, gels, emulsions, foams, and aerosols; dialysis; Donnan mem-
brane equilibrium.

CH 490 Chemical Preparations 3 (1-6) fs

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry

Lectures and laboratory work in preparative chemistry. Synthetic pro-
cedures will be selected to illustrate advanced methods and techniques in
both inorganic and organic chemistry.

CH 491 Reading in Honors Chemistry

2 to 6 Ci"edits by Arrangement fs
Prerequisite : Three years of chemistry

A reading course for exceptionally able students at the senior level. The
students will do extensive reading in areas of advanced chemistry and will
present written reports of their findings.

CH 493 Chemical Literature 1 (1-0) f

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry

A systematic introduction to the location and retrieval of information
required for the solution of chemical problems.

CH 499 Senior Research 1 to 3 Credits by Arrangement fs

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry

An introduction to research. Independent investigation of a research
problem under the supervision of a member of the chemistry faculty.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

CH 501 Inorganic Chemistry I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CH 433

Modern inorganic chemistry from the point of view of the chemical bond.
Chemical periodicity and its origins in atomic structure, the ionic bond
and electronegativity, crystal structure and bonding in ionic solids, the
metallic state, conduction and semi-conductors, and the preparation and
properties of illustrative compounds. Mr. Long

CH 503 Inorganic Chemistry II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CH 501

The hydrogen molecule-ion and the theory of the covalent bond, molecular
orbitals and hybridization, dipole moments and magnetic properties, the
theory of acids and bases, non-aqueous solvents, coordination compounds,
carbonyl and quasiaromatic compounds, and the chemistry of the transi-
tion metals, lanthanides, and actinides. Mr. Long

CH 511 Chemical Spectroscopy 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: CH 433

Theory, analytical applications, and interpretation of spectra as applied
to chemical problems. Major emphasis will be placed upon ultraviolet,
visible, and infrared spectra. Messrs. DeArmond, Long

CH 513 Electroanalytical Chemistry 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: CH 413

Foundations of theoretical electrochemistry, potentiometric measure-
ments and electrical resistance, diffusion and transport, theory of dilute
solutions, polarography and amperometric measurements, surface effects
and electrode kinetics, electrochemistry in non-aqueous systems.

Mr. Pinkerton

CH 521 Advanced Organic Chemistry I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: Three years of chemistry including CH 223

Resonance, reaction mechanisms, hydrocarbons, organic halides, alcohols,
amines, and carbonyl compounds. Messrs. Doak, Wahl

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 69

CH 523 Advanced Organic Chemistry II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CH 521

Stereochemistry of organic compounds, including steroids and other
natural products. Messrs. Doak, Miles

CH 531 Chemical Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301

An extension of elementary principles to the treatment of ideal and real
gases, ideal solutions, electrolytic solutions, galvanic cells, surface systems,
and irreversible processes. An introduction to statistical thermodynamics
and the estimation of thermodynamic functions from spectroscopic data.

Mr. Sutton

CH 533 Chemical Kinetics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301

An intensive survey of the basic principles of chemical kinetics with
emphasis on experimental and mathematical techniques, elements of the
kinetic theory, and theory of the transition state. Applications to gas re-
actions, reactions in solution, and mechanism studies.

Messrs. Bowen, Carmichael

CH 535 Surface Phenomena 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301

An intensive survey of the topics of current interest in surface pheno-
mena. Formulations of basic theories are presented together with illus-
trations of their current applications. Mr. Getzen

CH 537 Quantum Chemistry 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: MA 301, CH 433 or PY 407

The elements of wave mechanics applied to stationary energy states and
time dependent phenomena. Applications of quantum theory to chemistry,
particularly chemical bonds. Mr. Coots

CH 543 Radioisotope Principles and Techniques 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: CH 433, PY 207, MA 202

A presentation of the basic principles of radioactivity, nuclear reactions,
and radiochemistry essential to competence in the use of radioisotopes.

Mr. Coots

CH 545 Radiochemistry 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: CH 543, PY 410

The applications of radioactivity to chemistry and of the applications of
chemistry to the radioactive elements, particularly the trans-uranium ele-
ments and fission products. Mr. Coots

CH 562 (TC 562) Chemistry of High Polymers 3 (3-0) s

Mechanisms and kinetics of polymerization; molecular weight descrip-
tion; theory of polymer solutions. Mr. Cates

Courses for Graduates Only

CH 623 Valence and the Structure of Organic Molecules 3 (3-0) f
Prerequisites: CH 223, CH 433

Applications of molecular orbital theory, thermodynamics, and free
energy relations to organic problems. Mr. Jones

CH 625 Organic Reaction Mechanisms 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites : CH 223, CH 433

A study of the effects of structure and substituents on the direction and
rates of organic reactions. Mr. Bumgardner

70 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

CH 627 Chemistry of Metal-Organic Compounds 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CH 521

Preparation, properties, and reactions of compounds containing the
carbon-metal bond, with a brief description of their uses.

Messrs. Doak, Freedman

CH 631 Chemical Thermodynamics II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CH 531

Statistical interpretation of thermodynamics; use of partition functions;
introduction to quantum statistics; application of statistical mechanics to
chemical problems, including calculation of thermodynamic properties,
equilibria, and rate processes. Messrs. Bowen, Sutton

CH 659 (BCH 659) Natural Products 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CH 521

Synthetic and degradative procedures and conformational analysis in
naturally occurring compounds, with emphasis on lipids, steroids, and
carbohydrates. Mr. Levine

CH 691 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in chemistry

Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems of

interest to chemists are reviewed and discussed. Graduate Staff

CH 693 Advanced Topics in Physical Chemistry 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: Two of the following: CH 531, CH 533, CH 535, CH 537

An intensive treatment of selected topics of importance in current physi-
cochemical research. Graduate Staff

CH 695 Special Topics in Chemistry Maximum 3 fs

Prerequisite: Permission of head of department

Critical study of special problems in one of the branches of chemistry.

Graduate Staff

CH 699 Chemical Research Credits by Arrangement fs

Prerequisite: Forty semester credits in chemistry

Special problems that will furnish material for a thesis. A maximum of
six semester credits is allowed toward a master's degree; there is no limi-
tation on credits in the doctorate program. Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Donald Lee Dean, Head, Charles Raymond Bramer, Ralph
Eigil Fadum, Carroll Lamb Mann, Jr., Charles Smallwood, Jr.,
Graduate Administrator, Mehmet Ensar Uyanik, Paul Zung-Teh

ZlA

Visiting Professor: Abdel-Aziz Ismail Kashef

Associate Professors: Michael Amein, Paul Day Cribbins, Charles Page
Fisher, Clinton Louis Heimbach, John William Horn, Donald
McDonald, Wesley Grigg Mullen, Harvey Edward Wahls

Assistant Professors: John Frederick Ely, William Sylvan Galler,
Leonard Jay Langfelder

The Department of Civil Engineering offers programs of study lead-
ing to Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Graduate

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 71

course work is available in the fields of sanitary engineering, soil
mechanics and foundation engineering, structural engineering, and
transportation engineering. Whereas the Master of Science program
would normally include course work in only one of these specialty fields,
a program of study leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree would
encompass course work in a related combination of these fields.

Laboratory facilities for sanitary engineering research work in-
clude an hydraulics laboratory, a chemical laboratory, and a biological
laboratory.

For work in soil mechanics and foundation engineering, a fully-
equipped laboratory with modern soil-testing equipment is available.

Facilities for structural engineering research include a well-equipped
physical testing laboratory, an air-controlled structural models lab-
oratory, and a special laboratory for testing large models or full-scale
structures.

Transportation engineering facilities are a bituminous laboratory,
an airphoto interpretation laboratory, a photogrammetry laboratory,
and a traffic engineering laboratory provided with traffic control
devices.

In addition to these facilities, equipment for research is made avail-
able by the Department of Engineering Research.

Some unique opportunities for research are offered the graduate
students in civil engineering by reason of the location of North Caro-
lina State University in the state's capital city. There are a number
of cooperative research endeavors with municipal and state govern-
mental agencies that provide funds for research assistantships.

The resources of the institution also provide unique opportunities
for combining studies in civil engineering with studies in other re-
lated fields.

The broad nature of water resources problems has been recognized
by the creation of a "Water Resources Research Institute" under the
joint direction of the Deans of the Graduate School, the School of
Engineering and the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Stu-
dents in the major disciplines are urged to select one of the many
aspects of the control, conservation and management of this resource
as a topic for study and research.

In recognition of the need by industry for personnel with training
in water supply and the abatement of water pollution, the civil engi-
neering department suggests that students in the many curricula
leading to positions in industry (food processing, textile chemistry,
pulp and paper technology, chemical engineering, zoology and others)
consider courses of instruction in sanitary engineering for minor
sequences for advanced degrees. Among the courses appropriate for
such students are the following: CE 484, Water Resources Engineer-
ing II; CE 571, Theory of Water and Sewage Treatment; CE 573,
Analysis of Water and Sewage; CE 673, Industrial Water Supply and
Waste Disposal; and CE 674, Stream Sanitation.

There exists a growing need for the coordination of transportation
facilities and land planning, and for individuals with competence in

72 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

both fields. To fulfill this need, an advanced program leading to a post-
baccalaureate degree in engineering, majoring in transportation engi-
neering, and to the degree of Master of Regional Engineering is
offered through the combined resources of the Department of Civil
Engineering at North Carolina State University and the Department
of City and Regional Planning at the University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill. Qualified students have the opportunity to schedule their
courses to enable them to qualify for both advanced degrees.

Information concerning the joint program may be obtained from
the Department of Civil Engineering at North Carolina State in
Raleigh or from the Department of City and Regional Planning at the
University of North Carolina in Chapel Hill.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

CE 405, CE 406 Transportation Engineering I, II 4 (3-2) fs

Prerequisites: CE 201 for CE 405; CE 342 for CE 406
Required of seniors in civil engineering.

An integrated approach to the planning, design and operation of trans-
portation systems. Engineering and economic aspects of the basic transport
modes, including highway, rail, water and air facilities, are investigated
from the viewpoint of the civil engineer.

CE 421 Structural Design I 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: CE 324, EM 301

Required of seniors in civil engineering and civil engineering construction

option.

Basic design concepts. Analysis and design of tension, compression and
flexural members in metal. Behavior and design of connections — riveted,
bolted and welded. Term project in design of mill-building bent.

CE 422 Structural Design II 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: CE 332, CE 421, CE 425
Required of seniors in civil engineering.

Analysis and design, in reinforced concrete, of beams in flexure, diagonal
tension, bond and anchorage; axially loaded columns, eccentrically loaded
columns, footings, retaining walls, continuous beams and one-way slabs.
Introduction to ultimate strength design. Term project in design of a
multi-story building frame in reinforced concrete.

CE 425 Structural Analysis II 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: CE 324, EM 301
Required of seniors in civil engineering.

Deflection of beams and trusses ; indeterminate stress analysis by moment
area, slope deflection and moment distribution.

CE 429 Structural Design III 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: CE 332, CE 421

Required of seniors in civil engineering construction option.

Analysis and design of reinforced concrete beams, columns, footings and
retaining walls. Design of timber beams, columns and connections. Term
project in planning and making structural design for the timber forming
needed for a reinforced concrete building.

CE 443 Foundations 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CE 421

Required of seniors in civil engineering construction option.

Identification and classification of soils; geological aspects of foundation
engineering; methods of investigating subsoil conditions; control of water;

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 73

types of foundations and conditions favoring their use; legal concepts of
foundation engineering.

CE 461 Project Planning and Control I 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: CE 362

Required of seniors in civil engineering construction option.

Analysis of construction plant layout requirements and performance
characteristics of equipment.

CE 462 Project Planning and Control II 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: CE 461

Required of seniors in civil engineering construction option.
Scheduling, analysis and control of construction projects.

CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Senior standing

Required of seniors in civil engineering construction option.

Legal aspects of construction contract documents and specifications;
owner-engineer-contractor relationships and responsibilities; bids and con-
tract performance ; labor laws.

CE 483 Water Resources Engineering I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CE 382

Required of seniors in civil engineering.

The hydrological cycle is studied with particular emphasis on those phases
that are of engineering significance. The occurrence and distribution of
water; rainfall, runoff, ground water. The development and control of
water resources.

CE 484 Water Resources Engineering II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CE 483

Required of seniors in civil engineering.

A synthesis of mechanics, chemistry and hydrology in the design of
elements of water resources systems. Water supply, treatment and distri-
bution. Waste water collection, treatment and disposal. Consideration of
flood control and stream flow regulation.

CE 485 Applied Hydraulics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EM 303

Required of seniors in civil engineering construction option.

Elements of fluid mechanics, hydraulics and hydrology, with application
to problems in construction engineering.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

CE 507 Airphoto Analysis I 3 (2-3) fs
Prerequisite: Junior standing

Engineering evaluation of aerial photographs, including analysis of

soils and surface drainage characteristics. Mr. Wahls

CE 508 Airphoto Analysis II 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: CE 507

Engineering evaluation of aerial photographs for highway and airport
projects. Mr. Wahls

CE 514 Municipal Engineering Projects 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: Senior standing

Special problems relating to public works, public utilities, urban planning
and city engineering. Messrs. Horn, Smallwood

CE 515 Transportation Operations 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CE 406

74 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

The analysis of traffic and transportation engineering operations.

Messrs. Heimbaeh, Horn

CE 516 Transportation Design 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: CE 406

The geometric elements of traffic and transportation engineering design.

Messrs. Cribbins, Horn

CE 517 Water Transportation 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CE 405

The planning, design, construction and operation of waterways, ports,
harbors and related facilities. Development of analytical techniques for
evaluating the feasibility of piers, ports and multipurpose river basin proj-
ects. The design of marine structures and civil works that are significant
in civil engineering, including locks, dams, harbors, ports and contractive
and protective works. Mr. Cribbins

CE 524 Analysis and Design of Masonry Structures 3 (3-0) f

Corequisite: CE 425

Analysis and design of arches, culverts, dams, foundations and retaining
walls. Mr. Bramer

CE 525, CE 526 Advanced Structural Analysis I, II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: CE 425

Analysis of rigid frames and continuous structures; treatment of re-
dundant members and secondary stresses. Messrs. Dean, Ely

CE 527 Numerical Methods in Structural Analysis 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CE 425

Newmark's numerical integration procedure and its applications; matrix
operations, relaxation and iteration, finite difference method. Force and
displacement methods, string polygon method. High-speed computation.

Mr. McDonald

CE 531 Experimental Stress Analysis 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: CE 425

Principles and methods of experimental analysis; dimensional analysis;
applications to full-scale structures. Mr. Bramer

CE 534 Plastic Analysis and Design 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CE 421

Analysis of steel structure behavior beyond the elastic limit; concept of
design for ultimate load and the use of load factors. Analysis and design
of component parts of frames. Methods of predicting strength and defor-
mation behavior of structures loaded in the plastic range. Bracing and
connecting requirements for frame. Mr. Bramer

CE 535 Ultimate Strength Theory and Design 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CE 422

Ultimate strength theories of axially loaded column, flexure, combined
flexure and axial load, shear. Critical review of important research and
their relationship with the development of modern design codes for rein-
forced concrete. Mr. Zia

CE 536 Theory and Design of Prestressed Concrete 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CE 422

The principles of prestressed concrete. Materials. Methods of prestress-
ing. Loss of prestress. Design of beams for bending, shear and bond. Ulti-
mate strength. Deflection. Composite beams. Continuous beams. Special
topics. Design projects. Mr. Zia

CE 544 Foundation Engineering 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: CE 342

Subsoil investigations; excavations; design of sheeting and bracing sys-

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 75

terns; control of water; footing, grillage and pile foundations; caisson and
cofferdam methods of construction; legal aspects of foundation engineering.

Messrs. Kashef, Langfelder

CE 547 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: EM 301

Physical and mechanical properties of soils governing their use for engi-
neering purposes; stress relations and applications to a variety of funda-
mental problems. Mr. Wahls

CE 548 Engineering Properties of Soils I 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: CE 342

The study of soil properties that are significant in earthwork engineer-
ing, including properties of soil solids, basic clay mineral concepts, classi-
fication, identification, plasticity, permeability, capillarity and stabiliza-
tion. Laboratory work includes classification, permeability and compaction
tests. Messrs. Kashef, Langfelder

CE 549 Engineering Properties of Soils II 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: CE 548

Continuation of CE 548, including the study of compressibility, stress-
strain relations and shear strength theories for soil. Laboratory work
includes consolidation and shear strength tests. Mr. Langfelder

CH 570 See MB 570, Sanitary Microbiology. 3 (2-3) fs

CE 571 Theory of Water and Sewage Treatment 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Study of the physical and chemical principles underlying water and
sewage treatment processes; diffusion of gases, solubility, equilibrium and
ionization, anaerobic and aerobic stabilization processes, sludge condition-
ing and disposal. Mr. Galler

CE 572 Unit Operations and Processes in Sanitary

Engineering 3 (1-6) s

Prerequisite: CE 571

Processes and operations in sanitary engineering; sedimentation, aera-
tion, filtration, adsorption, coagulation, softening, sludge digestion, aerobic
treatment of sewage. Mr. Smallwood

CE 573 Analysis of Water and Sewage 3 (1-6) f

Corequisite: CE 571

Chemical and physical analysis of water and sewage and interpretation
of results. Messrs. Galler, Smallwood

CE 574 Radioactive Waste Disposal 3 (2-3) fs

Prerequisite: PY 407

Unit operations and processes employed in treatment and disposal of
radioactive wastes. Mr. Smallwood

CE 580 Flow in Open Channels 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: CE 483

The theory and applications of flow in open channels, including dimen-
sional analysis, momentum-energy principle, gradually varied flow, high-
velocity flow, energy dissipators, spillways, waves, channel transitions and
model studies. Mr. Amein

CE 591, 592 Civil Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Discussions and reports of subjects in civil engineering and allied fields.

Graduate Staff

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects 1 to 6 arranged fs

Special projects in some phase of civil engineering. Graduate Staff

76 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Courses for Graduates Only

CE 601 Transportation Planning 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CE 515

The planning, administration, economics and financing of various trans-
portation engineering facilities. Mr. Cribbins

CE 602 Advanced Transportation Design 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: CE 516

Design of major traffic and transportation engineering projects.

Mr. Heimbach

CE 603 Airport Planning and Design 3 (2-3) f

Corequisite: CE 515

The analysis, planning and design of air transportation facilities.

Messrs. Heimbach, Horn

CE 604 Urban Transportation Planning 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CE 515

Thoroughfare planning as related to land usage and urban master-
planning. Messrs. Heimbach, Horn

CE 623 Theory and Design of Arches 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: CE 422, CE 526

General theory of elastic arches. Boundary conditions and their effect
on behavior of the arch. Single span, multiple span arches on elastic piers,
influence lines of various functions under moving loads, economical layout
of arches, design criteria for steel and concrete arches. Mr. Uyanik

CE 624 Analysis and Design of Structural Shells

and Folded Plates 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: CE 623, EM 511

Roof structures consisting of surfaces of revolution, both single and com-
pound curved. Membrane stresses, bending stresses at boundaries. Domes
and cylindrical shells. Approximate and exact analyses. Design criteria.
Folded plane structures of concrete plates and steel frames.

Messrs. Dean, Uyanik

CE 625, 626 Advanced Structural Design I, II 3 (2-3) fs

Prerequisite: CE 422
Corequisites : CE 525, CE 526

Complete structural designs of a variety of projects; principles of limit
and prestress design. Mr. Uyanik

CE 627 Design of Blast Resistant Structures 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: CE 526, EM 555

Sources, intensities, and methods of transmission of dynamic loads.
Behavior of structures and structural elements subjected to dynamic forces.
Design criteria and factor of safety. Design of surface and underground
structures for nuclear blasts. Mr. McDonald

CE 641, 642 Advanced Soil Mechanics 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Theories of soil mechanics; failure conditions; mechanical interaction
between solids and water, and problems in elasticity pertaining to earth-
work engineering soil dynamics. Mr. Wahls

CE 643 Hydraulics of Ground Water 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Principles of ground water hydraulics; theory of flow through ideal-
ized porous media; the flow net solution; seepage and well problems.

Mr. Kashef

CE 671 Advanced Water Supply and Sewerage 4 (3-3) f

Prerequisite: CE 484

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 77

Problems relating to the design of water supply and sewerage works.

Mr. Smallwood

CE 672 Advanced Water and Sewage Treatment 4 (3-3) s

Prerequisite: CE 484

Problems relating to the treatment of water and sewage.

Mr. Smallwood

CE 673 Industrial Water Supply and Waste Disposal 3 (3-0) fs

Corequisite: CE 571

Water requirements of industry and the disposal of industrial wastes.

Mr. Galler

CE 674 Stream Sanitation 3 (3-0) fs

Corequisite: CE 571

Biological, chemical and hydrological factors that affect stream sanita-
tion and stream use. Messrs. Galler, Smallwood

CE 698 Special Topics in Civil Engineering 1 to 3 arranged fs

The study of special advanced topics of particular interest in various
areas of civil engineering. Graduate Staff

CE 699 Civil Engineering Research Credits by Arrangement fs

Independent investigation of an advanced civil engineering problem; a
report of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis.

Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF CROP SCIENCE

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Paul H. Harvey, Head, Charles A. Brim, Douglas Scales
Chamblee, James Ferris Chaplin, Dan Ulrich Gerstel, Walton
Carlyle Gregory, Guy Langston Jones, Kenneth Raymond Keller,
Glenn Charles Klingman, Roy Lee Loworn, Thurston Jefferson
Mann, Philip Arthur Miller, Robert Parker Moore, Donald Ed-
win Moreland, Lyle L. Phiixips, Donald Loraine Thompson, Joseph
Arthur Weybrew

Professor Emeritus: Gordon Kennedy Middleton

Associate Professors: Carl Thomas Blake, Will Allen Cope, Donald
Allen Emery, William Best Gilbert, Harry Douglas Gross, Joshua
Alexander Lee, William Mason Lewis, Jackson R. Mauney, David
Harry Timothy, Arch Douglas Worsham

Assistant Professors: Thaddeus Hillery Busbice, William Thomas Fike,
George Richard Gwynn, Darrell Alvin Miller, Charles Franklin
Murphy, Howard Gordon Small, Jerome Bernard Weber, Earl
Allen Wernsman

The Department of Crop Science offers instruction leading to the
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the fields of
plant breeding, crop production, forage crops ecology, weed control,
and plant chemistry. For students who wish general training, the
Master of Agriculture degree is offered.

Excellent facilities for graduate training are available. Each stu-
dent is assigned office and laboratory space. Many special facilities
such as preparation rooms for plant and soil samples, cold storage
facilities for plant material, air-conditioned rooms for studying the
physical properties of cotton fiber and tobacco leaf, and soil and plant

78 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

analytical service laboratories are available. Greenhouse space and
growth control chambers are provided for projects which require
these facilities. Sixteen farms are owned and operated by the state
for research investigations. These farms are located throughout North
Carolina, and include a wide variety of soil and climatic conditions
needed for experiments in plant breeding, crop management, forage
ecology, and weed control.

Strong supporting departments greatly increase opportunities for
broad and thorough training. Included among those departments in
which graduate students in crop science work cooperatively or obtain
instruction are botany, chemistry, genetics, horticultural science,
mathematics, plant pathology, entomology, soil science, and sta-
tistics.

In North Carolina, a state which derives 80 percent of its agricul-
tural income from farm crops, the opportunities for the well-trained
agronomist are exceedingly great. Recipients of advanced degrees in
crop science at North Carolina State are found in positions of leader-
ship in research and education throughout the nation and the world.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

CS 413 Plant Breeding 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: GN 411

The application of genetic principles to the improvement of economic
plants, including discussions of the methods employed in the development
and the perpetuation of desirable clones, varieties, and hybrids.

Mr. Emery

CS 414 Weeds and Their Control 3 (2-2) f

Prerequisite: CH 220 or equivalent

Principles involved in cultural and chemical weed control. Discussions on
chemistry of herbicides and the effects of the chemicals on the plant.
Identification of common weeds and their seeds is given. Mr. Klingman

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

CS 511 Tobacco Technology 2 (2-0) s

Prerequisites: CS 311, BO 421 or equivalent

A study of special problems concerned with the tobacco crop. The latest
research problems and findings dealing with this important cash crop will
be discussed. Staff

CS 512 Grassland Dynamics 2 (2-0) s

Prerequisites: BO 421, ZO 421 or equivalent

A discussion of forage production practices of national and international
importance. An attempt will be made to relate the seemingly divergent
practices to fundamentals of physiology and ecology. The dynamic relation-
ship among soil, plant, animal and man, as it affects production practices
and research, will be emphasized. (Offered in 1966-67 and alternate years.)

Mr. Gross

CS 541 (GN 541, HS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: GN 512, ST 511 recommended

An advanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles
and concepts of inheritance. Messrs. Haynes, Timothy

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 79

CS 542 (GN 542, HS 542) Plant Breeding Field

Procedures 2 (0-4) summer

Prerequisite: CS 541 or GN 541 or HS 541

Laboratory and field study of the application of the various plant breed-
ing techniques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants.

Mr. Harvey

CS 591 Special Problems Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

Special problems in various phases of crop science. Problems may be
selected or will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent
and current research. Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only *

CS 611 Forage Crop Ecology 2 (2-0) s

Prerequisite: BO 442

A study of the effect of environmental factors on the growth of forage
crops. Attention will be given to methods of research in forage ecology.

Mr. Chamolee

CS 612 Special Topics in Weed Control 2 (2-0) s

Prerequisites or Corequisites : CS 414, CH 223, BO 588

Detailed examination of current concepts and literature of weed control.
The chemistry, physiology, ecology, taxonomy, microbiology, equipment,
and techniques used in weed control research will be discussed.

Graduate Staff

CS 613 (GN 613, HS 613) Plant Breeding Theory 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: CS 541 or equivalent, GN 513, ST 512 (A course in quan-
titative genetics is recommended.)

A study of theoretical bases for plant breeding procedures with special
emphasis on the relationship between type and source of genetic variability,
mode of reproduction and effectiveness of different selection procedures.
The latest experimental approaches to plant breeding will be discussed as
well as standard procedures. Mr. Miller

CS 690 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite : Graduate standing

A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the master's degree, however,
additional credits toward the doctorate are allowed.

Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems of
interest to agronomists reviewed and discussed. Graduate Staff

CS 699 Research Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite : Graduate standing

A maximum of two credits is allowed towards the master's degree, but no
restrictions toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Charles Edwin Bishop, Head, George Lafayette Capel,
Arthur James Coutu, Herman Brooks James, Richard Adams King,
James Gray Maddox, Bernard Martin Olsen, Walter Henry Pierce,
Ernst Warner Swanson, George Stanford Tolley, William Doug-
las Toussaint, Coordinator of Graduate Programs, James Claude
Williamson, Jr.

* Students are expected to consult the instructor before registration.

80 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Associate Professors: Louis Arnold Dow, Leigh Hugh Hammond, Cleon
Wallace Harrell, William Ray Henry, Dale Max Hoover, Loren
Albert Ihnen, Paul Reynolds Johnson, Edgar Walton Jones,
Charles Ray Pugh, James Arthur Seagraves, Richard Lee Sim-
mons, Thomas Dudley Wallace

Assistant Professors: Joe Senter Chappell, Magdi Mohamed El-Kam-
mash, Ernest Caleb Pasour, Jr., Ralph James Peeler, Jr., George
Anthony Spiva, Jr., Carl Byron Turner, Donald Albert West

Visiting Assistant Professor: Gene Arthur Mathia

U.S.D.A. Agricultural Economist: Joseph Gwyn Sutherland

The Department of Economics offers programs of study leading
to the Master of Economics, the Master of Science in Agricultural
Economics and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The curriculum
includes courses in economic theory, history of economic thought
and fields of specialization, including econometrics, marketing,
agricultural economics, international trade, economic development
and business management analysis. Special attention is given in the
curriculum to the development of quantitative analysis skills in
economics and to an understanding of economic factors and public
policies as they affect regional, national and international develop-
ment.

Collateral fields of study include statistics, history, politics, so-
ciology, psychology, education and other related fields.

The increasing emphasis being placed on economic growth and
development in the South, the nation and throughout the world has
resulted in an increased demand for well-trained workers in eco-
nomics. Graduates of the department with a Master of Economics
or a Master of Science degree have opportunities to work in industry,
for federal and state agencies and to teach, particularly in the
rapidly-expanding community college or junior college systems.

Doctor of Philosophy graduates have opportunities for employ-
ment as teachers and research workers in universities throughout
the nation. Many also find excellent opportunities in various agen-
cies of federal and state government where they are involved in
research and educational work. International development agencies
employ some graduates, and others find employment as research
workers with commercial firms.

The department is located on the first floor of Harrelson Hall and
the second floor of Patterson Hall. Graduate students on assistant-
ships or fellowships are provided with office space and equipment,
and other graduate students are provided office space when it is
available. The department has a modern and well-equipped depart-
mental library, including all the major professional journals. Re-
search reports from federal and state governmental agencies and
from universities throughout the United States also are kept on file.

Computational facilities are ideal for students whose research
problems involve extensive analysis of data, as well as for those
students who want to learn to do their own programming. The de-
partment has a well-trained clerical staff and has one-half interest

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 81

in an IBM 1620 computer which is available to students. Early in
1966, the full computer resources of the new tri-university center
at the Research Triangle will be available. The basic facility will be
an IBM 360, Model 75 system, with extended facilities on each cam-
pus including North Carolina State University.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

EC 403 Family Economics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

This course is concerned with the study of economic principles relevant
to the use of family resources in achieving family goals. Primary emphasis
is placed on decision making as the central problem of family economics.
Special attention is given to the resources controlled by the family and the
factors affecting the use of these resources. Specific applications of these
principles to problems in family management will be studied. Staff

EC 407 Business Law I 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Basic courses in economics

A course dealing with elementary legal concepts, contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, sales of personal property, chattel mortgages, part-
nerships, corporations, suretyship and bailments, insurance.

Mr. Dixon, Miss Hunt

EC 408 Business Law II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: EC 407

Deals with real property, mortgages on urban and farm lands, landlord
and tenant, requirements for valid deed, insurance law, wills, suretyship
and conditional sales. Mr. Dixon

EC 409 Introduction to Production Cost 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: EC 312

An introduction to accounting problems peculiar to manufacturing, fabri-
cation, and construction-type enterprises. Cost determination and allocation
of costs for materials, labor, and overhead to the various units of product.
Estimating and cost control in the production and manufacturing process.
Special emphasis to be placed on managerial analysis and interpretation
of cost data. Staff

EC 410 Industry Studies 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205

An analysis of organization, market structure, and competitive behavior
in specific industries using the tools of the economist as a guide to perti-
nent factors and their significance. The course will be organized along the
lines of intensive but broadly-relevant case-studies. Staff

EC 411 Marketing Methods 3 (3-0) fs
Prerequisite: Basic courses in economics

Marketing institutions and their functions and agencies; retailing; mar-
ket analysis; problems in marketing. Staff

EC 413 Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, EC 301

An analysis of the effect of modern industrial structure on competitive
behavior and performance, in the light of contemporary price theory and
the theory of workable competition. A critical evaluation of the legislative
content, judicial interpretation, and economic effects of the antitrust laws.

Mr. Erickson

EC 414 Tax Accounting 3 (2-2) fs

Prerequisite: EC 312

An analysis of the federal tax laws relating to the individual and busi-

82 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

ness. Determining and reporting income. Payroll taxes and methods of
reporting them. Actual practice in the preparation of income tax returns.

Mr. Fails

EC 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: EC 303

Examination of the source of the productivity and value of farm inputs;
a critical analysis of, and practice in the use of, farm appraisal procedures
currently used for land and buildings; review of the sources of, and repay-
ment practices used in short and intermediate credit in agriculture; con-
sideration of the forces operating in the whole economy with an examina-
tion of the implications of these changes for both the lender and borrower
in agriculture. Mr. Neuman

EC 417 Introduction to Economic Dynamics 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: EC 301, EC 302

The course has a twofold purpose: 1) to acquaint the student with the
procedures and problems involved in the formulation and application of
theories and models in economics, and 2) to investigate some existing
theories and models, drawn from various parts of economics, which possess
dynamic properties. Mr. El-Kammash

EC 420 Corporation Finance 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205

Financial instruments and capital structure; procuring funds; managing
working capital; managing corporate capitalization; financial institutions
and their work. Mr. Ufen

EC 425 Industrial Management 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Junior standing

Principles and techniques of modern scientific management; relation of
finance, marketing, industrial relations, accounting, and statistics to pro-
duction; production planning and control; analysis of economic, political
and social influences on production. Mr. Wood

EC 426 Personnel Management 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Junior standing

The scientific management of manpower, from the viewpoint of the su-
pervisor and the personnel specialist. A study of personnel policy and a
review of the scientific techniques regarding the specific problems of em-
ployment, training, promotion, transfer, health and safety, employee ser-
vices, and joint relations. Mr. Wood

EC 430 Agricultural Price Analysis 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EC 212

Principles of price formation; the role of prices in the determination of
economic activity; the interaction of cash and future prices for agricul-
tural commodities; methods of price analysis, construction of index num-
bers, analysis of time series data including the estimation of trend and
seasonal variations in prices. Mr. Schrimper

EC 431 Labor Problems 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Junior standing

An economic approach to labor problems including wages, hours, work-
ing conditions, insecurity, substandard workers, minority groups, social
security, and public policy relative to these problems. Mr. Fearn

EC 432 Industrial Relations 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Junior standing

Collective bargaining. Analysis of basic labor law and its interpretation
by the courts and governmental agencies. An examination of specific terms
of labor contracts and their implications for labor and management. An

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 83

examination of labor objectives and tactics and management objectives and
tactics. Problems of operating under the labor contract. Mr. Bartley

EC 440 Economics of Growth 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205

An examination of the institutional background required for national
economic development. The conditions apparent for past growth of nations
are compared with conditions obtained in presently retarded nations. Con-
clusions are drawn from this comparison to provide an introduction to
theoretical models of growth. Mr. Olsen

EC 441 Agricultural Development in Foreign Countries 3 (3-0) s
Prerequisite: EC 212, EC 202 or EC 205

Identification of agricultural problems in underdeveloped countries; a
review of economic criteria for analyzing the problems of developing agri-
culture and the techniques of analysis for solving such problems. Case
studies of development programs in various countries will be discussed.

Staff

EC 442 Evolution of Economic Ideas 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Basic courses in economics

An analysis of the development of economic thought and method during
the past two centuries. Economics considered as a cumulative body of
knowledge, in a context of emerging technology, changing institutions,
pressing new problems, and the growth of science. Mr. Turner

EC 446 Economic Forecasting 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205, EC 302 recommended but not required
An examination of the basic principles and techniques of economic fore-
casting with strong emphasis upon the economic models upon which fore-
casting is based. Mr. El-Kammash

EC 448 International Economics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205

A study of international economics, including trade, investment, monetary
relations, and certain aspects of economic development. Emphasis upon
analytical and policy approaches, although some institutional material is
included. Staff

EC 450 Economic Decision Processes 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, MA 202 or MA 212

An analysis of processes for decision making by individuals and groups.
Linear programming, probability, and game theory in the light of a general
theory of decision. Mr. Harrell

EC 490, 491 Senior Seminars in Economics 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Permission of instructors

The terminal courses in undergraduate study of economics. The student
is assisted in summarizing his training, and in improving his capacity to
recognize problems and to select logically consistent means of solving the
problems. This is done on a small-group and individual basis. Staff

EC 492 Seminar in Contemporary Economic Problems in

Agriculture 1 (0-2) s

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

Analysis of economic problems of current interest in agriculture. Credit
for this course will involve a scientific appraisal of a selected problem and
alternative solutions. Mr. Bishop

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

EC 501 Intermediate Economic Theory 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: EC 301, EC 212 or equivalent

84 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

An intensive analysis of the determination of prices and of market be-
havior, including demand, cost and production, pricing under competitive
conditions, and pricing under monopoly and other imperfectly competitive
conditions. Mr. Dow

EC 502 Money, Income, and Employment 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: EC 302 or EC 501, or equivalent

A study of the methods and concepts of national income analysis with
particular reference to the role of monetary policy in maintaining full em-
ployment without inflation. Mr. Wilson

EC 510 (PS 510) Public Finance 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205

A survey of the theories and practices of governmental taxing, spending,
and borrowing, including intergovernmental relationships and administra-
tive practices and problems. Mr. Wilson

EC 512 Economic Analysis of Agricultural Factor

Markets 3 (3.0) s

Prerequisite: EC 212 or equivalent

An examination of the roles of land, labor and capital as factors of
production in a modern agricultural economy, including major changes in
the roles of these factors in recent years; analysis of changes in the supply
and demand for the factors; a review of the structure and efficiency of
markets for the factors, including relevance of the institutional and atti-
tudinal setting in each type of market and an investigation of the nature
of the demand-supply equilibration; a consideration of public policies re-
lating to the use of the factors of production in agriculture in relation to
theories of economic growth, with particular attention to land, credit, edu-
cation and research programs affecting the factors of production used in
agriculture in developing economies. Mr. Tolley

EC 521 Procurement, Processing and Distribution of

Agricultural Products 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EC 311 or equivalent

A study of marketing firms as producers of marketing services and their
role in the pricing process; the influence of government policies on their
behavior of marketing firms; methods for increasing the efficiency of mar-
keting agricultural products. Mr. King

EC 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EC 303 or equivalent

The application of economic principles in the solution of production
problems on typical farms in the state; methods and techniques of economic
analysis of the farm business; application of research findings to produc-
tion decisions; development of area agricultural programs. Mr. Coutu

EC 525 Management Policy and Decision Making 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: Nine hours in economics and related courses and permis-
sion of instructor

A review and consideration of modern management processes used in
making top-level policies and decisions. An evaluation of economic, social
and institutional pressures, and of the economic and non-economic motiva-
tions, which impinge upon the individual and the organization. The problem
of coordinating the objectives and the mechanics of management is ex-
amined. Mr. Erickson

EC 531 Management of Industrial Relations 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: Nine hours in economics and related courses, permission
of instructor

A seminar course designed to round out the technical student's program.
Includes a survey of the labor movement organization and structure of
unions, labor law and public policy, the union contract, the bargaining pro-

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 85

cess, and current trends and tendencies in the field of collective bargaining.

Graduate Staff

EC 533 Agricultural Policy 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EC 212 or equivalent

A review of the agricultural policy and action programs of the federal
government in their economic and political setting; analysis of objectives,
principal means, and observable results under short-term and long-term
viewpoints, and under the criteria of resource use and income distribution
within agriculture, and between agriculture and the rest of the economy;
appraisal of alternative policy proposals; the effects of commodity support
programs of domestic and foreign consumption, and some of the inter-
national aspects of United States agricultural policy; the attempts at
world market regulation, and the role of international organizations, agree-
ments, and programs. Mr. Hoover

EC 541 Origins of the United States' Economy 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: Senior or graduate standing, EC 302, HI 261 or HI 333,
or equivalent

A seminar on growth and development of American economic institu-
tions. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between the growth of the
economy of the United States and theories of economic development.

Mr. Olsen

EC 550 Mathematical Models in Economics 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, MA 202 or MA 212, EC 450 recom-
mended but not required

An introductory study of economic models emphasizing their formal
properties. The theory of individual economic units is presented as a special
case in the theory of inductive behavior. Mathematical discussions of the
theory of the consumer, the theory of the firm, and welfare economics will
show the relevance of such topics as constrained maxima and minima, set
theory, partially and simply ordered systems, probability theory, and game
theory to economics. Mr. Harrell

EC 551 Agricultural Production Economics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EC 212 or equivalent

An economic analysis of agricultural production, including production
functions, cost functions, programming and decision-making principles;
and the applications of these principles to farm and regional resource allo-
cation, and to the distribution of income to and within agriculture.

Mr. Toussaint

EC 552 Econometrics 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, MA 202 or MA 212, ST 361

An analysis of methods for economic inference. Multi-equation economic
models; their specification, identification, and estimation.

Messrs. El-Kammash, Schrimper

EC 555 Linear Programming 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, MA 202 or MA 212, MA 405

Recent developments in the theory of production, allocation, and organi-
zation. Optimal combination of integrated productive processes within the
firm. Applications in the economics of industry and of agriculture.

Mr. Harrell
EC 561 Consumption, Distribution, and Prices in

Agriculture 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EC 212 or equivalent

Basis for family decisions concerning consumption of goods and services
and supply of productive factors; forces determining prices and incomes;
interrelationships between economic decisions of the household and the
firm. Mr. "West

86 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

EC 590, 591 Seminar in Special Economic Topics 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

Topics presented by a visiting professor or special lecturer. This course
will be offered from time to time as distinguished visiting scholars are
available. Graduate Staff

EC 592 Topical Problems in Agricultural Economics Maximum 6 fs
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

An examination of current problems in the field of agricultural economics
with emphasis on the use of theory to define and facilitate the considera-
tion of alternative solutions. Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only-
EC 601 Advanced Economic Theory 3 (3-0) fs
Prerequisite: EC 501 or equivalent

A rigorous examination of contemporary microeconomic theory.

Graduate Staff

EC 602 Monetary and Employment Theory 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EC 502 or equivalent

The course consists of an analysis of the forces determining the level of
income and employment; a review of some of the theories of economic
fluctuations; and a critical examination of a selected macroeconomic system.

Mr. Tolley

EC 603 History of Economic Thought 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EC 442 or EC 501, or equivalent

A systematic analysis of the development and cumulation of economic
thought, designed in part to provide a sharper focus and more adequate
perspective for the understanding of contemporary economics.

Mr. Turner

EC 611 Agricultural Economic Analysis 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: MA 112, EC 551 or equivalent

An economic analysis of agricultural products and inputs. Includes analy-
sis of price-determining forces and factors influencing distribution of in-
come within agriculture and between agriculture and the rest of the
economy. Production, cost and demand functions are stressed, along with
programming and decision-making principles and their application to deci-
sions at the firm level and to regional resource allocation. Mr. Ihnen

EC 612 International Trade in Relation to Agriculture 3 (3-0) f
Prerequisites or Corequisites : EC 602, EC 611

The principles of international and interregional trade; structures of
trade relationships between countries engaged in the import or export
of agricultural products; attempts at stabilizing trade and financial trans-
actions. Mr. Johnson

EC 631 Economic and Social Foundations of

Agricultural Policy 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EC 501 or equivalent

The study of logical and empirical problems of inquiry into public
policies and programs that affect agriculture; analysis of policy-making
processes, interdependencies among economic, political and social objectives
and action; the study of forces which shape economic institutions and
goals and of the logic, beliefs and values on which policies and programs
that affect agriculture are founded. Graduate Staff

EC 632 Welfare Effects of Agricultural Policies

and Programs 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EC 611

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 87

Description of the conditions denning optimal resource allocation; appli-
cation of the conditions for maximum welfare in appraisal of economic
policies and programs affecting resource allocation, income distribution,
and economic development of agriculture. Mr. Bishop

EC 640 Theory of Economic Growth 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: EC 440 or EC 502, or equivalent

Several theoretical models of economic growth are compared and ana-
lyzed. Contemporary developments in the theory of national economic
growth are studied and evaluated for consistency with older theories.

Mr. Olsen
EC 641 Economics of Production, Supply and Market

Interdependency 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites or Corequisites: EC 611, MA 211 or equivalent

An advanced study in the logic of, and empirical inquiry into, producer
behavior and choice among combinations of factors and kinds and quanti-
ties of output; aggregative consequences of individuals' and firms' deci-
sions in terms of product supply and factor demand; factor markets and
income distribution; general interdependency among economic variables.

Graduate Staff

EC 642 Economics of Consumption, Demand and Market

Interdependency 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: EC 611, ST 513 or equivalent

An advanced study in the theory of, and research related to, household
behavior; aggregative consequences of household decisions concerning fac-
tor supply and product demand; pricing and income distribution; economic
equilibrium. Mr. King

EC 648 Theory of International Trade 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EC 448 or EC 501, or equivalent

A consideration, on a seminar basis, of the specialized body of economic
theory dealing with the international movement of goods, services, capital,
and payments. Also, a theoretically-oriented consideration of policy.

Mr. Swanson

EC 650 Economic Decision Theory 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: EC 501 or equivalent, EC 550 or EC 555

Study of general theories of choice. Structure of decision problems; the
role of information; formulation of objectives. Current research problems.

Mr. Harrell

EC 651 (ST 651) Econometric Methods I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: ST 422, ST 502, EC 611 or equivalent

The role and uses of statistical inference in economic research; measure-
ment problems and their solutions arising from the statistical model and
the nature of the data; limitations and interpretation of results of economic
measurement from statistical techniques. Topics include the problems of
specification, aggregation, identification, multicolinearity and autocorre-
lation. Attention also is given to expectations models and simultaneous
stochastic equations.

Mr. Wallace

EC 652 (ST 652) Econometric Methods II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EC-ST 651

Survey of current literature on estimation and inference in simultaneous
stochastic equations systems. Techniques for combining cross section and
time series data including covariance, error correlated and error component
models. Lag models and inference in dynamic systems. Production functions,
productivity measurement and hypotheses about economic growth. Complete
and incomplete prior information in regression analysis. Nonlinear
estimation in economic models. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate years.)

Graduate Staff

88 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

EC 655 Topics in Mathematical Economics 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: EC 501 or equivalent, EC 550 or EC 555

A seminar and research course devoted to recent literature and develop-
ments in mathematical economics. Mr. Harrell

EC 665 Economic Behavior of the Organization 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: EC 501 or equivalent, permission of instructor

This seminar will apply methods and findings derived from the behavioral
sciences to the economic behavior of the organization, particularly the
business firm. Among the approaches which may be utilized are organization
theory, information theory, reference group theory, and decision theory.

Mr. Swanson

EC 671 Analysis of Economic Development in Agriculture 3 (3-0) s
Prerequisite: EC 641

A theoretical and empirical study of the processes of economic growth;
the problems of underdeveloped countries; the role of agriculture in a
developing economy; an examination of policies and programs needed for
effective economic development. Mr. Maddox

EC 699 Research in Economics Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Individual research in economics, under staff supervision and direction.

Graduate Staff

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

GRADUATE FACULTY
Dean: James Bryant Kirkland
Associate Professors : Harry G. Beard, Norman M. Chansky

The School of Education offers graduate programs leading to the
master's degree for students majoring in Agricultural Education,
Industrial Arts Education, Vocational, Industrial and Technical Edu-
cation, Mathematics Education, Occupational Information and Guid-
ance, Industrial Psychology, Adult Education, and Science Education.
Graduate students in education may pursue programs leading to the
degree of Master of Science or Master of Education.

The Master of Science degree is regarded as a research degree
and as preparation for further graduate study. Programs leading to
the Master of Science degree are planned to include a major (twenty
credit hours) in some specialized area of education and a minor
(ten or more credit hours) in some other field such as psychology
or agricultural economics. If two minors are chosen, a minimum of
six credits will be required in each.

A reading knowledge of one modern foreign language is required
and a thesis representing an original investigation in the major
field must be prepared.

The Master of Education degree is designed to meet the needs
of students preparing to teach in secondary schools and community
colleges and to assume leadership positions in adult education pro-
grams. The program of study for the professional degree allows a
wider latitude in the choice of course work outside the major than is
allowed by the Master of Science program.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 89

A problem may be substituted for a thesis if, in the opinion of
the student's advisory committee, this alternative contributes maxi-
mally to the student's objective. Knowledge of a foreign language is
not required for the Master of Education degree.

The School of Education is located in Tompkins Hall where
laboratories and research facilities are provided for graduate study.

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships are
available for qualified graduate students. National Defense Educa-
tion Act loans are also available for graduate students needing
financial aid.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

ED 505 Public Area Schools 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Graduate status

Junior and community colleges, technical institutes, vocational schools,
and branches of universities: Their development, status and prospects;
policy and policy-making, clientele, purposes, evaluation programs, person-
nel, organization, administration, financing, facilities, research and devel-
opment functions. Graduate staff

ED 506 Education of Exceptional Children 3 (2-2) f

Prerequisite: Six hours in education or psychology

Discussion of principles and techniques of teaching the exceptional child
with major interest on the mentally handicapped and slow learner. Practice
will be given in curiculum instruction for groups of children, individual
techniques for dealing with retarded children in the average classroom.
Opportunity for individual work with an exceptional child will be provided.

Mr. Corter

ED 507 Analysis of Reading Abilities 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Six hours in education or psychology

A study of tests and techniques in determining specific abilities; a study
of reading retardation and factors underlying reading difficulties.

Mr. Rust

ED 508 Improvement of Reading Abilities 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Six hours of education or psychology

A study of methods used in developing specific reading skills or in over-
coming certain reading difficulties; a study of methods used in developing
pupil vocabularies and work analysis skills; a study of how to control
vocabulary burden of reading material. Mr. Rust

ED 552 Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 3 (3-0) summer
Prerequisites: Twelve credits in education and permission of instructor

This course is organized to help elementary teachers and principals under-
stand how tools and materials and industrial processes may be used to
vitalize and supplement the elementary school children's experiences.
Practical children's projects along with the building of classroom equip-
ment. Graduate Staff

ED 563 Effective Teaching 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education including student teaching

Analysis of the teaching-learning process; assumptions that underlie
course approaches; identifying problems of importance; problem solution
for effective learning; relationship of learning and doing; responsibility
for learning; evaluation of teaching and learning; making specific plans
for effective teaching. Mr. Scarborough

ED 595 See IA 595, Industrial Arts Workshop.

90 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Courses for Graduates Only

ED 614 Modern Principles and Practices in

Secondary Education 2 (2-0) fs

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education

Foundations of modern programs of secondary education purposes,
curriculum, organization, administration, and the place and importance

of the high school in the community in relation to contemporary social
force. Graduate Staff

ED 615 Introduction to Educational Research 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: PSY 535 or equivalent

An introductory course for students preparing for an advanced degree.
The purposes are: to assist the student in understanding the meaning
and purpose of educational research and the research approach to problems;
to develop students' ability to identify educational problems, and to plan
and carry out research to solve these problems; to aid in the preparation
of the research report. Special attention is given to tools and methods of
research. Consideration is also given to the educator as a consumer of
research. Mr. Chansky

ED 665 Supervising Student Teaching 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education

A study of the program of student teaching in teacher education.
Special consideration will be given the role of the supervising teacher
including the following areas: planning for effective student teaching,
observation and orientation, school community study, analysis of situation,
evaluating student teachers and coordination with North Carolina State.

Graduate Staff

ED 699 Research Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisites: Fifteen credits and permission of advisor

Individual research on a specific problem of concern to the student.

Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: George Burnham Hoadley, Head, William John Barclay,
Arthur Raymond Eckels, William Damon Stevenson, Jr., Gradu-
ate Administrator, Frederick Joseph Tischer

Visiting Professor : MAKOTO Itoh

Adjunct Professors : Gerhard K. Megla, P. Gene Smith

Associate Professors: Norman Robert Bell, Robert Walter Lade, Ed-
ward George Manning, Wilbur Carroll Peterson

Adjunct Associate Professor : Erich Christian

Adjunct Assistant Professor : Larry King Monteith

The Department of Electrical Engineering offers the Master of
Electrical Engineering, Master of Science, and the Doctor of Philos-
ophy degrees. Graduate work in electrical engineering at the first-
year or master's level is limited to one or two areas of specialization.
In the more advanced study for the doctorate a comprehensive
understanding of all fields of electrical engineering is required, and
specialization appears in the research problem undertaken.

Advanced courses of a general and fundamental nature, such as

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 91

electrical network synthesis and electromagnetic waves, are re-
quired for those who plan to carry their advanced studies to the
level of the doctorate. Minor sequences of study in advanced mathe-
matics or physics are planned to fit the needs of individual students.
The laboratories of the department are equipped for research in
electromagnetics, in electronic circuits, in automatic controls, and
in solid-state devices. Active research is in progress, especially in
the solid-state area where laboratory equipment makes possible the
construction of a wide variety of solid-state devices.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

EE 401 Advanced Circuits and Fields 3 (2-2) f

Prerequisites: EE 202, MA 301

Required of Seniors in electrical engineering.

Transient analysis of electric circuits by the Laplace transform method,
the study of transient and sinusoidal steady-state response in terms of
poles and zeros of network functions.

EE 402 Advanced Circuits and Fields II 3 (2-2) fs

Prerequisites: EE 302, MA 301

Required of seniors in electrical engineering.

A study of classical electric and magnetic field theory and its application
to problems of electrical engineering. Consideration of electrostatics,
radiation, and guided waves.

EE 430 Essentials of Electrical Engineering 4 (3-3) f

Prerequisite: EE 301 or EE 332

Not available to undergraduates in electrical engineering.

Essential theory of electric circuits, including electron tubes, solid-state
devices, transformers, and rotating machines as needed to supply the
electrical background for instrumentation and control theory. Intended
primarily for graduate students who do not have an electrical engineering
undergraduate degree.

EE 431 Electronic Engineering 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: EE 314

Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering.

Comprehensive coverage of circuits and equipment using electronic
devices; variable frequency effects; amplifiers, oscillators, modulators,
detectors, wave-shaping circuits, generators of non-linear waveforms; basic
pulse techniques; principles of electronic analogue computers. Emphasis
on quantitative analysis and engineering design.

EE 432 Communication Engineering 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: EE 431

Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering.

Application of electronic circuits and equipment to radio and wire com-
munication systems. Elements of complete systems, wave propagation,
antennas, transmitters, receivers, television, radar, electronic navigation
systems, noise, special applications.

EE 433 Electric Power Engineering 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: EE 305

Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering.

A study of industrial power supply and power factor correction; direct
and alternating current motor characteristics, starting methods, dynamic
braking and speed control; motor applications, and industrial control
apparatus.

92 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

EE 434 Power System Analysis 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: EE 305

Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering.

Analysis of problems encountered in the long-distance transmission of
electric power. Line parameters by the method of geometric mean distances.
Circle diagrams, symmetrical components, and fault calculations. Elementary
concepts of power system stability. Applications of digital computers to
power system problems.

EE 435 Elements of Control 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: EE 314 and EE 305, or EE 430
Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering.

Introductory theory of open and closed loop control. Functions and
performance requirements of typical control systems and system com-
ponents. Dynamic analysis of error detectors, amplifiers, motors, demodul-
ators, analogue components and switching devices. Component transfer
characteristics and block diagram representation.

EE 438 Instrumentation in Nuclear Technology 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: Either EE 430 or EE 301, EE 314, MA 301
Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering.

Required course in nuclear engineering, instrumentation option. Radiation
detectors, pulse amplifiers, pulse shapers, amplitude discriminators, count-
ers, coincidence circuits.

EE 440 Fundamentals of Digital Systems 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EE 314 or EE 430

Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering.

The basic theory of digital computation and control. Introduction to
number systems, data handling, relay algebra, switching logic, memory
circuits, the application of electronic devices to switching circuits and the
design of computer control circuits.

EE 491 Electrical Engineering Senior Seminar 1 (0-2) f

Prerequisite: Senior standing

Required of seniors in electrical engineering.

Weekly meetings for the delivery and discussion of student papers on
topics of current interest in electrical engineering.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

EE 503 Linear Network Theory 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: EE 314, MA 301, B average in EE and MA

Analysis of linear networks, with emphasis on the system functions of
the network in the frequency domain and response in the time domain.

Mr. Stevenson

EE 504 Introduction to Network Synthesis 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EE 503

A development of the methods of network synthesis of one-port and two-
port passive structures based on partial fraction techniques.

Mr. Stevenson

EE 506 Dynamical Analogies 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: EE 202 or EE 331; EM 301; MA 301; B average in EE,
EM, and MA

A study of dynamic systems in various branches of engineering and
science with emphasis on the similarities that exist among such integrated
groups of devices. Analogous elements and quantities in these fields as
determined from equations basic to each. Analytical formulation of system
problems in acoustical, electrical, mechanical, and related fields and their

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 93

solution by analog methods. Use of electronic analog computers for the
solution of system problems. Mr. Eckels

EE 507 Electromagnetics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: EE 303, EE 314, MA 301, B average in EE and MA

Basic principles of electromagnetic field theory in vector analysis formu-
lation, including static electric and magnetic fields, Maxwell's equations
and applications to guided waves. Graduate Staff

EE 511 Electronic Circuits 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: EE 314 or EE 430, B average in EE and MA

Solid-state and vacuum electronic devices in amplifiers, feedback systems,
oscillators, modulators, switching and wave-shaping circuits. Generation
of nonlinear waveforms; electronic instruments; circuits basic to electronic
computers. Use of complex frequency concepts to obtain generalized
response. Communication, power, and industrial applications. Synthesis of
circuits to satisfy system requirements. Mr. Barclay

EE 512 Communication Theory 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: EE 431 or EE 511, B average in EE and MA

The frequency and time domain, modulation, random signal theory,
autocorrelation, basic information theory, noise, communication systems.

Mr. Barclay

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: EE 401, EE 435

Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering.

Study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical quantities
such as voltage, speed, and mechanical position. Theory of regulating
systems and servo-mechanisms. Steady state and transient responses.
Evaluation of stability. Transfer function loci and root locus plots.
Analysis using differential equation and operational methods. System
compensation and introduction to design. Mr. Peterson

EE 517 Control Laboratory 1 (0-3) s

Corequisite: EE 516

Laboratory study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical
quantities such as voltage, speed, and mechanical position. Characteristics
of regulating systems and servo-mechanisms. The laboratory work is
intended to contribute to an understanding of the theory developed in
EE 516, Feedback Control Systems. Mr. Peterson

EE 520 Fundamentals of Logic Systems 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: EE 314 or EE 430, B average in EE and MA

A study of switching algebra, logic circuitry, systematic minimization,
block diagrams, logic systems in computers, diode and transistor logic,
symmetric functions, iterative networks, cascaded systems, sequential
circuits, and pulsed operation. Mr. Bell

EE 521 Digital Computer Technology and Design 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EE 520

A study of the internal organization and structure of digital systems
including toggle circuits, gates and pulse circuitry. Analysis and synthesis
of the major components of computers, including the logic section, counters,
registers, storage devices, input-output, and control. Mr. Bell

EE 531, 532 Introduction to Solid-State Material Science 3(3-0) fs
Prerequisites: PY 407, MA 301
Corequisite: ME 301

Elementary quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics, and Boltzmann
transport theory are first presented as basic tools. The study of direct and

94 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

reciprocal Bravais lattices and of distributions of modes of lattice vibrations
establishes the environment of electrons whose behavior in crystalline
solids is then developed by presentations of free electron theory and the
band theory. Behaviors of electrons and holes in both perfect and imperfect
crystals are developed from basic classical and quantum mechanical
principles. Mr. Matthews

EE 533 Transistor Circuits 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: EE 302, EE 314, B average in EE and MA

A study of the application of transistors to linear and switching circuitry.
The electrical response of such systems is considered in the light of certain
physical characteristics of the transistor, in addition to the piecewise
linear model. Device characteristics, temperature stability, cascaded
amplifiers, and elementary switching circuits are treated. Mr. Manning

EE 591, 592 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: B average in technical subjects

A two-semester sequence to develop new courses and to allow qualified
students to explore unusual areas. Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

EE 611, 612 Electric Network Synthesis 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: EE 504

A study of modern network theory, with the emphasis on synthesis of
both passive and active networks based on the work of Brune, Bode,
Guillemin, Bott and Duffin, Darlington, Foster, Linville, Piloty, and many
others. Both the realization problem and the approximation problem will
be treated. Messrs. Christian, Hoadley

EE 613, 614 Advanced Feedback Control 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: EE 516

An advanced study of feedback systems for the control of physical
variables. Follower systems and regulators. Mathematical and graphical
description of systems. Frequency response and root locus methods for
compensation and design. Stability theory and performance criteria. The
state variable concept. Continuous and discrete systems. Analysis of non-
linear systems. Mr. Peterson

EE 615 Electromagnetic Waves 4 (3-3) s

Prerequisite: EE 507

Maxwell's equations applied to a study of the propagation of energy by
electromagnetic waves. Vector and scalar retarded potentials, propagation
in free space and material media, guided electromagnetic waves, common
waveguides, skin effects, resonant cavities. Microwave network theory
applied to measurement problems. Messrs. Barclay, Tischer

EE 616 Microwave Electronics 4 (3-3) f

Prerequisite: EE 615

Frequency limitations of conventional electron tubes. Microwave power
generation and control by interaction of electromagnetic fields with charged
particles and molecular energy levels, and by non-linear reactances. Appli-
cations in klystrons, magnetrons, traveling-wave tubes, masers, and
reactance amplifiers. Measurement problems and techniques in microwave
region. Mr. Barclay

EE 617 Pulse, Switching, and Timing Circuits 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: EE 503, EE 512

Tube and transistor circuit techniques for the production, shaping, and
control of nonsinusoidal wave forms. Fundamental circuits needed in pulse
information systems, instrumentation, and computers. Mr. Barclay

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 95

EE 618 Antennas and Radiation 4 (3-3) s

Prerequisite: EE 615

Electromagnetic wave theory applied to radiating elements. Radiation
from a small current element and multi-poles. Arbitrary radiation fields.
Radiation characteristics, gain, beamwidth, sidelobe levels of antennas.
The reciprocity theorem, scattering, effective aperture, and antenna tem-
perature will be treated related to receiving type antennas. Mr. Tischer

EE 619 Guided Waves and Resonators 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EE 615

A study related to guided waves and resonators with emphasis on micro-
waves and millimeter waves. The effect of boundaries on wave propagation
and the means of guiding waves will be discussed from a general view-
point beginning with electromagnetic waves. The analogies with other
types of waves such as acoustic and plasma waves will be considered. Non-
conventional waveguide concepts. General relationships for resonators
and for their incorporation in communication systems will be derived.

Messrs. Barclay, Tischer

EE 623 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Materials 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EE 532
Corequisite: PY 501

A study of the electronic properties of solids. Consideration of the
motion of electrons in periodic potentials leads directly to the study of
the band theory and its consequences on the electrical and magnetic
properties of materials. Beginning with the Boltzmann transport equations
a phenomenological description of charge-carrier flow is developed in
terms of an effective mass tensor. Hot electron transport, radiative transi-
tion mechanisms and high field effects will be treated in some depth.

Mr. Monteith

EE 624 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Devices 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EE 532

A study in detail of the terminal properties of a large class of solid-
state devices. Boundary relationships at solid-state interfaces will be
considered in considerable depth along with the determination of added
carrier profiles in neutral and non-neutral bulk regions. The role of
deep-lying traps on device performance will be treated as an introduction
to a class of space-charge-limited devices. The present technology of
device fabrication will be discussed and demonstrated. Mr. Lade

EE 641 Advanced Digital Computer Theory 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EE 520

A study of the circuits and components of modern digital computers,
including basic logic systems, codes, advanced systems of circuit logic,
vacuum tube, transistor, and magnetic components. Memory devices,
counters, converters, adders, accumulators, inputs, outputs, and computer
control systems will be analyzed. Mr. Bell

EE 642 Automata and Adaptive Systems 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EE 520

The study of neural nets in natural systems, artificial nerve nets, pattern-
recognition devices, artificial intelligence, goal-directed behavior, self-
repairinsr machines, the logic of automata, and adaptive Boolean logic.

Mr. Bell

EE 643 Advanced Electrical Measurements 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: EE 503, EE 431

A critical analysis of circuits used in electrical measurements, with
special attention to such topics as balance convergence, effects of strays,
sensitivity, the use of feedback in electronic devices, automatic measuring
systems, and digital measuring systems. Mr. Hoadley

96 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

EE 645, 646 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: EE 615 or PY 503; MA 512

A comprehensive study of electromagnetic theory with emphasis on field
theory applications. Charges in both uniform and accelerated motion, field
equivalence principles, anisotropic media, ferrite media, variational methods
for waveguide discontinuities, periodic structures including Floquet's
theorem, integral transform and function-theoretical techniques, solid-state
theory applied to quantum electronic devices. Mr. Itoh

EE 651 Statistical Communication Theory 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EE 401 or EE 503; EE 512 or MA 541

Generalized waveform analysis including Fourier Transforms, correlation
functions and other statistical descriptions of stationary random processes;
manipulation of signal descriptions as affected by linear time-invarient
networks; derivation of the optimum impulse response and transfer function
of the general linear operator; optimum filter synthesis by the use of
ortho-normal functions; problems to illustrate the applications of the
theory. Mr. Smith

EE 653 Fundamentals of Space Communications 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EE 615

An analytical study of communications related to space operations with
emphasis on electromagnetics and antennas. Wave propagation along the
transmission path in non-uniform and non-isotropic media. Ionospheric
propagation and plasma sheath effects. Antenna characteristics for space
operations on ground and on vehicles. Large surface radiators, phased
arrays, and low noise structures. Vehicle-born antennas. Problems of signal
transmission. Communications by lasers. Mr. Tischer

EE 691, 692 Special Studies in Electrical Engineering 3 (3-0) fs

This course provides an opportunity for small groups of advanced
graduate students to study, under the direction of qualified members of
the professional staff, advanced topics in their special fields of interest.

Graduate Staff

EE 695 Electrical Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in electrical engineering

A series of papers and conferences participated in by the instructional
staff, invited guests, and students who are candidates for advanced degrees.

Mr. Eckels

EE 699 Electrical Engineering Research Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in electrical engineering and permission
of advisor

Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING MECHANICS

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Patrick Hill McDonald, Jr., Head, Robert Alden Douglas,
Adolphus Mitchell

Associate Professors: Maurice Hill Clayton, John Auert Edwards,
Clarence Joseph Maday, Graduate Administrator, Daniel Shou-ling
Wang

Assistant Professors: William Louis Bingham, John Frederick Ely,
Edward Dewitt Gurley, Vernon Emerson Holt, Manohar Singh,
James Baird Walker

The Department of Engineering Mechanics offers graduate pro-
grams leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 97

degrees. The faculty of the department offers a broad range of
graduate courses both for its own students seeking advanced de-
grees and for inclusion in the graduate programs of students in
allied areas of engineering and in the physical and mathematical
sciences.

Graduate studies in engineering mechanics embrace several broad
areas including fluid mechanics, solid mechanics, continuum me-
chanics, dynamics, and structural mechanics. Each of these areas is
of considerable importance in current research, to the extent that
professional demands in these areas by space-related industry and
governmental agencies is second only to those for the electronics
specialties. Professional interests of the faculty are represented by
courses devoted to the elastic and plastic behavior of solids, viscous
and compressible fluid flow, the generalized behavior of matter
when described as a continuum, and in sequences devoted to the
theory of periodic and aperiodic vibrations and to space mechanics.

Courses for individual programs may be chosen rather broadly
from the listings indicated, and special attention is directed to the
reservoir of courses appropriate to mechanics studies, selected from
closely allied engineering specialties. Beginning graduate students
ordinarily will choose a program to encompass several of the major
areas, thus establishing a broad base for subsequent studies at the
advanced graduate level, usually concentrated about one particular
area of research.

Graduate research in mechanics in any of the major areas out-
lined may follow the lines of either analytical or experimental
investigations. The development of new research techniques for
both types of endeavor is of prime concern to the field of mechanics
and the laboratory complex of engineering mechanics includes a
number of research laboratories. One of these is equipped for
dynamic studies in viscoelasticity, one for research in fracture
mechanics, and another for static and dynamic studies in stress
concentration. Whether a student is inclined toward analytical or
toward experimental investigations, he ordinarily will gain expe-
rience in both types of endeavor prior to his independent research
activity.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

EM 501, 502 Continuum Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 303, ME 301, MA 405

The concepts of stress and strain are presented in generalized tensor
form. Emphasis is placed on the discussion and relative comparison of the
analytical models for elastic, plastic, fluid, viscoelastic, granular, and
porous media. The underlying thermodynamic principles are presented, the
associated boundary value problems are formulated and selected examples
are used to illustrate the theory. Mr. Gurley

EM 503 Theory of Linear Elasticity 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EM 301
Corequisite : MA 511 or MA 401

The fundamental equations governing the behavior of an elastic solid
are developed in various curvilinear coordinate systems. Plane problems,

98 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

as well as the St. Venant Problem of Bending, Torsion & Extension of
bars are covered. Displacement fields, stress fields, Airy & complex stress
functions are among the methods used to obtain solutions. Mr. Ely

EM 504 Mechanics of Ideal Fluids 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EM 304
Corequisite: MA 513

Basic equations of ideal fluid flow; potential and stream functions; vortex
dynamics; body forces due to flow fields, methods of singularities in two-
dimensional flows; analytical determination of potential functions; con-
formal transformations; free-streamline flows.

Messrs. Amein, Edwards, Holt

EM 505 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EM 304
Corequisite: MA 532

Equations of motion of a viscous fluid (Navier-Stokes Equations);
general properties of the Navier-Stokes equations; some exact solutions of
the Navier-Stokes equations; boundary layer equations; some approximate
methods of solution of the boundary layer equations; laminar boundary
layers in axi-symmetric and three-dimensional flows; unsteady laminar
boundary layers. Messrs. Amein, Edwards, Holt

EM 506 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: EM 304, ME 302
Corequisite: MA 532

Introduction to compressible fluid flow; isentropic, one-dimensional flow;
Rayleigh and Fanno line flows; generalized one-dimensional flow; normal
shock waves; introduction to multi-dimensional, compressible flow.

Mr. Edwards

EM 507 Systems Analysis 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 303, MA 511

A course in the design of engineering systems in which mechanics
dominates. Mr. P. H. McDonald

EM 508 Systems Synthesis 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EM 507

A course in the design of engineering systems in which mechanics
dominates. Mr. P. H. McDonald

EM 509 Space Mechanics I 3 (3-0 )f

Prerequisites: EM 302, EM 304
Corequisite: MA 511

The application of mechanics to the analysis and design of orbits and
trajectories. Trajectory computation and optimization; space maneuvers;
re-entry trajectories; interplanetary guidance. Messrs. Clayton, Maday

EM 510 Space Mechanics II 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: EM 509, MA 511

Continuation of EM 509. The analysis and design of guidance systems.
Basic sensing devices; the characteristics of an inertial space; the theory
of stabilized platforms; terrestrial inertial guidance.

Messrs. Clayton, Maday

EM 511 Theory of Plates and Shells 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 441

Bending theory of thin plates; geometry of surfaces and stresses in
shells. Various methods of analysis are discussed and illustrated by
problems of practical interest. Messrs. D. McDonald, Wang

EM 521 Properties of Solids 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: EM 301, MIM 201

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 99

Atomic and molecular principles are applied toward an introductory
understanding of macroscopic material properties. The concept of the
grand canonical ensemble average of atomic behavior is employed to unify
the characterization and interrelationships of material properties. Finally,
phenomenological behaviors and coupled effects are described within the
continuum concept. Mr. Holt

EM 551 Advanced Strength of Materials 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: EM 301

Stresses and strains at a point; rosette analysis; stress theories, stress
concentration and fatigue; plasticity; inelastic, composite and curved
beams; prestress energy methods; shear deflections; buckling problems and
column design; and membrane stresses in shells. Mr. Smith

EM 552 Elastic Stability 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: MA 301, MA 405, EM 551

A study of elastic and plastic stability. The stability criterion as a
determinant. The energy method and the theorem of stationary potential
energy. The solution of buckling problems by finite differences and the
calculus of variations. The application of successive approximations to
stability problems. Optimization applied to problems of aeroelastic and
civil engineering structures. Mr. Gurley

EM 555, 556 Dynamics I, II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 405

The dynamics of particles and rigid bodies by the use of formulations
of the laws of mechanics due to Newton, Euler, Lagrange, and Hamilton.
Accelerated reference frames, constraints, Euler's angles, the spinning top,
the gyroscope, precession, stability, phase space, and nonlinear oscillatory
motion. Messrs. Clayton, Maday

Courses for Graduates Only

EM 601, 602 Unifying Concepts in Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: PY 601

Generalized treatment of the fundamental equations and boundary value
problems of continuous and non-continuous media. Use is made of con-
temporary developments in irreversible thermodynamics, statistical mech-
anics, and electro-dynamics to provide a unified foundation for the develop-
ment of principles governing the dynamic and thermodynamic behavior of
elastic, plastic and visco-elastic solids, viscous fluids and rheological media.

Messrs. P. H. McDonald, Walker

EM 603 Theory of Elasticity II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EM 503
Corequisite: MA 513

An extension of EM 503 to include the Cauchy Integral methods for
plane problems, three dimensional problems, variational methods, and the
use of numerical methods. Mr. Ely

EM 604 Theory of Plasticity 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EM 503

Analytical models are developed to represent the behavior of deformable
solids in the plastic regime. Conditions of yielding and fracture which
initiate and terminate plastic behavior are studied, with the special stress-
strain relationships necessary in plasticity. The hyperbolic equations of slip-
line fields characteristic of plane strain theory are developed.

Mr. Singh

EM 611 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EM 506

Continuation of EM 506; linearized theory of two-dimensional flow;
method of characteristics for two-dimensional supersonic flow; oblique

100 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

shock waves; unsteady one-dimensional flow; shock-wave boundary layer
interactions; transonic flow. Mr. Edwards

EM 612 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: EM 505

Continuation of EM 505; phenomenological theories of turbulence;
turbulent flow in ducts and pipes; turbulent boundary layer with and
without pressure gradient; compressible boundary layer; boundary layer
control; free viscous flow. Messrs. Amein, Edwards

EM 641 Optical Mechanics 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: EM 402 or ME 516

Concepts of crystal optics applied to continua deformed statically or
dynamically by mechanical or thermal loading; optical interference and
its use as a measuring technique of absolute and relative retardations in
various types of interferometers; relative retardation measurements;
deformation measurements with diffraction gratings; Moire (mechanical)
interference measurements. Mr. Bingham

EM 695 Experimental Methods in Mechanics 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

A study of specialized experimental techniques utilized in contemporary
research in the areas of mechanics.

Messrs. Bingham, Douglas, Edwards, P. H. McDonald

EM 697 Seminars in Mechanics 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and permission of advisor

The discussion and development of theory relating to contemporary
research in the frontier areas of mechanics. Messrs. Gurley, Maday

EM 698 Special Topics in Mechanics Credits by Arrangement

The study, by small groups of graduate students under the direction of
members of the faculty, of topics of particular interest in various advanced
phases of mechanics. Graduate Staff

EM 699 Research in Mechanics Credits by Arrangement

Individual research in the field of mechanics. Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Edward Holman Smith, Head, Charles Henry Brett, Frank
Edwin Guthrie, Walter Joseph Mistric, Jr., Robert Lamar Rabb,
Clyde Fuhriman Smith, David Allan Young, Jr.

Professor Emeritus: Theodore Bertis Mitchell

Associate Professors: Richard Charles Axtell, William Vernon Camp-
bell, Walter Carl Dauterman, Maurice High Farrier, Ernest
Hodgson, Alexander Russell Main, Herbert Henry Neunzig,
Thomas Jackson Sheets, Robert Takachi Yamamoto

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Edgar William Clark

The Department of Entomology offers graduate training leading
to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The
major areas for specialization are physiology, toxicology, ecology,
behavior, nutrition, taxonomy, economic entomology, and medical
and veterinary entomology.

The department is particularly well qualified to provide intensive
training in areas requiring support by allied disciplines. The de-

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 101

partment is a participant in the program of the Institute of Bio-
logical Sciences (see page 17) and the departmental staff includes
members of the faculty of physiology and biochemistry.

The extensive program of research, supported by federal granting
agencies, industry and the University, provides opportunities for
graduate training through actual participation in research.

Opportunities exist for training in both applied and fundamental
phases of entomology. The applied phases are strongly influenced
by the state's agriculture, in which tobacco, cotton, peanuts, live-
stock and forestry are important components. A cooperative ar-
rangement with the School of Forestry provides for majors in
forestry entomology.

Training in fundamental phases centers around programs such
as the synthesis of lipids, comparative biochemistry, enzymology,
toxicology, sensory behavior, and nutrition. The program in medical
and veterinary entomology provides the opportunity for training in
minor subjects at the School of Public Health at the University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

The research program is supported by a complex of modern de-
partmental facilities, including seven recently completed biotron
units, four laboratories for biochemical research, together with
supporting greenhouses and rearing rooms. The extensive facilities
of the Nuclear Reactor Project are also available for support of
departmental projects. Other on-campus research facilities are avail-
able, as well as some others in the Research Triangle area.

The student is given wide latitude in the selection of his major
and minor subjects from the varied programs offered. Stress is placed
on development of independent thought, broad training in funda-
mentals and mastery of investigative techniques.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

ENT 401 Literature of Biology 1 (1-0) f

Prerequisite: Enrollment as upper-classman, undergraduate or graduate

A general course intended to acquaint students with literature problems
of the scientist, mechanics of the library book classifications, bibliographies,
abstract journals, taxonomic indexes, and preparation of scientific papers
in agriculture, forestry, biology, and their subdivisions. Mr. Farrier

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

ENT 502 Fundamentals of Entomology A 5 (2-6) f

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of biology, ENT 301 or ENT 312,
or equivalent

An intensive treatment of the general external morphology of insects
and a survey of the adults and immatures of the orders and principal
families of insects with attention to their biology.

Messrs. Neunzig, Rabb, Young

ENT 503 Fundamentals of Entomology B 5 (3-6) s

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of biology, nine hours of chemistry, ENT 301
or equivalent

Structure and morphological variations of organ systems in insects

102 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

including considerations of their histology and function. Sensory physiology
and behavior will then lead into the basic elements of insect ecology.

Messrs. Campbell, Hodgson, Rabb, Young

ENT 504 Insect Morphology 3 (1-4) f

Prerequisite: ENT 502

Concerned with external morphology, primary and comparative phases,
with emphasis on knowledge and techniques which can be applied to specific
problems. (Offered 1967-68 and fall of alternate years.) Mr. Young

ENT 511 Systematic Entomology 3 (1-4) f

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 or equivalent

A somewhat detailed survey of the orders and families of insects,
designed to acquaint the student with those groups and develop in the
student some ability in the use of keys, descriptions, etc. (Offered 1966-67
and fall of alternate years.) Mr. Young

ENT 531 Insect Ecology 3 (2-2) f

Prerequisite: ENT 502 or ENT 503 or equivalent

The environmental relations of insects, including insect development,
habits, distribution and abundance. (Offered 1967-68 and fall of alternate
years.) Mr. Rabb

ENT 541 Immature Insects 2 (1-3) f

Prerequisite: ENT 502 or equivalent

An advanced study of the immature stages of selected orders of insects
with emphasis on generic and specific taxa. Primary consideration is
given to the larval stage, but a brief treatment of eggs and pupae is
also included. (Offered 1966-67 and fall of alternate years.)

Mr. Neunzig

ENT 551 Fundamentals of Insect Control 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: ENT 312 or equivalent, twelve hours of chemistry, twelve
hours of biology

The course is divided into two phases. The first deals with the basic
causes of insect problems, an evaluation of the biological and economic
aspects of insect attack, and the fundamental methods employed in insect
control. The second part deals with the critical chemical, physical, and
biological properties of compounds used for insect control. The material
presented in the course is directed toward obtaining fundamental know-
ledge of the scientific principles underlying modern methods of protection
of food, clothing, shelter, and health from arthropods. Mr. Guthrie

ENT 552 Applied Entomology 3 (1-4) s

Prerequisites: ENT 502, ENT 503, ENT 551

A course dealing with the organization of the field of applied entomology,
the significance of other disciplines, research and extension methods, the
concept of integrated control, and the solution of economic problems.
(Offered 1965-66 and spring of alternate years.) Mr. Mistric

ENT 572 Forest Entomology 3 (2-2) s

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312

A study of the methods of identification of forest pests, the factors
governing their abundance, habits and control. (Offered 1965-66 and spring
of alternate years.) Mr. Farrier

ENT 582 (ZO 582) Medical and Veterinary Entomology 3 (2-3) s
Prerequisites: ENT 301 or ENT 312 and ZO 581 or equivalent

A study of the morphology, taxonomy, biology and control of the
arthropod parasites and disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology
and behavior of vectors in relation to disease transmission and control will
be emphasized. (Offered 1965-66 and spring of alternate years.)

Mr. Axtell

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 103

ENT 590 Special Problems Credits by Arrangement fs

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and permission of instructor

Original research on special problems in entomology not related to a
thesis problem, but designed to provide experience and training in research.

Graduate Staff

ENT 592 Acarology 3 (2-2) s

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 or ZO 201

A systematic survey of the mites and ticks with emphasis on identifica-
tion, biology and control of the more common and economic forms attack-
ing material, plants and animals including man. (Offered 1966-67 and
spring of alternate years.) Mr. Farrier

Courses for Graduates Only

ENT 602 Principles of Taxonomy 3 (1-4) s

Prerequisite: ENT 511

A course introducing the methods and tools used in animal taxonomy,
designed to promote a better understanding of taxonomic literature, and
provide a foundation for taxonomic research. (Offered 1966-67 and spring
of alternate years.) Mr. Young

ENT 611 Biochemistry of Insects 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CH 551 or equivalent

The biochemistry of insects will be considered with primary emphasis
on intermediate metabolism. Aspects in which insects show specialization
will be treated in greater detail. The comparative treatment used necessi-
tates some consideration of other animal groups. (Offered 1966-67 and
fall of alternate years.) Mr. Hodgson

ENT 622 Insect Toxicology 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: ENT 551, CH 551 or equivalent

The relation of chemical structure to insect toxicity, the mode of action
of toxicants used to kill insects, the metabolism of insecticides in plant
and animal systems, the selectivity within the cholinesterase inhibitors and
other selective mechanisms, and the analysis of insecticide residues will
be discussed. (Offered 1965-66 and spring of alternate years.)

Messrs. Dauterman, Guthrie

ENT 690 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in entomology or closely allied fields

Discussion of entomological topics selected and assigned by seminar
chairman. Graduate Staff

ENT 699 Research Credits by Arrangement fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in entomology or closely allied fields

Original research in connection with thesis problem in entomology.

Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF EXPERIMENTAL STATISTICS

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: David Dickenson Mason, Head, Richard Loree Anderson,
Graduate Administrator, Robert George Douglas Steel, Associate
Graduate Administrator, Columbus Clark Cockerham, Arnold Her-
bert Edward Grandage, Robert John Hader, Don William Hayne,
Henry Laurence Lucas, Jr., Francis Edward McVay, Robert James
Monroe, Charles Harry Proctor, Jackson Ashcraft Rigney, Ralph
Winston Stacy, Hubertus Robert van der Vaart, Oscar Wesler

104 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Visiting Professor: Melvin W. Carter

Professor Emeritus: Gertrude Mary Cox

Adjunct Professors: Alva Leroy Finkner, Walter Anton Hendricks,
Daniel Goodman Horvitz

Associate Professors: Harvey Joseph Gold, William Jackson Hall,
Laurence Jay Herbst, John Clement Koop, John Oren Rawlings,
Thomas Dudley Wallace

Adjunct Associate Professors: Sidney Addelman, William Alexander
Glenn

Assistant Professors : Bibhuti Bhushan Bhattacharyya, Laurence Alan
Nelson, Jerry Adolph Warren

The Department of Experimental Statistics offers work leading
to the Master of Science, Master of Experimental Statistics (non-
thesis), and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. This department has a
working arrangement with the Department of Biostatistics in the
University of North Carolina's School of Public Health at Chapel
Hill, whereby graduate students can major in experimental statis-
tics and minor in the Division of Health Affairs. The Department
of Experimental Statistics maintains a close liaison with the De-
partment of (Mathematical) Statistics at Chapel Hill in order to
strengthen the offerings in statistical theory. (See University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill courses listed below.) Introductory
courses in the three departments are coordinated so that it is easy
for a beginning statistics graduate student to transfer from one
institution of the consolidated university to another. The three
departments are affiliated with the Institute of Statistics (see page
17). Some doctoral theses in experimental statistics are directed by
members of the graduate faculty of the two statistics departments
at Chapel Hill.

Members of the department conduct research in biomathematics,
non-linear systems, time series and spectral analysis, operations
research, probability and stochastic processes, non-parametric in-
ference, the development of statistical theory and techniques of
design and analysis for surveys and experiments, and the develop-
ment of physical and biological stochastic models. At least one staff
member consults with researchers in each of the following fields
and conducts his own research on statistical problems which are
encountered: the various agricultural sciences, quantitative gene-
tics, wildlife science (game and fish), industrial development and
engineering, physical sciences, and social sciences and economics.

A graduate student who majors in experimental statistics may
specialize in any one of these fields, with his minor in the associated
departments, or with a strong mathematical background he may
prefer to minor in mathematics or mathematical statistics. For the
graduate student who wishes to minor in statistics, the department
has developed a curriculum tailored to his needs. Many employers
are offering added inducements for research personnel who have
such a minor. The department cooperates with other graduate

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 105

departments in order to provide the type of courses needed for their
students and to provide a staff to participate in their graduate
programs.

A program of training in biomathematics at the doctoral and
postdoctoral levels recently has been initiated in the Department of
Experimental Statistics. This program requires that the student
become well-grounded in four areas — mathematics, statistics, physi-
cal science, and some phase of biology. Fellowships and assistant-
ships are available for doctoral students and several fellowships
for post-doctorals. Mathematical biology and related areas are now
developing rapidly and there is much opportunity for properly
trained people.

The department is also cooperating with eight other departments
at Raleigh and Chapel Hill in the development of a strong minor
program in Operations Research at both the master's and doctoral
levels. Details regarding the Operations Research graduate pro-
gram are presented on page 169.

In addition to its consulting services, the department provides
computer programming and other assistance to the Agricultural
Experiment Station staff in close cooperation with the campus Com-
puting Center. This work is currently augmented by a computer
facility grant from the National Institutes of Health. The depart-
ment also provides a desk calculator computing service for sets of
data not economical to program for the digital computer. It fur-
nishes several federal agencies, other states, and private concerns
with research and consulting services on a contract basis. This
work supplies live problems on which graduate students may ac-
quire experience and maturity.

The Department of Experimental Statistics is located in a new
building convenient to classroom and central library facilities.
Ample space for graduate students is provided adjacent to faculty
offices. A well-equipped desk computing laboratory is conveniently
located in the graduate student area.

The Computing Center is in the process of being equipped with a
Systems 360-Model 30 computer which will serve primarily as a
tele-communications unit to the Triangle Universities Computation
Center Systems 360-Model 75, a very large and fast computer. A
smaller remote processing unit will be located in the statistics
building, convenient for use in computer programming courses and
student research.

The department has approximately twenty graduate fellowships
and assistantships at stipends adjusted to the previous training and
experience of the recipients. Included among these have been indus-
trial fellowships, National Science Foundation traineeships, Na-
tional Aeronautics and Space Agency fellowships, National Insti-
tutes of Health fellowships in biomathematics, and National
Defense Education Act fellowships in econometrics jointly with the
Department of Economics. Students who have a major in an applied
field and who have a minimum of one year of calculus, or students

106 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

who have a major in statistics or mathematics are encouraged to
apply for these fellowships and assistantships. Students who have
no advanced calculus or matrix algebra are advised to make ar-
rangements to take these courses in the summer prior to entrance
in the graduate program. If a graduate assistant has a satisfactory
course record, he can complete the requirements for the master's
degree in two years (in less time if he takes courses during the
summer). A graduate assistant with a master's degree in statistics
can complete the requirements for the doctorate in two years. Grad-
uate fellows may be able to complete the requirements in somewhat
less time.

Most fields of research, development, production, and distribution
are seeking persons trained in statistical theory and methods. The
demand is equally strong from universities, agricultural and engi-
neering experimental stations, national defense agencies, other fed-
eral agencies, and a wide variety of industrial concerns. There is a
need for experimental statisticians with the master's degree as well
as for those with the doctorate.

North Carolina State University is represented on the Committee
on Statistics of the Southern Regional Education Board. This com-
mittee sponsors a continuing series of graduate summer sessions.
In 1966, the host institution is tentatively scheduled to be the Uni-
versity of Georgia. Each of the sponsoring institutions will accept
the credits earned by students in the summer session as residence
credit. The courses are arranged to provide consecutive work in
successive summers. Information regarding these courses may be
obtained from the Department of Experimental Statistics or the
Dean of the Graduate School.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

ST 421, 422 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212

Elementary mathematical statistics primarily for students not intending
to take further work in theoretical statistics. Includes introduction to
probability, common theoretical distributions, moments, moment generating
functions, sampling distributions, (F, t, chi-square), elementary estimation,
hypothesis testing concepts, decision theory concepts, and elements of
general linear model theory. Staff

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

ST 501, 502 Basic Statistical Analysis 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: ST 311 or equivalent or graduate standing

Basic concepts of statistics; random variables, distributions, statistical
measures, estimation, tests of significance, analysis of variance, elementary
design and sampling, factorial experiments, multiple regression, analysis
of discrete data, and other topics. Intended primarily for statistics majors
and Ph.D. minors and not intended as a service course for other depart-
ments. Mr. Steel

ST 511 Experimental Statistics for Biological

Sciences I 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: ST 311 or graduate standing

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 107

Basic concepts of statistical models and use of samples; variation,
statistical measures, distributions, tests of significance, analysis of variance
and elementary experimental design, regression and correlation, chi-square.

Messrs. Monroe, Rawlings

ST 512 Experimental Statistics for Biological

Sciences II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: ST 511 or equivalent

Covariance, multiple regression, concepts of experimental design, factor-
ial experiments, individual degrees of freedom, confounded factorial and
split plot designs, and incomplete block designs.

Messrs. Monroe, Nelson

ST 513 Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ST 311 or graduate standing

Basic concepts in collection and analysis of data. Variability of sample
data, distributions, confidence limits, cbi-square, t-test, analysis of variance,
regression, correlation, analytic and descriptive surveys, experimental
designs. Mr. McVay

ST 514 Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ST 513 or equivalent

Extension of basic statistical concepts to social experiments and surveys;
sampling from finite populations and estimating using unrestricted,
stratified, systematic, and multistage selections; analysis of variance
continued; multiple regression; covariance; experimental designs.

Mr. Proctor

ST 515, 516 Experimental Statistics for Engineers 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: ST 361 or graduate standing

General statistical concepts and techniques useful to research workers in
engineering, textiles, wood technology, etc. Probability, distributions,
measurement of precision, simple and multiple regression, tests of signifi-
cance, analysis of variance, enumeration data, sensitivity data, life testing
experiments and experimental design. Mr. Hader

ST 541 See MA 541, Theory of Probability I. 3 (3-0) f

ST 542 See MA 542, Theory of Probability II. 3 (3-0) s

ST 551 Basic Statistical Inference 3 (2-2) s

Prerequisite: ST 541 (MA 541)
Corequisite: MA 405

Frequency distributions and moments; sampling distributions; intro-
ductory theory of point and interval estimation; tests of hypotheses.

Mr. Grandage

ST 552 Basic Theory of Least Squares and Variance

Components 3 (2-2) f

Prerequisites: ST 551, MA 405

Theory of least squares; multiple regression; analysis of variance and
covariance; experimental design models; factorial experiments; variance
component models. Mr. Anderson

ST 571 (BS 571, MA 571) Biomathematics I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: MA 301, MA 405 or equivalent

Linear time-invariant operators and their Laplace transforms, with a
discussion of homogeneous and non-homogeneous linear differential
equations and their analysis in time domain and frequency domain;
applications to the study of input and output in biological systems;
systems of linear and non-linear differential equations and their per-
turbation equations, especially with reference to the study of population
dynamics and growth processes, stability of biological systems, and
tracer kinetics. Mr. van der Vaart

108 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

ST 572 (BS 572, MA 572) Biomathematics II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: ST 571, ST 541 (MA 541) or equivalent

Continuation of topics in ST 571. The general framework for mathe-
matization of biological problems; deterministic and stochastic models;
birth and death processes with applications to physiology and population
dynamics; desirable features of mathematical models in biology.

Mr. van der Vaart

ST 591 Special Problems 1-3 Credits by Arrangement fs

Development of techniques for specialized cases, particularly in con-
nection with thesis and practical consulting problems. Graduate Staff

U.N.C. ST 111 Methods of Mathematical Statistics I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Advanced calculus

Introductory treatment of special mathematical techniques of particular
importance in probability and statistics, including topics from combinatorial
mathematics, Fourier and Laplace transforms, contour integration, special
inequalities and finite differences. Messrs. Leadbetter, Smith

U.N.C. ST 131 Elementary Probability 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Advanced calculus

Fundamentals of probability theory and distribution theory essential for
the study of mathematical statistics, including: axiomatic treatment of
probability models, combinatorial probability, conditional probability and
independence, random variables, distribution and density functions, moments
and generating functions, combined random variables.

Mr. Kuebler

U.N.C. ST 132 Intermediate Probability 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 131 or ST 134

Laws of large numbers, characteristic functions, and central limit
theorems. Elements of stochastic processes and their applications, including
random walks, Markov chains, recurrent events, Brownian motion, and
elementary queueing theory. Mr. Smith

U.N.C. ST 134 Statistical Theory I 5 (4-2) f

Prerequisite: Advanced calculus

U.N.C. ST 131 plus regression and correlation theory, convergence and
approximation, common distributions, functions of random samples, multi-
normal theory, and random normal sampling. Mr. Johnson

U.N.C. ST 135 Statistical Theory II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 131 or ST 134

Fundamentals of statistical inference and statistical decision theory,
including: the decision and inference problem, sufficient statistics, point
estimation (unbiasedness, Bayes and minimax methods, maximum likelihood
and large sample theory), hypothesis testing, interval estimation, chi-
square tests, and introduction to nonparametric, Bayesian, and sequential
methods. Linear estimation, analysis of variance and regression are largely
excluded. Mr. Johnson

U.N.C. ST 150 Analysis of Variance with Application

to Experimental Designs 3 (3-0) s

Corequisite: U.N.C. ST 135

Linear estimation. Non-estimability. The best linear estimate and its
variance. The Gauss-Markov theorem. Sums of squares. Analysis of
variance and the generalized t and F tests. Unified mathematical theory
of the intrablock analysis of incomplete block designs. Applications to
balanced, lattice, partially balanced and Latin square designs.

Messrs. Bose, Chakravarti

U.N.C. ST 170 Order Statistics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 or equivalent

Distribution theory of order statistics. Moments, exact and approximate.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 109

Estimation of location and scale parameters, censored data. Life-testing
and scale parameters, censored data. Life-testing and reliability. Short-
cut procedures, quality control. Tests for outliers and slippage. Multiple
decision procedures based on order statistics. Asymptotic and extreme-
value theory. Mr. David

Courses for Graduates Only

ST 606 (MA 606) Mathematical Programming II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: IE 505 (MA 505)

This course is intended for those who desire to study linear and non-
linear programming from an advanced mathematical point of view. Special
attention will be paid to the theoretical and computational aspects of
current research problems in the field of mathematical programming,
including linear programming and game theory, theory of graphs, discrete
linear programming, linear programming under uncertainty and non-linear
programming. Mr. Bhattacharyya

ST 611, 612 Intermediate Statistical Theory 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: ST 551, MA 512, MA 405

This course will provide the additional theory, above that of ST 551,
needed for many advanced theory courses. Many of the topics of ST 551
will be developed more rigorously, with more attention paid to mathe-
matical aspects. Advanced probability theory; limit theorems, distribution
theory, multinormal distributions. Statistical decision theory, theory of
estimation, confidence regions, theory of tests of hypothoses, sequential
tests, non-parametric methods. Mr. Bhattacharyya

ST 613 Time Series Analysis I 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ST 552

Statistical analysis of realizations of second order stationary random
processes, and mathematical specifications of the underlying processes, with
emphasis throughout on the spectrum. Discussions of applications are given
to illustrate the theory and methods. Topics include second order stationary
parent sequences, correlation analysis, autoregressive series, moving
averages, hidden periodicities models, spectral analysis, estimation of the
correlogram and the coefficients of autoregressive schemes, the periodo-
gram, estimation of the spectral density; serial correlation theory, goodness-
of-fit tests. Mr. Herbst

ST 614 Time Series Analysis II 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: ST 613, ST 542 (MA 542)

Cross-covariance analysis of two time series, cross-spectral analysis of
two time series, estimation of co-spectral density, quadrature-spectral den-
sity, coherence and phase, interpretations and applications of coherence
analysis, detection and estimation of periodicities in variances of time
series, spectral representation theory for second order stationary processes,
further discussion of spectral estimation. Mr. Herbst

ST 617, 618 (MA 617, 618) Measure Theory and

Advanced Probability 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: MA 512, MA 541 or equivalent

Modern measure and integration theory in abstract spaces, probability
measures, random variables and expectations, conditional probability and
conditional expectations, distribution functions, characteristic functions,
modes of convergence, weak and strong laws of large numbers, central
limit theorems and other limit laws, introduction to stochastic processes.

Mr. Wesler

ST 619 (MA 619) Topics in Advanced Probability 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: ST 617, ST 618 (MA 617, MA 618)

Characteristic functions, infinitely divisible and stable laws, factoriza-
tions of probability distributions, law of iterated logarithm, random walks,

110 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

fluctuation theory, martingales, ergodic theory, Markov processes, the
Poisson process, further topics in stochastic processes, applications.

Mr. Wesler

ST 621 Statistics in Animal Science 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent

Sources and magnitudes of errors in experiments with animals, experi-
mental designs and methods of analysis adapted to specific types of ani-
mal research, relative efficiency of alternate designs, amount of data re-
quired for specified accuracy, student reports on selected topics. (Offered
1967-68 and fall of alternate years.) Mr. Lucas

ST 622 See ANS 622, Principles of Biological Assays. 3 (2-2) s

ST 623 Statistics in Plant Science 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent

Principles and techniques of planning, establishing, and executing
field and greenhouse experiments. Size, shape and orientation of plots;
border effects; selection of experimental material; estimation of size of
experiments for specified accuracy; scoring and subjective tests; sub-
sampling plots and yields for laboratory analysis. Mr. Mason

ST 626 (GN 626) Statistical Concepts in Genetics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: GN 512
Corequisite: ST 502 or equivalent

Factors bearing on rates of change in population means and variances,
with special reference to cultivated plants and domestic animals; selection,
inbreeding, magnitude and nature of genotypic and non-genotypic variabil-
ity; experimental and statistical approaches in the analysis of quantita-
tive inheritance. Mr. Cockerham

ST 631 Theory of Sampling Applied to Survey Design 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: ST 422; ST 502 or equivalent

Principles for interpretation and design of sample surveys. Biases, vari-
ances and costs of estimators. Comparisons among simple random sample,
ratio estimation, stratification, varying probabilities of selection, multi-
stage, systematic and cluster sampling, double sampling. Response errors.

Mr. Proctor

ST 641 See RS 641, Statistics in Sociology. 3 (3-0) s

ST 651 See EC 651, Econometric Methods I. 3 (3-0) f

ST 652 See EC 652, Econometric Methods II. 3 (3-0) s

ST 671 Advanced Topics in Least Squares and

Variance Components 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552

Use of non-balanced designs to estimate variance components; compari-
son of estimators; problems with finite populations. Least squares pro-
cedures for non-standard conditions; unequal variances, correlated errors,
non-additivity, measurement errors, non-normality. Functional relationships.
Factorial experiments with continuous factor levels; incomplete blocks.

Mr. Anderson

ST 672 Special Advanced Topics in Statistical Analysis 3 (3-0) f
Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552

Enumeration data; covariance; non-linear models; discriminant functions
and other multivariate techniques. Mr. Monroe

ST 674 Advanced Topics in Construction and Analysis

of Experimental Designs 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552

Inter-block analysis of incomplete blocks designs, partially balanced

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 111

designs, confounding, data collected at several places and times, multiple
factor designs, change-over trials, analysis of groups of means.

Mr. Addelman

ST 691 Advanced Special Problems 1-3 Credits by Arrangement fs

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552

Any new advance in the field of statistics which can be presented in
lecture series as unique opportunities arise, including theory of sampling
applied to survey design and analysis of linear models.

Graduate Staff, Visiting Professors

ST 694 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the master's degree, but any
number toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff

ST 699 Research Credits by Arrangement f s

A maximum of nine credits is allowed toward the Master of Science de-
gree; no limitation on credits toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff

U.N.C. ST 200 Applied Multivariate Analysis I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135

Relations between multiple regression, analysis of variance, multivariate
analysis and factor analysis. Tests with discriminant functions. The gen-
eralized Student ratio. Use of roots of determinantal equations. Classifi-
cation problems. Distance and group constellations. (Offered 1966-67 and
fall of alternate years.) Mr. Nicholson

U. N. C. ST 202 Methods of Operations Research 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135

Linear programming, theory of games, techniques for analyzing waiting
lines and queues. Applied probability, recent developments, applications of
results to specific problems. Case studies. Messrs. Nicholson, Smith

U.N.C. ST 212 Methods of Mathematical Statistics II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Advanced calculus

Measure and integration theory, with special reference to random vari-
ables, distribution functions, probability measures, and including Fubini's
Theorem, the Radon-Nikodym Theorem, conditional probability, conditional
expectation, and modes of convergence.

Messrs. Hall, Leadbetter, Smith

U.N.C. ST 220 Theory of Estimation and Hypothesis Testing 4 (4-0) f
Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 135, ST 212

Bayes procedures for estimation and testing. Minimax procedures.
Sufficient statistics. Optimal unbiased estimators. Most powerful similar
tests. Admissibility. Invariance. Confidence sets. Large sample theory.

Messrs. Hall, Hoeffding

U.N.C. ST 221 Sequential Analysis 2 (2-0) f

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 135

Hypothesis testing and estimation when the sample size depends on the
observations. Sequential probability ratio tests. Sequential design of ex-
periments. Stochastic approximation. Messrs. Hoeffding, Johnson

U.N.C. ST 222 Nonparametric Inference 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 135, ST 212

Estimation and testing when the functional form of the population dis-
tribution is unknown. Rank and sign tests. Tests based on permutations of
observations. Power of nonparametric tests. Optimum nonparametric tests
and estimators. Nonparametric confidence intervals and tolerance limits.

Messrs. David, Hoeffding

U.N.C. ST 231 Advanced Probability 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 212

Advanced theoretic course, including: random variables and expecta-

112 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

tions, distributions and characteristic functions, infinitely divisible distri-
butions, central limit theorems, laws of large numbers, and stable laws.
(Offered 1966-67 and fall of alternate years.) Mr. Smith

U.N.C. ST 232 General Theory of Statistical. Decision 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 135, ST 212

Selected topics in the general theory of statistical decisions, based on the
work of Abraham Wald. (Offered 1966-67 and spring of alternate years.)

Mr. Hoeffding

U.N.C. ST 235 Stochastic Processes 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 212

Advanced theoretic course, including: separability of a process, processes
with orthogonal random variables, Markov processes, martinga^s, and
processes with independent increments. (Offered 1967-68 and spring of
alternate years.) Mr. Smith

U.N.C. ST 251 Combinatorial Problems of the Design

of Experiments 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 150

Application of Galois fields and two dimensional finite geometries to the
construction of complete sets of orthogonal Latin squares. Finite hyper-
space geometries and balanced incomplete block designs obtainable from
them. Factorial designs. Theory of confounding. Construction and analysis
of symmetrical factorial designs with confounding. Construction and analy-
sis of symmetrical fractionally replicated designs. Mr. Bose

U.N.C. ST 252 Information Theory 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 132
Corequisite: U.N.C. ST 212

Transmission of information. Entropy. Simple message ensembles. Dis-
crete sources. Transmission channels. Channel encoding and decoding. En-
coding for binary symmetric channels. Encoding for discrete constant
channels. (Offered 1967-68 and fall of alternate years.) Mr. Bose

U.N.C. ST 253 Error Correcting Codes 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 251

Linear codes and their error correction capabilities. Some important
linear codes. Linear switching circuits. Cyclic codes, Bose-Chaudhuri
codes. Codes for burst error correction. Recurrent codes. Codes for check-
ing arithmetic operations. (Offered 1967-68 and spring of alternate years.)

Mr. Bose

U.N.C. ST 254 Special Topics in Design of Experiments I 3 (3-0) f
Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 150

Response surface designs. Conditions for rotatability. Construction and
analysis of rotatable designs of the second and third order. Interblock
analysis. General analysis of covariance. Missing plot techniques. (Offered
1966-67 and fall of alternate years.) Mr. Bose

U.N.C. ST 255 Special Topics in the Design

of Experiments II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 251

Combinatorial properties and construction of balanced, group divisible
and partially balanced designs. Impossibility proofs. Orthogonal Latin
squares of non-prime power orders. Orthogonal arrays. Asymmetrical
fractionally replicated designs. (Offered 1966-67 and spring of alternate
years.) Mr. Bose

U.N.C. ST 260 Multivariate Analysis 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 135, Matrices

Characterization and properties of a multivariate normal distribution,
random samples from this distribution. Tests and confidence intervals re-

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 113

lated to the hypotheses of equality of two or more dispersion matrices
against various types of alternatives. Multivariate analysis of variance,
covariance and regression, under a linear model with fixed effects against
Association between subsets of a multivariate normal set including several
kinds of independence. Factor analysis. Staff

U.N.C. ST 261 Advanced Multivariate Analysis 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 260

Distribution problems connected with the tests and confidence intervals
discussed in U.N.C. ST 260. The properties, in terms of statistical infer-
ence, of the tests and confidence intervals against different classes of
alternatives. Advanced multivariate analysis of variance under a linear
model with random or mixed-type effects against various kinds of alter-
natives. Multivariate designs for problems of MANOVA and for patterned
dispersion matrices. Problems of classification. Some applications. Staff

U.N.C. ST 262 MULTIFACTOR MULTIRESPONSE EXPERIMENTS

with Responses not Necessarily Normal 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 150
Corequisite: U.N.C. ST 260

Unstructured and structured factors. Unstructured and structured re-
sponses based on a single or a product multinomial or hypergeometric
distribution. Hypotheses against alternatives, analogous to those discussed
in U.N.C. ST 260 for the multivariate normal case. Large sample tests
and the associated confidence intervals. One or more structured responses
based on a continuous c.d.f., and the appropriate hypotheses against
alternatives in this situation. Exact and asymptotic tests. Staff

U.N.C. ST 263 Advanced Multifactor Multiresponse Experi-
ments with Responses not Necessarily
Normal 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 262

Properties, in terms of statistical inference, of the tests and confidence
intervals discussed in U.N.C. ST 262. Generalization of univariate or multi-
variate analysis of variance to the case of normal error and random effects
not necessarily normal. Design and analysis of factorial experiments with
one or more normal response-types, treated as a problem in structured
hypothesis. Relation to the classical design and analysis of factorial ex-
periments and to those based on the response surface approach. Staff

U.N.C. ST 300, 301 Seminar in Statistical Literature 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 Mr. Johnson

U.N.C. ST 310, 311 Seminar in Theoretical Statistics 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 Staff

U.N.C. ST 321, 322 Special Problems 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Staff

U.N.C. ST 331, 332 Advanced Research 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Staff

DEPARTMENT OF FOOD SCIENCE

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: William Milner Roberts, Head, Leonard William Aurand,
Thomas Nelson Blumer, John Lincoln Etchells, Maurice William
Hoover, Ivan Dunlavy Jones, Marvin Luther Speck, Frederick
Gail Warren

Associate Professors: Thomas Alexander Bell, Daniel Fromm, Victor
Alan Jones, Albert Ernest Purcell, Fred Russell Tarver, Jr.

114 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Assistant Professors: Robert J. Bingham, Francis Fredrick Busta,
William Younts Cobb, Raghunath Singh Dahiya, Henry Pridgen
Fleming, Harold Everette Swaisgood, William Alexander Brown
Thomson, William Wood Walters, Jr.

The Department of Food Science was established at North Caro-
lina State in 1961 to integrate the various scientific disciplines basic
to the preparation, processing, packaging, and distribution of foods.
Programs of graduate study leading to the Master of Science and
Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered. In order to pursue gradu-
ate study in the field of food science, the student must possess
adequate information in the fundamentals of the area in which he
expects to specialize. The student's undergraduate education should
have prepared him in mathematics, chemistry, biological and physi-
cal sciences, as well as in the humanities and language skills.

In the area of food chemistry, the student can conduct research
and study in peroxidation of lipids in foods, flavor and color chemis-
try, protein denaturation, and various problems of biophysical chem-
istry.

Engineering aspects of food science are offered in the principles
of automation and industrial engineering in food plant operations.

The field of food products technology is concerned with the devel-
opment of new foods and the improved quality of existing foods.

Food microbiology is designed to offer study and research in the
fundamental principles of microbiology involved in promoting
growth of microorganisms essential to the manufacture of various
foods, and the control of unwanted microorganisms in foods.

The department's physical facilities include research laboratories
equipped for chemistry, engineering and microbiology, and processing
facilities and equipment for dairy, fruit, vegetable, poultry, peanut,
seafood and meat products.

The Department of Food Science maintains close liaison with the
faculties of supporting departments. Depending on the area chosen
by the student for his major interest, he will have strong support
for his minor from faculties in chemistry, economics, engineering,
genetics, microbiology, and statistics.

A graduate program in food science and sanitation is offered by
the Department of Food Science and the-T>epartment of Environ-
mental Sciences and Engineering of the University of North Caro-
lina at Chapel Hill. This program is designed to provide an enrich-
ment in environmental health to graduate students majoring in food
science at Raleigh; similarly, it provides an enrichment in food
science to graduate students majoring in environmental sciences
and engineering at Chapel Hill.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

FS 400 Foods and Nutrition 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CH 220

A study of the health of an individual as related to food and the ability
of his body to use food. Evaluation of normal diets and factors that pro-

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 115

mote optimal nutrition throughout life, and the application of biochemistry
to utilization of foods.

FS 401 Market Milk and Related Products 3 (2-3) f

Principles of processing, distribution and quality of fluid milk and re-
lated products.

FS 403 Ice Cream and Related Frozen Dairy Foods 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: FS 401

Choice, preparation and processing of ingredients and freezing of ice
cream and other frozen desserts.

FS 404 (PO 404) Poultry Products 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: CH 101, BS 100

Selection, processing, grading and packaging poultry meat and eggs.
Factors involved in preservation of poultry meat and eggs.

FS 410 Food Products Evaluation 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: ST 361 or equivalent

A comprehensive study of problems encountered in new food product de-
velopment with consumer acceptance. A study of the nature of sensory
responses with emphasis on taste, smell and appearance (color) as related
to foods; design and methodology of small and large consumer panel test-
ing; and the application of appropriate mathematical procedures to food
acceptance testing and methodology.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

FS 502 Food Chemistry 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221

The basic composition, structure and properties of food, and the chemis-
try of changes occurring during processing and utilization of food. Inter-
pretation and integration of widely published data in the food field with
basic principles of chemistry. Mr. Aurand

FS 503 Food Analysis 3 (1-6) s

Prerequisites: CH 215, CH 351, FS 502

A study of the principles, methods and techniques necessary for quan-
titative physical and chemical analyses of food and food products. Results
of analysis will be studied and evaluated in terms of quality standards and
governing regulations. Mr. Swaisgood

FS 505 (MB 505) Food Microbiology 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: MB 401, MB 402

The relationship of habitat to the occurrence of microorganisms on
foods; environmental factors affecting the growth of various micro-
organisms in foods; microbiological action in relation to food spoilage
and food manufacture; physical, chemical and biological destruction of
microorganisms in foods; methods for microbiological examination of
food-stuffs; and public health and sanitation bacteriology.

Messrs. Busta, Speck

FS 506 (MB 506) Advanced Food Microbiology 3 (0-9) s

Prerequisite: FS 505 or equivalent

Ecology and physiology of microorganisms important in the manufacture
and deterioration of various classes of foods; the identification of repre-
sentative species of such microorganisms isolated from natural environ-
ments; principles of nutrition, symbiosis and bacteriophage activity in
culture maintenance for food production.

Messrs. Busta, Speck

FS 521, 522 Technology of Fruit and Vegetable Products 3 (2-3) fs
Prerequisites: MB 401, MB 402

116 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Comprehensive treatment of principles and methods of preservation of
fruits and vegetables, including studies of commercial plant operations,
and visits to food processing plants. Mr. Hoover

FS 590 Food Science Seminar 1 (1-0) s

Prerequisites: Senior or graduate standing and permission of instructor
A review and discussion of scientific articles, progress reports in re-
search and special problems of interest. Graduate Staff

FS 591 Special Problems in Food Science 1 to 3 f s

Prerequisites: Senior or graduate standing and permission of instructor
Analysis of scientific, engineering and economic problems of current
interest in foods. The scientific appraisal and solution of a selected prob-
lem. The problems are designed to provide training and experience in
research. Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

FS 690 Seminar in Food Science 1 (1-0) fs

Preparation and presentation of scientific papers, progress reports of
research and special topics of interest in foods. Graduate Staff

FS 691 Special Research Problems in

Food Science Credits by Arrangement

Directed research in a specialized phase of food science designed to pro-
vide experience in research methodology and philosophy.

Graduate Staff

FS 699 Research in Food Science Credits by Arrangement

Original research preparatory to the thesis for the Master of Science or
Doctor of Philosophy degree. Graduate Staff

SCHOOL OF FORESTRY

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Richard J. Preston, Jr., Dean, Roy M. Carter, Charles B.
Davey, John W. Duffield, Eric L. Ellwood, Benjamin A. Jayne,
Joe O. Lammi, T. Ewald Maki, Alfred J. Stamm, Bruce J. Zobel

Visiting Professor: David W. French

Adjunct Professors: Louis John Metz, Stanley Kendrick Suddarth

Associate Professors: Aldos C. Barefoot, Jr., Arthur W. Cooper,
Ellis B. Cowling, Maurice H. Farrier, James W. Hardin, Clarence
A. Hart, Charles S. Hodges, Jr., Thomas O. Perry, LeRoy C. Saylor

Assistant Professor: Gene NAMKOONG

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Elmer George Kuhlman

The School of Forestry, through its departments of Forest Man-
agement and Wood Science and Technology, offers graduate work
leading to the master's and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Two
types of master's programs are available to the graduate student.

The professional degrees of Master of Forestry and Master of
Wood Technology are offered for students interested in advanced
applications of fundamental principles to the specialized fields of
forestry. The course program emphasizes professional specialization.
There is no language requirement and the thesis requirement is
optional.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 117

The degree of Master of Science is offered for the student who
contemplates a career in research, in teaching, or both. The course
of study for this degree provides for a comprehensive knowledge
of forest management or wood technology and furnishes the train-
ing essential for successful research in these fields. Training is
broadly-based and emphasizes fundamental science. There is both
a thesis and language requirement.

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is available to forestry students
of high intellectual capacity who can demonstrate the ability to
undertake original research and scholarly work at the highest levels.

Candidates for the master's degree fall under one of the following
categories :

1. Students with a bachelor's degree in forestry from a school of
recognized standing. These students may secure the master's degree
in one year.

2. Students with a bachelor's degree, other than in forestry, from
a college, university, or scientific school of high standing. These
students may secure the master's degree in two academic years
provided they have the requirements in botany, chemistry, and
mathematics required in the freshman and sophomore years of the
curricula. Candidates for the degree of Master of Forestry or Mas-
ter of Science in forest management who do not hold an under-
graduate degree in forestry must start their program with the
summer camp.

3. Students not possessing a bachelor's degree may earn, through
proper selection of courses, a Bachelor of Science degree in one of
the forestry curricula at the end of the fourth year and a master's
degree in forestry or wood technology at the end of the fifth year.

Study and training in forestry, the profession of managing forest
lands and using the products of these lands, prepares young people
for careers in the forests, in the wood-using industry, in business,
government, and education.

Nearly 60 percent of the southeastern region of the United States
is in forest lands that produce 38 percent of the nation's lumber
and 56 percent of the pulpwood. The economy and well-being of the
South depend greatly on efficient utilization of forest products.

New wood-using industries have moved into the southeast on an
unprecedented scale and existing industries employ more than
650,000 persons and have an annual output in excess of $6,000,-
000,000. These industries, together with government agencies, de-
mand a large number of technically trained men with a wide variety
of specialized training.

Forestry provides wide and diversified employment opportunities
that can be grouped under the headings of management and utiliza-
tion. Forest management generally leads to outdoor jobs concerned
with operating public or private forest properties. Utilization jobs
usually lead to private industry concerned with manufacturing
processes or merchandising.

Examples of specific types of employment include:

118 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Management — forest managers, forest or park rangers, forest
wildlife managers, watershed managers, forest recreationists, forest
soils specialists, forest entomologists or pathologists, extension
foresters, consulting foresters, municipal foresters, research work-
ers.

Utilization — plywood technologists, logging engineers, mill man-
agers, gluing technologists, pulp technologists, finishing supervisors,
preservation technologists, merchandisers, production specialists,
research workers, teachers, wood chemists, quality control managers,
technical salesmen, wood technologists.

Graduate preparation is essential for specialists, who are needed
in many fields. Training through the master's degree is almost a
requirement for men entering college teaching and public or indus-
trial research. State and federal agencies as well as forest industries
are employing research investigators at unprecedented levels. The
demand for men with advanced degrees in forestry has far exceeded
the supply for many years.

The School of Forestry is now housed in three modernly equipped
buildings on the west side of the campus. An additional $1,500,000
facility has been authorized and is under development. Two special-
ized buildings house regional programs:

The Brandon P. Hodges Wood Products Laboratory is one of the

largest and most completely equipped laboratories for training and
research in wood technology. This structure houses machining, glu-
ing, finishing, preserving, testing and research laboratories, as well
as a sawmill, dry kiln and veneer lathe.

The Reuben B. Robertson Pulp and Paper Laboratory is unique
to the South. The building contains wood preparation, chemistry,
pulping, testing and coloring laboratories as well as digesters and
a small paper machine.

The School of Forestry with five research and demonstration for-
ests containing more than 80,000 acres has excellent facilities for
field instruction. The Hofmann forest on the coastal plain and the
Hill, Schenck, Hope Valley and Goodwin forests in the Piedmont
provide a wide variety of forest types. The permanent Slocum sum-
mer camp for sophomores in forest management is located on the
Hill forest.

Research in the School of Forestry is organized as a department
of forestry research in the Agricultural Experiment Station. The
faculty of the school includes thirty-six teaching and research sci-
entists. The research program has developed into impressive pro-
portions, currently operating on an annual budget in excess of
$500,000. This program, developed on a broad base, is designed to
meet the immediate and future needs of forest owners and wood-
using industries. A substantial part of the program is in the area
of basic research — seeking new knowledge and endeavoring to
achieve breakthroughs which will open the way for new products,
techniques and markets. Basic research is a major university re-

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 119

sponsibility. Applied research also has an important role in the
research program — providing answers to today's problems and a
base for immediate improvement and efficiency.

The research program is divided into two major areas closely
interrelated: (1) forest production, protection, and recreation in the
Department of Forest Management, and (2) the processing and
utilization of wood and fiber for products such as lumber, veneer,
manufactured wood products including furniture, pulp and paper,
and wood chemicals, all in the Department of Wood Science and
Technology.

A number of research assistantships are available.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

FOR 403 Paper Process Analysis 3 (0-6) f

Manufacture of several types of papers with particular attention to stock
preparation, sizing, filling and coloring. The finished products are tested
physically and chemically and evaluated from the standpoint of quality
and in comparison with the commercial products they are intended to
duplicate.

FOR 404 Management Analysis 3 (1-6) s

Application of management, logging, silvicultural and utilization prac-
tices on assigned areas. Each student must make a forest survey of an
individual area and submit a report.

FOR 405 Forest Inventory 3 (1-6) s

Timber estimating and data compilation.

FOR 411, 412 Pulp and Paper Unit Processes 3 (3-0) fs

Principles of operation, construction and design of process equipment in
the pulp and paper industry.

FOR 413 Paper Properties and Additives 4 (1-9) f

Physical, chemical and microscopical examination of experimental and
commercial papers and evaluation of the results in terms of the utility
of the product tested.

FOR 422 Forest Products 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: FOR 202, CH 220

The source and method of obtaining derived and manufactured forest
products other than lumber.

FOR 423 Logging and Milling 3 (2-3) f

Timber harvesting and transportation methods, equipment and costs;
safety and supervision; manufacturing methods; log and lumber grades.

FOR 432 Merchandising Forest Products 2 (2-0) f

Principles and practices in the distribution and marketing of the prod-
ucts obtained from wood; organization and operation of retail, concentra-
tion and wholesale outlets.

FOR 434 Wood Operations I 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: FOR 301, FOR 302

Organization of manufacturing plants producing wood products includ-
ing company organization, plant layout, production planning and control.
Analysis of typical manufacturing operations in terms of process equip-
ment, size and product specification. The organization and operation of
wood products markets.

120 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

FOR 435 Wood Operations II 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: FOR 301, FOR 302

The application of the techniques of operations analysis to management
decision making in the wood products field. Choice of products to manu-
facture. Allocation of production resources. Development of product dis-
tribution systems.

FOR 441 Design of Wood Structures 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: EM 211

Strength and related properties of commercial woods; standard A.S.T.M.
strength tests; toughness; timber fastenings; design of columns; simple,
laminated and box beams; trusses and arches.

FOR 444 Introduction to Quality Control 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: ST 361

A study of methods used to control quality of manufactured wood prod-
ucts. Control charts for variable and attributes. Acceptance sampling
techniques.

FOR 451 Forest Recreation Policy and Management 2 (2-0) f

Analysis of outdoor recreation policies in the United States and their
significance to forest land management; evaluation of the recreation po-
tential of forests and other wild lands; examination of the relationships
between federal, state, and local government and private enterprise in
providing outdoor recreation opportunities.

FOR 461 Paper Converting 1 (1-0) s

A survey of the principal processes by which paper and paper board
are fabricated into the utilitarian products of everyday use.

FOR 462 Artificial Forestation 2 (1-3) s

Production collection, extraction, and storage of forest tree seeds;
nursery practice; field methods of planting.

FOR 463 Plant Inspections 1 (0-3) s

One week inspection trips covering representative manufactures of pulp
paper and papermaking equipment.

FOR 471 Pulping Process Analysis 4 (1-9) f

Preparation and evaluation of the several types of wood pulp. The
influence of the various pulping and bleaching variables on pulp quality
are studied experimentally and these data evaluated critically.

FOR 481 Pulping Processes and Products 2 (2-0) s

Prerequisites: FOR 202, CH 220

Wood pulp manufacturing processes and equipment; wall insulation and
container board products; manufacture of roofing felts; pulp products
manufacturing; resin and specialty products, lignin and wood sugar
products.
FOR 482 Pulp and Paper Mill Management 2 (2-0) s

A survey of the economics of the pulp and paper industry is followed by
a study of the work of the several departments of a paper mill organiza-
tion and the functions of the executives who administer them.

FOR 491, 492 Senior Problems Credits by Arrangement

Problems selected with faculty approval in the areas of management
or technology.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

FOR 511 Silviculture 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: FOR 361, BO 421

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 121

The principles and application of intermediate and reproductive methods
of cutting; controlled burning, silvicides, and other methods of hardwood
control. The application of silvicultural methods in the forests of the
United States. Mr. Duffield

FOR 512 Forest Economics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: FOR 372, EC 201

Economics and social value of forests; supply of, and demands for forest
products; land use; forestry as a private and a public enterprise; economics
of the forest industries. Mr. Lammi

FOR 513 Tropical Woods 2 (1-3) s

Prerequisites: FOR 203, FOR 301

Structure, identification, properties, characteristics and use of tropical

woods, especially those used in plywood and furniture. Mr. Barefoot

FOR 521, 522 Chemistry of Wood and Wood Products 3 (2-3) fs

Prerequisites: FOR 202, CH 215, CH 426, PY 212

Fundamental chemistry and physics of wood and wood components; pulp-
ing principles; electrical and thermal properties. Mr. Stamm

FOR 531, 532 Forest Management 3 (2-3) fs

Prerequisite: FOR 372
Corequisite: FOR 511

Management of timber lands for economic returns; the normal forest
taken as the ideal; the application of regulation methods to the forest.

Mr. Bryant

FOR 533 Advanced Wood Structure and Identification 2 (1-3) f

Prerequisite: FOR 202

Advanced microscopic identification of the commercial woods of the
United States and some tropical woods; microscopic anatomical features
and laboratory techniques. Mr. Barefoot

FOR 553 Forest Photogrammetry 2 (1-3) s

Prerequisites: FOR 372, FOR 531

Interpretation of aerial photographs, determination of density of timber
stands and area mapping. Mr. Lammi

FOR 571 Advanced Forest Mensuration 3 (2-2) s

Prerequisites: ST 311, FOR 372

Study of cyclical variation in growth of individual trees and stands;
analysis of stand structures in even-aged versus all-age stands; general
concepts of growing stock levels on yields; evaluation of growth prediction
methods.

FOR 572 Forest Policy 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: EC 201, FOR 219
Corequisite: FOR 531

Analysis of the forest policies of the United States and selected foreign
countries; criteria for their evaluation; appraisal of current policies and
alternatives. Mr. Lammi

FOR 591 Forestry Problems Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing

Assigned or selected problems in the fields of silviculture, logging, lum-
ber manufacturing, pulp technology, or forest management.

Graduate Staff

FOR 599 Methods of Research in Forestry Credits by Arrangement
Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing

Research procedures, problem outlines, presentation of results; consid-
eration of selected studies by forest research organizations; sample plot
technique. Graduate Staff

122 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Courses for Graduates Only

FOR 603 Technology of Wood Adhesives 3 (3-0) f or s

Prerequisites: CH 425, CH 426, FOR 433

The fundamentals of adhesives as applied to wood-to-wood and wood-to-
metal bonding. Technology of adhesives. Preparation and use of organic
adhesives. Testing of adhesives and evaluation of quality of adhesives
and bonded joints. Mr. Hart

FOR 604 Timber Physics 3 (3-0) f or s

Prerequisite: FOR 441

Density, specific gravity and moisture content variation affecting physical
properties; physics of drying at high and low temperatures; thermal,
sound, light and electrical properties of wood. Messrs. Ellwood, Hart

FOR 605 Design and Control of Wood Processes 3 (3-0) f or s

Prerequisite: FOR 604

Design and operational control of equipment for processing wood.

Mr. Ellwood

FOR 606 Wood Process Analysis 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: FOR 512, FOR 604

Analysis of wood process through the solution of comprehensive prob-
lems involving the physics of temperature and moisture relations.

Mr. Ellwood

FOR 607 Advanced Quality Control 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: FOR 606, ST 515

Advanced statistical quality control as applied to wood processing.

Mr. Hart
FOR 611 Forest Genetics 3 (3-0) f or s

Prerequisites: GN 411 and permission of instructor

Application of genetic principles to silviculture, management and pulp
utilization. Emphasis is on variations in wild populations, on the bases for
selection and desirable qualities and on fundamentals of controlled breed-
ing. Messrs. Saylor, Zobel

FOR 691 Graduate Seminar 1 (1-0) f or s

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in forestry or closely allied fields

Presentation and discussion of progress reports on research, special
problems and outstanding publications in forestry and related fields.

Graduate Staff
FOR 692 Advanced Forest Management

Problems Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Directed studies in forest management. Graduate Staff

FOR 693 Advanced Wood Technology

Problems Credits by Arrangement

Selected problems in the field of wood technology. Graduate Staff

FOR 699 Problems in Research Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Specific forestry problems that will furnish material for a thesis.

Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF GENETICS

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Thurston Jefferson Mann, Head, Carey Hoyt Bostian,
Daniel Swartwood Grosch, Warren Durwood Hanson, Ken-ichi
Kojima, Dale Frederick Matzinger, Robert Harry Moll, Harold

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 123

Frank Robinson, Benjamin Warfield Smith, Stanley George

Stephens
Associate Professors : Lawrence Eugene Mettler, LeRoy Charles Saylor,

Anastasios Christos Triantaphyllou
Assistant Professors : Charles Sandford Levings, III, Gene Namkoong,

Robert Hilton Schaible, Charles William Stuber

Associate Members of the Genetics Faculty
Professors : Jay Lawrence Apple, Ernest Oscar Beal, Charles Aloysius
Brim, James Ferris Chaplin, Fred Derward Cochran, Columbus
Clark Cockerham, John W. Duffield, Dan Ulrich Gerstel, Edward
Walker Glazener, Walton Carlyle Gregory, Paul Henry Harvey,
Frank Lloyd Haynes, Jr., Teddy Theodore Hebert, Guy Langston
Jones, Kenneth Raymond Keller, James Edward Legates, Philip
Arthur Miller, Richard Robert Nelson, Lyle Llewellyn Phillips,
Daniel Townsend Pope, Hamilton Arlo Stewart, Donald Loraine
Thompson, Nash Nicks Winstead, Bruce John Zobel
Associate Prof essors : Frank Bradley Armstrong, William Lowery Blow,
Will Allen Cope, Emmett Urcey Dillard, Donald Allen Emery,
Gene John Galletta, James Walker Hardin, Joshua A. Lee,
Thomas O. Perry, Nathaniel T. Powell, John O. Rawlings, Odis
Wayne Robison, David H. Timothy
Assistant Professors : Eugene J. Eisen, George Richard Gwynn, Charles
F. Murphy, Earl A. Wernsman

Graduate study under direction of the genetics faculty may en-
able the student to qualify for the Master of Science or the Doctor
of Philosophy degrees. A candidate for the master's degree must
acquire a thorough understanding of genetics and its relation to
other biological disciplines and must present a thesis based upon
his own research. In addition to a comprehensive knowledge of his
field, a candidate for the doctorate must demonstrate his capacity
for independent investigation and scholarship in genetics.

At North Carolina State University there are no sharp divisions
along departmental lines between theoretical and applied aspects of
genetics research. The members and associate members of the gene-
tics faculty are located in ten different departments of the Schools of
Agriculture and Life Sciences, Forestry, and Physical Sciences and
Applied Mathematics. They are studying an extremely wide range
of genetic problems and are utilizing not only the "classic" labora-
tory material (Drosophila, Habrobracon, maize, and mice) but
also farm animals and agricultural and horticultural plants of the
region. A student has, therefore, a wide choice of research problems
in any of the following fields: cytology and cytogenetics, microbial
and biochemical genetics, physiological and irradiation genetics,
forest genetics, population genetics, and the application of quanti-
tative genetics to breeding methodology.

The offices and laboratories of the department are located in
Gardner Hall with greenhouse facilities adjacent to the building.
A genetics garden for use in the intensive research with plants and
teaching functions is located three miles from the departmental
offices. The departmental staff and the associate faculty members
in Animal Science, Biochemistry, Botany, Crop Science, Horticultural
Science, Microbiology, Poultry Science, Plant Pathology, Experimental

124 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Statistics, and Forest Management are most fortunate in being able
to draw upon the extensive facilities of the North Carolina Agricul-
tural Experiment Station.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: BS 100

An introductory course. The physical and chemical basis of inheritance;
genes as functional and structural units of heredity and development;
qualitative and quantitative aspects of genetic variation. Mr. Schaible

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 1 (0-2) fs
Prerequisite or corequisite: GN 411

Experiments and demonstrations to provide an opportunity to gain
practical experience in crossing and classifying a variety of genetic ma-
terials including two generations of Drosophila. Mr. Schaible

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

GN 503 See ANS 503, Genetic Improvement of Livestock. 3 (2-3) f

GN 512 Genetics 4 (3-2) f

Prerequisite: GN 411

Intended for students desiring more thorough and detailed training in
fundamental genetics with some attention to physiological aspects. Stu-
dents conduct individual laboratory problems. Mr. Grosch

GN 513 Cytogenetics I 4 (3-2) f

Prerequisite: GN 512 or equivalent

The chromosomes as vehicles of heredity. Mitosis and meiosis as bases
of genetic stability and recombination. Structural and numerical aber-
rations and their effect upon the breeding systems of plants and animals.
Interspecific hybrids and polyploids. Lectures and laboratory.

Messrs. Galletta, Gerstel

GN 520 See PO 520, Poultry Breeding. 3 (3-0) f

GN 532 (ZO 532) Biological Effects of Radiations 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ZO 103 or equivalent

Qualitative and quantitative effects of radiations (other than the visible
spectrum) on biological systems, to include both morphological and phy-
siological aspects in a consideration of genetics, cytology, histology, and
morphogenesis. Mr. Grosch

GN 540 (ZO 540) Evolution 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: GN 411

The facts and theories of evolution in plants and animals. The causes

and consequences of organic diversity. (Offered 1966-67 and alternate
years.) Mr. Smith

GN 541 See CS 541, HS 541, Plant Breeding Methods. 3 (3-0) f

GN 542 See CS 542, HS 542, Plant Breeding Field

Procedures. 2 (0-4) summer

GN 550 Experimental Evolution 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: GN 512, GN 513 or equivalent

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 125

Experimental evolution deals primarily with micro-evolutionary pro-
cesses examined at the inter- and intra-specific population level. A review
of the results from experimental population studies and analyses of na-
tural populations concerning variation patterns and adaptation, natural
selection, polymorphism, introgression, population breeding structure, iso-
lating mechanism, etc., is made and interpreted in relation to Neo-Dar-
winian concepts of the origin of species. Mr. Mettler

GN 561 Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3 (3-0) f

The course will include the development of the fields of biochemical and
microbial genetics and will emphasize both the techniques and concepts
utilized in current research. Mr. Armstrong

Courses for Graduates Only

GN 603 See ANS 603, Population Genetics in Animal

Improvement. 3 (3-0) f

GN 607 (PP 607) Genetics of Fungi 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: GN 512 or equivalent, permission of instructor

Review of major contributions in fungus genetics with emphasis on
principles and theories that have evolved in recent development. (Offered
1966-67 and alternate years.) Mr. Nelson

GN 611 See FOR 611, Forest Genetics. 3 (3-0) s

GN 613 See CS 613, Plant Breeding Theory. 3 (3-0) s

GN 626 See ST 626, Statistical Concepts in Genetics. 3 (3-0) s

GN 631 Mathematical Genetics 3(3-0) f

Prerequisites: GN 512; ST 511 or equivalent

History of mathematical biology, role of mathematical concepts in the
development of genetic science, theory of genetic recombination, dynamics
of genetic population. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate years.)

Mr. Kojima

GN 633 Physiological Genetics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: GN 512

Recent advances in physiological genetics. Attention will be directed to
literature on the nature and action of genes, and to the interaction of
heredity and environment in the expression of the characteristics of higher
organisms. Mr. Grosch

GN 641 Colloquim in Genetics 2 (2-0) fs

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, permission of instructor

Informal group discussion of prepared topics assigned by instructor.

Graduate Staff

GN 691 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

GN 695 Special Problems in Genetics 1-3 credits fs

Prerequisites: Advanced graduate standing, permission of instructor
Special topics designed for additional experience and research training.

Graduate Staff

GN 699 Research Credits by Arrangement

A maximum of six credits is allowed for the master's degree; by arrange-
ment for the doctorate.

Original research related to the student's thesis problem.

Graduate Staff

126 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING

(For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information
see Department of Mineral Industries, page 159.)

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

MIG 415 Mineral Exploration and Evaluation 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: MIG 440, MIG 452

Application of the principles of geology, geophysics, and geochemistry
to the discovery and evaluation of mineral deposits. Design of mineral
exploration and development programs based on knowledge of the unique
thermodynamic, geochemical, and tectonic features that control mineral
formation and concentrations in well known mining districts, especially
those yielding ferrous, base, and precious metals. Review of economic and
technological factors governing the value of mineral deposits.

MIG 440 Endogenic Materials and Processes 4 (3-3) s

Prerequisites: MIG 120 or MIG 220, MIG 331

Minerals, rocks and mineral deposits that are formed at high tempera-
tures and pressures by crystallization or solidification of molten magma, or
by solid state recrystallization of older rocks. Application of principles of
thermodynamics and of phase-rule chemistry, and the results of modern
high pressure-temperature laboratory research on the stability fields of
crystalline phases, to an understanding of igneous and metamorphic rocks.
Identification, classification, occurrence, origin, and economic value of the
principal igneous and metamorphic rocks.

MIG 452 Exogenic Materials and Processes 4 (3-3) f

Prerequisites: MIG 120 or MIG 220, MIG 331

Identification, classification, geologic occurrence, origin, and economic
value of minerals, rocks, and mineral deposits formed by physical, chemi-
cal, and biological processes at low temperatures and pressures at and
near the earth's surface. Hydrodynamics of sediment transport and deposi-
tion, settling velocities and size sorting, chemical and biochemical precipi-
tation from aqueous solutions, principles of division of stratified terranes
into natural units, correlation of strata, identification of depositional en-
vironments, and facies analysis.

MIG 461 Engineering Geology 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MIG 120 or MIG 220

The application of geologic principles to engineering practice; analysis
of geological factors and processes affecting specific engineering projects.

MIG 462 Geological Surveying 3 (1-6) s

Prerequisites: MIG 351, MIG 440, MIG 452
Required of seniors in geological engineering.

Methods of field observation and use of geologic surveying instruments
in surface and underground work; representation of geologic features by
maps, sections and diagrams. Lectures, laboratories, and field work.

MIG 465 Geological Field Procedures 6 summer

Prerequisite: MIG 351 or special permission

A six week summer field course. Practical field procedures and instru-
ments commonly used to procure geologic data for evaluating mineral de-
posits, solving engineering problems involving earth materials, and draw-
ing scientific conclusions. Observation of geologic phenomena in their na-
tural setting. Large and intermediate scale geologic mapping of surface
features and large scale mapping underground in mine workings.

MIG 472 Elements of Mining Engineering 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: MIG 120 and junior standing in geological engineering

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 127

Introduction to mining; surface and underground methods of develop-
ment and production; explosives, drilling and blasting; ore loading, trans-
port, and hoisting; drainage and ventilation; mine surveying and sampling;
fire assaying; mining law, organization, administration, and safety. Lec-
tures, laboratory and field inspections.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

MIG 522 Petroleum Geology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MIG 452

Properties, origin and modes of occurrence of petroleum and natural gas.
Geologic and economic features of the principal oil and gas fields, mainly
in the United States. Mr. Leith

MIG 552 Exploratory Geophysics 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: MIG 351, PY 202

Fundamental principles underlying all geophysical methods; procedure
and instruments involved in gravitational, magnetic, seismic, electrical, and
other methods of studying geological structures and conditions. Spontane-
ous potential, resistivity, radioactivity, temperature, and other geophysi-
cal logging methods. Study of applications and interpretations of results.

Mr. Leith

MIG 563 Applied Sedimentology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MIG 452

Advanced treatment of the geological aspects of erosion and sediment
transport and deposition, especially as related to engineering works, and
to land and water utilization. Analysis of physical, mineralogical, and
some chemical properties of sediments and sedimentary rocks; interpreta-
tation of these properties in terms of depositional basins and environ-
ments. Mr. Leith

MIG 565 Hydrogeology 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MIG 452

Occurrence and sources of surface and subsurface water. Relationship
of surface water to subsurface water. Rock properties affecting infiltra-
tion, movement, lateral and vertical distribution, and quality of ground
water. Determination of permeability, capacity, specific yield, and other
hydraulic characteristics of aquifers. Principles of well field design. Legal
aspects of water supplies. Mr. Welby

MIG 567 Geochemistry 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CH 231 or CH 433

The quantitative distribution of elements in the earth's crust, the hydro-
sphere, and the atmosphere. Application of the laws of chemical equilibrium
and resultant chemical reactions to natural earth systems. Geochemical
applications of Eh-pH diagrams. Geochemical cycles. Isotope geochemistry.

Mr. Brown

MIG 571, 572 Mining and Mineral Dressing 3 (2-3) fs

Prerequisite: MIG 472

Principles of the mineral industry; mining laws, prospecting, sampling,
development, drilling, blasting, handling, ventilation and safety; adminis-
tration, surveying, assaying; preparation, beneficiation and marketing.

Graduate Staff

MIG 581 Geomorphology 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MIG 452

A svstematic study of land forms and their relations to processes and
stages of development and adjustment to underlying structure. Lectures,
map interpretations, and field trips. Mr. Welby

128 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

MIG 593 Advanced Topics in Geological Engineering 1 to 6 f s

Prerequisite: Permission of staff

Special study of some advanced phases of geological engineering.

Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

MIG 611, 612 Advanced Economic Geology 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: MIG 440, MIG 452

Detailed study of the origin and occurrence of specific mineral deposits.

Mr. Brown

MIG 632 Microscopic Determination of Opaque Minerals 3 (0-6) s
Prerequisite: MIG 331

Identification of metallic, opaque minerals in polished sections by physi-
cal properties, etch reactions and microchemical tests. Laboratories.

Mr. Brown

MIG 642 Advanced Petrography 3 (1-4) s

Prerequisites: MIG 331, MIG 440

Application of the petrographic microscope to the systematic study of
the composition and origin of rocks; emphasis on igneous and metamorphic
rocks. Mr. Parker

MIG 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Scientific articles, progress reports and special problems of interest to
geologists and geological and mining engineers discussed.

Graduate Staff

MIG 699 Geological Research Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

Lectures, reading assignments, and reports; special work in geology to
meet the needs and interests of the students. Thesis problems.

Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Ralph Weller Greenlaw, Head, Marvin L. Brown, Jr.,

Stuart Noblin
Associate Professors: Burton Floyd Beers, Murray Scott Downs

No graduate degrees are offered in history at North Carolina
State University. Graduate programs leading to advanced degrees
in this field are offered at the University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill. The courses listed below are eligible for graduate credit
when they form a part of an approved graduate program in other
departments, and work in history may serve as a minor field.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

HI 401 Russian History 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department

This course presents the major trends in Russian social, political, eco-
nomic, and cultural history, with emphasis on the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries. USSR policy is studied in relation to the full sweep of Russian
history.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 129

HI 404 Asia and the West 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department

A history of Asia from 1800 to the present with emphasis on Asian
nationalism and conflict with the imperial powers.

HI 407 France Since the Revolution 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department

An examination of the major trends in French history since the down-
fall of Napoleon I. Cultural, economic, social, and intellectual threads are
stressed as well as the political. The ways in which France has been a
seedbed for new movements in Europe are particularly noted.

HI 412 Recent United States History 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department

A study of the main currents in American political, economic, social,
and diplomatic history of the twentieth century.

HI 422 History of Science 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department

A study of the evolution of science from antiquity to the present with
particular attention given to the impact of scientific thought upon selected
aspects of western civilization. The course provides a broad perspective
of scientific progress and shows the interrelationship of science and major
historical developments.

HI 424 American Intellectual History 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department

An investigation of the convictions and ideals that have had conse-
quences in American history. Ideas about society, economies, religion,
education, politics, and government are included in order to explain how
Americans have viewed their experience in the New World. Emphasis is
placed on the interrelationship between the expression of these ideas and
their historic context.

HI 427 European Intellectual History Since 1800 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department

Covering the period since the French Revolution this course examines
major trends in European thought influencing the course of history. Special
attention is given to the development of the social sciences. The growth of
a distinct intellectual class and the role of its ideas in European political
and social life is emphasized.

HI 462 (ED 462) History of Education 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department

The course traces the development of educational institutions and prac-
tices and analyzes the ideas and influence of educational innovators and
critics. Approximately equal time is given to each of the following areas:
the Greeks to the Reformation, Modern Europe, and the United States.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

HI 534 (RS 534) Agricultural Organizations and

Movements 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Three credits in American history, American government,
sociology or a related social science

A history of agricultural organizations and movements in the United
States and Canada principally since 1865, emphasizing the Grange, the
Farmers' Alliance, the Populist revolt, the Farmers' Union, the Farm
Bureau, the Equity societies, the Nonpartisan League, cooperative mar-
keting, government programs, and present problems. Mr. Noblin

130 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

DEPARTMENT OF HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Fred Derward Cochran, Head, Walter Elmer Ballinger,
Frank Lloyd Haynes, Jr., John Mitchell Jenkins, Jr., Clarence
Leslie McCombs, Daniel Townsend Pope

Associate Professors : Thomas Franklin Cannon, Gene John Galletta,
Leaton John Kushman, Roy Axel Larson, Conrad Henry Miller

The Department of Horticultural Science offers the Master of
Science degree and the professional degree, Master of Horticulture.
Evidence of high scholastic achievement in the basic biological
sciences is particularly desirable for students who expect to study
for the Master of Science degree in horticulture.

The department has excellent greenhouses, laboratories, cold
storages, and access to adequate field plots for graduate training in
crop production, plant propagation, nutrition and physiology, bio-
chemistry, morphology, plant breeding, cytology, and post-harvest
physiology. The greenhouse range covers over 30,000 square feet
and has twenty-one sections, each containing individual tempera-
ture and light control equipment. Laboratory facilities include four
analytical laboratories, two cytological and anatomical laboratories,
one soil testing laboratory for greenhouse control, one radio-isotope
laboratory, and one landscape and floral design laboratory. Post-
harvest facilities include, additionally, fourteen controlled tempera-
ture storage rooms and grading, washing and packaging equipment.
These combined facilities provide a wide variety of opportunities
in basic and technical research in the horticultural field. An ex-
tensive and varied assortment of plant materials is available for
use in graduate programs.

The wide variations in climate and soils in North Carolina, from
the coast to the mountains, make possible the study of plant respon-
ses under these varied conditions. Land and facilities for horticul-
tural research are available on ten of the outlying stations located
throughout North Carolina.

The opportunities for employment after advanced training include
teaching and research in state and privately endowed educational
institutions; research and regulatory positions with the United
States Department of Agriculture, both foreign and domestic; ex-
tension specialists and county agents; research, production and pro-
motional work with food, chemical, and seed concerns; orchard,
nursery and greenhouse supervisors; and inspectors and quality
control technologists.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

HS 411 Nursery Management 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200

The principles and practices involved in the production, management
and marketing of field-grown and container-grown nursery plants. Field
trips will be taken. (Offered 1966-67 and fall of alternate years.)

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 131

HS 421 Fruit Production 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200

A study of identification, adaptation, and methods of production and
marketing of the principal tree and small fruits. Modern practices as re-
lated to selection of sites, nutritional requirements, management prac-
tices, and marketing procedures will be discussed.

HS 432 Vegetable Production 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200

A study of the origin, importance, distribution, botanical relationships,
and principles of production and marketing of the major vegetable crops.

HS 441 Floriculture I 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200

The scope and importance of the commercial flower industry; the basic
principles and practices involved in the production and marketing of
flowers grown in the greenhouse and in the field. (Offered 1967-68 and fall
of alternate years.)

HS 442 Floriculture II 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200

Principles and methods of production of commercial flower crops in
the greenhouse and in the field, including fertilization, moisture, tempera-
ture, and light relationships, insect and disease control, and marketing
of cut flowers and pot plants. (Offered 1965-66 and spring of alternate
years.)

HS 471 Arboriculture 3 (2-2) s

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200

A study of the principles and practices in the care and maintenance of
ornamental trees and shrubs, such as pruning, fertilization, control of in-
sects and diseases, and tree surgery. Field trips will be taken. (Offered
1966-67 and spring of alternate years.)

HS 481 Breeding of Horticultural Plants 3 (2-2) f

Prerequisite: GN 411

The application of genetics and other biological sciences to the improve-
ment of horticultural crops.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

HS 541 (GN 541, CS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: GN 512, ST 511 recommended

An advanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles
and concepts of inheritance. Messrs. Haynes, Timothy

HS 542 (GN 542, CS 542) Plant Breeding Field

Procedures 2 (0-4) summer

Prerequisite: HS 541 (CS 541, GN 541)

Laboratory and field study of the application of various plant breeding
techniques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants.

Graduate Staff

HS 552 Growth of Horticultural Plants 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: BO 421

A study of the effect of nutrient-elements, water, light, temperature and
growth substances on growth and development of horticultural plants.

Messrs. Fish, Miller

HS 562 Post-Harvest Physiology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: BO 421

A study of chemical and physiological changes that occur during hand-

132 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

ling, transportation, and storage which affect the quality of horticultural
crops. Consideration will be given to pre- and post-harvest conditions
which influence these changes. Messrs. Ballinger, McCombs

HS 599 Research Principles Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

Investigation of a problem in horticulture under the direction of the
instructor. The students obtain practice in experimental techniques and
procedures, critical review of literature and scientific writing. The prob-
lem may last one or two semesters. Credits will be determined by the
nature of the problem, not to exceed a total of four hours.

Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

HS 613 See CS 613, Plant Breeding Theory. 3 (3-0) s

HS 621 Methods and Evaluation of Horticultural

Research 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Principles and methods of research in the field of horticulture and their
application to the solution of current problems. Critical study and evalua-
tion of scientific publications. Compilation, organization, and presentation
of data. Mr. Cochran

HS 691 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Required of all horticultural science graduate students.

Presentation of scientific articles and special lectures. Students will be
required to present one or more papers. Graduate Staff

HS 699 Research Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in horticulture, permission of advisory
committee chairman

A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the Master of Science degree;
no limitation on credits in doctoral program.

Original research on specific problems in fruit, vegetable, and ornamental
crops. Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS

GRADUATE FACULTY

Associate Professors : Talmage Brian Young, Head, Carl Albert Moeller
Visiting Professor: Elbert W. Tischendorf
Professor Emeritus: Ivan Hostetler

The Department of Industrial Arts offers graduate work leading
to the Master of Science degree and the Master of Education degree.
Industrial arts majors may select one or two minors in such fields
as guidance, psychology, sociology, or school administration.

Graduate level professional and laboratory courses are provided to
assure a well-rounded program of graduate studies.

Teaching and graduate assistantships are available each year for
experienced teachers interested in pursuing graduate work. Loans are
also available through the National Defense Education Act.

Holders of master's degrees in Industrial Arts Education are much
in demand for supervisory and teaching positions in the public schools
and colleges.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 133

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

IA 510 Design for Industrial Arts Teachers 3 (2-2) summer

Prerequisites: Six hours of drawing, I A 205 or equivalent

A study of new developments in the field of design with emphasis on the
relationship of material and form in the selection and designing of indus-
trial arts projects. Graduate Staff

I A 560 (ED 560) New Developments in Industrial Arts

Education 3 (3-0) summer

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education and teaching experience

This course is a study of the new developments in industrial arts educa-
tion. It is designed to assist teachers and administrators in developing
new concepts and new content based on the changes in technology. They
will be required to re-evaluate their programs in the light of these new
concepts and the new content. Graduate Staff

IA 590 Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6

Prerequisites: Senior standing, permission of instructor

Courses based on individual problems and designed to give advanced
majors in industrial arts education the opportunity to broaden or intensify
their knowledge and abilities through investigation and research in the
various fields of industrial arts, such as metals, plastics, ceramics, or
electricity-electronics. Graduate Staff

IA 592 Special Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6

Prerequisite: One term of student teaching or equivalent

The purpose of these courses is to broaden the subject matter experi-
ences in the areas of industrial arts. Problems involving curriculum, in-
vestigation or research in one or more industrial arts areas will be required.

Graduate Staff

IA 595 (ED 595) Industrial Arts Workshop 3 (3-0) summer

Prerequisite: One or more years of teaching experience

A course for experienced teachers, administrators and supervisors of
industrial arts. The primary purpose will be to develop sound principles
and practices for initiating, conducting and evaluating programs in this
field. Enrollees will pool their knowledge and practical experiences and will
do intensive research work on individual and group problems.

Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

ED 630 Philosophy of Industrial Arts 2(2-0) fs

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education

Required of all graduate students in industrial arts education.

Current and historical developments in industrial arts; philosophical con-
cepts, functions, scope, criteria for the selection and evaluation of learning
experiences, laboratory organization, student personnel program, community
relationships, teacher qualifications, and problems confronting the indus-
trial arts profession. Graduate Staff

ED 635 Administration and Supervision in

Industrial Arts 2 (2-0) fs

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education

A study of the problems and techniques of administration and super-
vision in the improvement of industrial arts in the public schools. Selection
of teachers and their improvements in service, and methods of evaluating
industrial arts programs. Mr. Young

ED 692 Seminar in Industrial Arts Education 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Reviews and reports on special topics of interest to students in industrial
arts education. Graduate Staff

134 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Durwin M. Hanson, Head, Joseph T. Nerden
Associate Professor: Thomas S. Baldwin

The Department of Industrial Education offers graduate work
leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Master of Education.
The rapid development of industrial and technical education in North
Carolina and throughout the nation provides many opportunities for
teachers and administrators who have earned advanced degrees.

The facilities at North Carolina State University afford an excellent
program of supporting courses at the graduate level in the related
fields of science, mathematics, guidance, psychology, sociology, eco-
nomics, statistics, and engineering. The prerequisite for graduate
work in industrial education is a proficiency in the undergraduate
courses required for the bachelor's degree in industrial education, or
a substantial equivalent.

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships are avail-
able for qualified graduate students.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

ED 516 Community Occupational Surveys 2 (2-0) s

Prerequisites: Six credits in education, permission of instructor

Methods in organizing and conducting local surveys and evaluation of
findings in planning a program of vocational education.

Messrs. Hanson, Nerden

ED 525 Trade Analysis and Course Construction 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304

Principles and practices in analyzing occupations for the purpose of
determining teaching content. Practice in the principles underlying indus-
trial course organization based on occupational analysis covering instruc-
tion in skills and technology and including course outlines, job sequences,
the development of instructional materials and schedules. Mr. Hanson

ED 527 Philosophy of Industrial and Technical Education
Prerequisite: ED 422, ED 440

A presentation of the historical development of industrial and technical
education; the types of programs, philosophy, trends and problems of
vocational-industrial education; study of federal and state legislation per-
taining to industrial education, practical nurse education, and technical
education. Mr. Nerden

ED 529 Curriculum Materials Development 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: ED 525

Selection and organization of curricula used in vocational-industrial
and technical education; development of curricula and instructional ma-
terials. Mr. Hanson

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education Maximum 6

Prerequisites: Six hours graduate work, permission of department head
Directed study other than thesis problem to provide individualized study
and analysis in a specialized area of trade, industrial or technical educa-
tion. Messrs. Hanson, Nerden

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 135

Courses for Graduates Only

ED 609 Planning and Organizing Technical Educational

Programs 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, ED 420, ED 440, ED 516

Principles of planning and organizing technical education programs spon-
sored by federal vocational acts. Professional course for coordinators and
directors, with emphasis on the organization of post high school technical
education level. Survey of needs, building plans, equipping and mainte-
nance of buildings, financial structure, and personnel organization and
management. Messrs. Hanson, Nerden

ED 610 Administration and Supervision of Vocational

Education 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, ED 420, ED 440 or equivalent

Administrative and supervisory problems of vocational education; prac-
tices and policies of federal and state offices; organization and administra-
tion of city and consolidated systems. Messrs. Hanson, Nerden

ED 611 Laws, Regulations and Policies Affecting Vocational

Education 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: ED 527, ED 610 or equivalent

A detailed study of legislation, (national and state) which applies di-
rectly to occupational education. Basic social issues and economic con-
ditions which precipitated the legislation will be studied in depth. A review
will also be made of the organizational structure and policies under which
national legislation is converted into programs of occupational education.

Mr. Nerden

ED 612 Finance, Accounting and Management of Vocational

Education Programs 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: ED 527, ED 610 or equivalent

A study of the steps which must be taken in financing a new vocational
enterprise, following the determination of curriculum by area study. Costs
of operation, equipment purchase procedures, costs for construction, etc.
will be investigated in detail. Mr. Nerden

ED 691 Seminar in Industrial Education 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite : Graduate standing or permission of instructor

Reviews and reports of topics of special interest to graduate students
in industrial education. The course will be offered from time to time in
accordance with the availability of distinguished professors.

Messrs. Hanson, Nerden

DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Clifton A. Anderson, Head, Robert Gordon Carson, Jr., Jay

Goldman, Robert W. Llewellyn
Associate Professors: Raul E. Alvarez, John J. Harder
Assistant Professor: John R. Canada
Adjunct Assistant Professor: John Leonard Colley, Jr.

The Department of Industrial Engineering offers graduate study
leading to the Master of Science degree. The courses in the depart-
ment reflect the latest technology as applied to planning, operating,
and controlling manufacturing, distribution, and service enterprises.

136 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

This modern approach leads to the optimization of the effective
uses of all critical resources.

Included in the program are courses in the areas of operations re-
search, process design, system control and system design. Each in-
dividual student's course of study is specifically tailored to meet his
professional needs. This educational approach allows for maximum
flexibility while providing the depth of understanding so necessary in
the practice of industrial engineering.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

IE 401 Industrial Engineering Analysis I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: MA 405, IE 353

A study of linear programming methods and their applications in indus-
trial engineering; the transportation method with applications to scheduling
in transportation and production problems; the simplex method and its ap-
plications in production planning, production scheduling and allied fields;
upper bound, integer, parametric and primaldual methods with their typical
applications; the inter-relationships between linear programming and game
theory.

IE 402 Industrial Engineering Analysis II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: IE 401

An introductory study of several aspects of operations research methods
with emphasis on their industrial engineering applications; replacement
theory, sequencing problems, inventory control methods and dynamic pro-
gramming and their applications.

IE 403 Industrial Engineering Analysis III 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: IE 401

An introductory study of several aspects of operations research methods
with emphasis on their industrial engineering applications; continuous and
discrete cybernetics with emphasis on Markov processes; finite and infinite
queuing models; industrial control methods and industrial dynamics.

IE 421 Data Processing and Production Control Systems 3 (3-0) f
Prerequisites: MA 335, IE 352

This course is an introduction to the design of integrated control systems
necessary for effective management of production. It will include the
methods of systems design, the basic concepts of computer processing
systems, the design of control procedures and reports, and their application
to mechanized and electronic data processing equipment. Major emphasis
will be placed on the design of control procedures for production scheduling,
labor performance, and quality control. Systems flow charts, block diagrams,
and program statements in compiler form will be used for each system
application.

IE 453 Operations Planning and Plant Layout 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: IE 352

This course will provide an opportunity for the student to apply the
basic principles contained in the prerequisite courses to the design of plant-
wide production programs with emphasis placed on planning, arrangement,
layout, and implementation of such programs. It will include operations
sequencing, tooling, and equipment selection, materials handling, systems
design, manpower and facilities forecasting. Suitable cases will be drawn
from both mass production and jobbing operations.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 137

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

IE 505 (MA 505) Mathematical Programming I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MA 405

A study of mathematical methods applied to problems of planning.
Linear programming will be covered in detail. This course is intended for
those who desire to study this subject in depth and detail. It provides a
rigorous and complete development of the theoretical and computational
aspects of this technique as well as a discussion of a number of appli-
cations. Messrs. Alvarez, Llewellyn

IE 515 Process Engineering 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: IE 328, IE 443

The technical process of translating product design into a manufacturing
program. The application of industrial engineering in the layout, tooling,
methods, standards, costs, and control functions of manufacturing. Labora-
tory problems covering producer and consumer products. Mr. Harder

IE 517 Automatic Processes 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: IE 328, IE 443

Principles and methods for automatic processing. The design of product,
process, and controls. Economic, physical and sociological effects of auto-
mation. Mr. Harder

IE 521 Control Systems and Data Processing 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: IE 421

This course is designed to train the student in the problems and tech-
niques required for systematic control of the production process and the
business enterprise. This includes training in the determination of control
factors, the collection and recording of data, and the processing, evaluation,
and use of data. The course will illustrate the applications and use of data
processing equipment and information machines in industrial processes.
Case problems will be used extensively. Graduate Staff

IE 522 Dynamics of Industrial Systems 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: IE 421

A study of the dynamic properties of industrial systems; introduction to
servomechanism theory as applied to company operations. Simulation of
large nonlinear, multi-loop, stochastic systems on a digital computer;
methods of determining modifications in systems design and/or operating
parameters for improved system behavior. Mr. Llewellyn

IE 543 Standard Data 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: in. '6'6'A

Theory and practice in developing standard data from stopwatch observa-
tions and predetermined time data; methods of calculating standards from
data; application of standard data in cost control, production planning and
scheduling, and wage incentives. Mr. Goldman

IE 546 Advanced Quality Control 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: IE 353, ST 421

The statistical foundations of quality control are emphasized in this
course as well as its economic implications. Mathematical derivations of
most of the formulas used are given. Sampling techniques are treated ex-
tensively and many applications of this powerful technique are ex-
plained. Mr. Alvarez

IE 547 Engineering Reliability 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: ST 421, IE 353

The methodology of reliability including application of discrete and con-
tinuous distribution models and statistical designs; reliability estimation,

138 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

reliability structure models, reliability demonstration and decisions, and
reliability growth models. Examples of reliability evaluation and demon-
stration programs. Mr. Colley

IE 551 Standard Costs for Manufacturing 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: One course in accounting, one course in motion and time
study

The development, application and use of standard costs as a management
tool; use of industrial engineering techniques in establishing standard costs
for labor, materials, and overhead. Analysis of variances and setting of
budgets. Measures of management performance. Graduate Staff

IE 591 Project Work 2 to 6 fs

Prerequisite: Graduate or senior standing

Investigation and report on an assigned problem for students enrolled

in the fifth-year curriculum in industrial engineering. Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

IE 607 (MA 607) Selected Topics in Mathematical

Programming 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: IE 505

This course is a continuation of IE 505 (MA 505) . Special techniques like
the decomposition principles, network problems, diophantine programming
as well as its applications to industrial problems are studied. An introduc-
tion to dynamic programming will also be covered. Multistage decision
problems will be worked using linear and dynamic programming. The
theoretical foundations of these techniques will be covered but emphasis
will be in the applications to planning problems. Mr. Alvarez

IE 621 Inventory Control Methods 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: IE 402, ST 421, MA 511

A study of inventory policy with respect to reorder sizes, minimum
points, and production schedules. Simple inventory models with restrictions,
price breaks, price changes, analysis of slow-moving inventories. Introduc-
tion to the smoothing problem in continuous manufacturing. Applications
of linear and dynamic programming and zerosum game theory.

Mr. Alvarez
IE 651 Special Studies in Industrial

Engineering Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

The purpose of this course is to allow individual students or small groups
of students to take on studies of special areas in industrial engineering
which fit into their particular program and which may not be covered by
existing industrial engineering graduate level courses. The work would be
directed by a qualified staff member who has particular interest in the
area covered by the problem. Such problems may require individual re-
search and initiative in the application of industrial engineering training
to new areas or fields. Graduate Staff

IE 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Seminar discussion of industrial engineering problems for graduate
students. Case analyses and reports. Mr. Llewellyn

IE 699 Industrial Engineering Research Credits by Arrangement

Graduate research in industrial engineering for thesis credit.

Graduate Staff

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 139

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: John Wesley Cell, Head, Roberts Cozart Bullock, John
Montgomery Clarkson, Walter Joel Harrington, Jack Levine,
Paul Edwin Lewis, Director of Computing Center, Carey Gardner
Mumford, Howard Movess Nahikian, Graduate Administrator, Hu-
bert Vern Park, Hans Sagan, Herbert Elvin Speece, Raimond
Aldrich Struble, Hubertus Robert van der Vaart, John Pascal
Vinti, Oscar Wesler, Lowell Sheridan Winton

Visiting Professor : Makoto Itoh

Adjunct Professors : Alan Stuart Galbraith, Leonard Roberts, Ian Nai-
smith Sneddon

Associate Professors: John William Bishir, Paul Adrian Nickel, John
William Querry, Tsuan Wu Ting

Visiting Associate Professor: Andrew Nisbet

Adjunct Associate Professor : Robert Taylor Herbst

Assistant Professors: Richard Edward Chandler, Donald Joseph Han-
sen, Kwangil Koh, Joseph David Zund

Visiting Assistant Professor: Ernest Edmund Burniston

Instructor : Joe Alton Marlin

The Department of Mathematics offers graduate studies in applied
mathematics leading to the Master of Applied Mathematics, the Mas-
ter of Science, and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The Master of
Applied Mathematics degree does not require a thesis or a foreign
language, but in all other respects it is the same as the Master of
Science degree. Students who are admitted to the Graduate School to
pursue studies in applied mathematics are expected to have had a
strong undergraduate major in mathematics, including a year of ad-
vanced calculus and a year of modern algebra including abstract
algebra and matrices. Those students who do not have these courses
will be required to take them in addition to the minimum number
required for the master's degree. The areas of application require
that the student offer a minor in some mathematically oriented area
such as physics, the engineering sciences, genetics, or statistics.

Individuals with graduate training in applied mathematics are in
great demand in industry, governmental laboratories, and college
teaching positions. Opportunities are many and varied in this field
and include work as a member of a research team in such areas as
satellite orbit theory, viscoelasticity, biomathematics, thermodynamics,
aerodynamics, acoustics, solid state physics, nuclear reactor theory,
geophysics, and in applications of computers in business.

The department has available a number of teaching and research
assistantships (a student holding a half-time assistantship is allowed
to carry a study load of nine semester hours). Also available for those
graduate students studying toward the doctoral degree are a limited
number of NSF, NASA, and Ford Foundation Fellowships.

140 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

MA 401 Topics from Advanced Calculus I 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MA 301

Infinite series and integrals; linear differential equations; special func-
tions.

MA 402 Topics from Advanced Calculus II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MA 401

Partial differentiation, functional dependence, Jacobians, maxima and
minima, differentiation of definite integrals involving a parameter, vector
analysis, orthogonal functions including Fourier series and Fourier integral,
Fourier-Bessel series, and Fourier-Legendre series.

MA 403 Fundamental Concepts of Algebra 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212

Integers; integral domains; rational numbers; fields, rings, groups,
Boolean algebra.

MA 404 Fundamental Concepts of Geometry 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212

Foundations of geometry; laws of logic; affine geometry; geometric
transformations; homogeneous coordinates; comparison of Euclidean and
non-Euclidean geometries.

MA 405 Introduction to Determinants and Matrices 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212

Properties of determinants; theorems of Laplace and Jacobi; systems of
linear equations. Elementary operations with matrices; inverse, rank, char-
acteristic roots and eigenvectors. Introduction to algebraic forms.

MA 408 Advanced Geometry 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212

Topics from modern geometry; poles and polars; non-Euclidean geome-
try; analytical geometry from a vector point of view; elementary geometry
from an advanced standpoint.

MA 421 Introduction to Probability 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MA 301 or permission of department

Definitions, discrete and continuous sample spaces, combinatorial analysis,
Stirling's formula, simple occupancy and ordering problems, conditional
probability, repeated trials, compound experiments, Bayes' theorem, bi-
nomial, Poisson and normal distribution, the probability integral, random
variables, expectation.

MA 433 History of Mathematics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212

Evolution of the number system; trends in the development of modern
mathematics; lives and contributions of outstanding mathematicians.

MA 451 Numerical Analysis Laboratory I 1 (0-3) f

Prerequisites: MA 337, MA 351 or permission of instructor
Corequisite: MA 527

Programming for digital computers involving subroutines and selected
topics in numerical analysis.

MA 452 Numerical Analysis Laboratory II 1 (0-3) s

Prerequisite: MA 541 or permission of instructor
Corequisite: MA 528

Programming for digital computers involving selected topics in numerical
analysis.

MA 481 Special Topics 1 to 6 f s

Prerequisite: Permission of department

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 141

MA 491 Reading in Honors Mathematics 2to6fs

Prerequisites: Membership in honors program, permission of department
head

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

MA 505 See IE 505, Mathematical Programming I. 3 (3-0) f

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: MA 301 and, preferably, a B-average in all mathematics
courses

Vectors, differential calculus of functions of several variables, vector
differential calculus. Definite integral. Graduate Staff

MA 512 Advanced Calculus II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MA 511

Vector integral calculus, infinite series, integral calculus of functions of
several variables. Graduate Staff

MA 513 Introduction to Complex Variables 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MA 512 or equivalent

Operations with complex numbers, derivatives, analytic functions, in-
tegrals, definitions and properties of elementary functions, multi-valued
functions, power series, residue theory and applications, conformal mapping.

Graduate Staff

MA 514 Methods of Applied Mathematics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 512 or equivalent

Introduction to difference equations, integral equations, and the calculus
of variations. Graduate Staff

MA 516 Principles of Mathematical Analysis 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MA 512

The real number system, elements of set theory, limits, continuity, differ-
entiation, Reimann-Stieltjes integration, sequences of functions, funda-
mentals of Lebesque theory, topological and metric spaces. Mr. Struble

MA 517 Introduction to Point-Set Topology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 516

A study of basic set-theoretic and general topological notions of modern
mathematics. Topics include set theory and cardinal numbers, topological
spaces, metric spaces, and elementary discussion of function spaces.

Mr. Chandler

MA 521 A Survey of Modern Algebra 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MA 403 or permission of instructor

Properties of the integers, mappings, abstract groups, and other algebraic
structures with emphasis upon applications and proofs. Mr. Koh

MA 524 Boundary Value Problems 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MA 402 or MA 511

Theory of first variation with applications to various physical phenomena
(vibrating string, vibrating membrane, heat conduction, and wave propaga-
tion) ; Bernoulli's separation theorem with application to vibration and heat
conduction problems; Fourier series, Fourier-Bessel series, and Fourier-
Legendre series and a full discussion of the Sturm-Liouville problem;
numerical approximation of eigenvalues by Rayleigh-Ritz method.

Messrs. Burniston, Sagan

MA 527 Numerical Analysis I 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MA 402 or MA 511

Numerical solution of equations, introduction to the theory of errors,
finite-differences tables and the theory of interpolation, numerical integra-
tion, numerical differentiation, and elements of difference calculus.

Graduate Staff

142 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

MA 528 Numerical Analysis II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 527

Difference operators, summation procedures, numerical solution of ordi-
nary differential equations, least-squares polynominal approximations, and
Gaussian quadrature. Graduate Staff

MA 532 Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 511

First order equations, linear n,h order equations with constant coefficients
and with continuous coefficients, Green's functions, solution on linear
equations with analytic coefficients, second order linear equations with
regular singular points, systems of first order equations, uniqueness
theorems, existence theorems of Picard and Peano, stability of solutions
of linear plane autonomous systems, numerical solutions. Mr. Sagan

MA 536 Logic for Digital Computers 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MA 405

Introduction to symbolic logic and Boolean algebra; finite state-valued
calculus and its application to combinational networks; sequential finite-
state machines and their mathematical formulation; analysis and synthesis
problems of sequential machines. Mr. Itoh

MA 537 Mathematical Theory of Digital Computers 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 536

The sequential machine and its characteristic semi-group; micro-program-
med computers; general purpose computers and special-purpose computers;
Turing machine and infinite-state machines; non-deterministic switching
system and probabilistic automata. Mr. Itoh

MA 541 (ST 541) Theory of Probability I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MA 511

Axioms, discrete and continuous sample spaces, events, combinatorial
analysis, conditional probability, repeated trials, independence, random
variables, expectation, special discrete and continuous distributions, prob-
ability and moment generating functions, central limit theorem, laws of
large numbers, branching processes, recurrent events, random walk.

Mr. Bishir

MA 542 (ST 542) Theory of Probability II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 541

Markov chains and Markov processes, Poisson process, birth and death
processes, queueing theory, renewal theory, stationary processes, Brownian
motion, information theory. Mr. Bishir

MA 555 (PY 555) Principles of Astrodynamics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 411 or EM 312

The differential equations of motion in two-body problems and their
integrals; orbit theory; integrals of the n-body problem; differential
equations of motion of natural and artificial satellites and their approximate
solutions. Mr. Vinti

MA 571 See ST 571, Biomathematics I, 3 (3-0) f

MA 572 See ST 572, Biomathematics II. 3 (3-0) s

MA 581 Special Topics 1 to 6

Prerequisite: Permission of department Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

MA 602 Partial Differential Equations I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in mathematics or permission of in-
structor

Equations in two independent variables: First order equations, boundary

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 143

value problems for the principal second order types, theory of character-
istics. Existence and uniqueness by majorant series and by successive
approximations. Maximum principle. Approximation methods.

Messrs. Struble, Ting

MA 603 Partial Differential Equations II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 602

Continuation of MA 602. Equations in many independent variables:
Relationships with the calculus of variations, generalizations of the con-
cept of a solution and unifying concepts, applications.

Messrs. Struble, Ting

MA 605 Non-Linear Differential Equations 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: MA 512, MA 532

Phase-plane and phase-space concepts; existence and uniqueness theo-
rems; continuity, analytic and differentiability properties of solution;
properties of linear systems; stability in non-linear systems; topological
methods; perturbations of periodic solutions; asymptotic methods and
resonance problems. Mr. Struble

MA 606 See ST 606, Mathematical Programming II. 3 (3-0) fs

MA 607 See IE 607, Special Topics in Mathematical

Programming. 3 (3-0) fs

MA 608 Integral Equations 3 (3-0) alternate summers

Prerequisites: MA 512, MA 532

Linear Volterra integral equations of the first and second kinds.
Relationship to linear differential initial value problems. Special Volterra
equations of the convolution type. Singular Volterra equations. Linear
Fredholm integral equations of the first and second kind. Basic theory.
Symmetric kernels. Hilbert-Schmidt theory (generalizations).

Mr. Winton

MA 611 Complex Variable Theory and Applications I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MA 512

Elementary functions; analytic functions and Cauchy-Riemann equations;
conformal mapping and applications; Taylor and Laurent series; contour
integration and residue theory; the Schwarz-Christoffel transformation.

Messrs. Bullock, Nickel, Sagan

MA 612 Complex Variable Theory and Applications II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 611

Conformal mapping and applications to flow phenomena; multiple-valued
functions and Riemann surfaces; further applications of residue theory;
analytic continuation; infinite series and asymptotic expansions; elliptic
functions and other special functions in the complex domain; representation
theorems. Messrs. Bullock, Nickel, Sagan

MA 615 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: MA 516, MA 517, or equivalent

Lebesgue measure on the real line and the Lebesgue integral; differenti-
ation of monotone functions and of integrals; absolute continuity; top-
ological, metric and Lp spaces. Mr. Harrington

MA 616 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 615

General measure and integration theory in terms of measure spaces and
measurable functions; the Lebesgue-Stielges integral; Banach spaces and
linear functionals. Mr. Harrington

MA 617 See ST 617, Measure Theory and Advanced

Probability. 3 (3-0) f

144 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

MA 618 See ST 618, Measure Theory and Advanced

Probability. 3 (3-0) s

MA 619 See ST 619, Topics in Advanced Probability. 3 (3-0) f

MA 621 Introduction to Modern Abstract Algebra 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 403 or equivalent

A study of the abstract structure and properties of groups, rings and
ideals, and fields. Messrs. Koh, Nahikian, Park

MA 622 Linear Algebra 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MA 405 or equivalent

A study of vector spaces and their relation to the theory of matrices, the
characteristic and minimal polynomials of a matrix, functions of matrices,
theory of elementary divisors, canonical forms of a matrix, application to
systems of differential equations. Messrs. Nahikian, Park

MA 625 Introduction to Differential

Geometry 3 (3-0) alternate summers

Prerequisite: MA 512

Theory of curves and surfaces in 3-dimensional Euclidean space with
special reference to those properties invariant under rigid body motions.

Messrs. Levine, Zund

MA 632 Operational Mathematics I 3 (3-0) f

Corequisite: MA 513 or MA 611

Laplace transform with theory and application to ordinary and partial
differential equations arising from problems in engineering and physics.

Messrs. Cell, Harrington

MA 633 Operational Mathematics II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 632

Extended development of the Laplace and Fourier transforms and their
application to the solution of ordinary and partial differential equations,
integral equations, and difference equations; Z-transforms, other infinite
and finite transforms and their applications. Messrs. Cell, Harrington

MA 635 Numerical Analysis III 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: MA 335, MA 512, MA 528
Corequisite: MA 405 or MA 622

The development of methods for the solution of selected problems
involving matrices, integral rational equations, ordinary and partial
differential equations. Particular attention is paid to the question of
convergence and stability. Examples are solved on the IBM 360 system.

Graduate Staff

MA 641 Calculus of Variations 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MA 512

The integrals in the calculus of variations as differentiable functionals,
first and second variation as first and second differential of a functional,
first necessary condition for an extremum of a simple and double integral
as a functional of one or n functions with fixed and variable terminal-
manifolds, broken extremals, the theory of Hamilton and Jacobi, the
problem of Mayer, Legendre and Jacobi condition, field theory, Hilbert's
invariant integral and Weierstrass' Excess function, minimizing sequences
and the method of Rayleigh-Ritz as applied to quadratic functionals.

Mr. Sagan

MA 647 Functional Analysis I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: MA 615, MA 616

Complete, separable, and compact metric spaces, completeness of LP,

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 145

Hilbert spaces, Riesz-Fischer Theorem, linear operators on normed, linear
spaces. Mr. Sagan

MA 648 Functional Analysis II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 647

Linear functionals on normed linear spaces, Hahn-Banach Theorem,
representation of linear functionals, completely continuous operators,
self adjoint operators on a Hilbert space, inverse operators, spectral
representation of self adjoint operators, approximate solution of linear
operator equations. Mr. Sagan

MA 651 Expansion of Functions 3 (3-0) alternate summers

Prerequisites: MA 611, MA 633, or equivalent

Expansion of functions of one or more variables in Taylor's series;
asymptotic series; infinite products, partial fractions, continued fractions,
series of orthogonal functions; applications to ordinary and partial
differential equations, difference equations, and integral equations.

Messrs. Cell, Harrington

MA 655 Mathematics of Astrodynamics I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MA 532 or MA 605

Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics, Hamilton-Jacobi equation, two-
body problem, canonical transformations, Delaunay variables, deduction of
the method of variation of parameters from the canonical theory, theory
of the gravitational potential, perturbation theories of Kazai and Brouwer-
von Zeipel for orbits of artificial satellites. Mr. Vinti

MA 656 Mathematics of Astrodynamics II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 655

Theory of separable systems, including the spheroidal method for ar-
tificial satellites, the general and restricted three-body problems, Lagrange
points and librational motion, lunar and planetary disturbing functions,
lunar and planetary theories. Mr. Vinti

MA 661 Tensor Analysis I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: MA 512

The basic theory of tensor algebra and tensor calculus. Riemannian
spaces and generalizations. Messrs. Levine, Zund

MA 662 Tensor Analysis II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: MA 661

The application of tensor analysis to selected topics in applied mathe-
matics and physical sciences; typically, differential geometry, elasticity,
electromagnetic theory, classical mechanics, and general relativity.

Messrs. Levine, Zund

MA 681 Special Topics in Analysis 1-6 credits

MA 683 Special Topics in Algebra 1-6 credits

MA 685 Special Topics in Numerical Analysis 1-6 credits

MA 687 Special Topics in Geometry 1-6 credits

MA 689 Special Topics in Applied Mathematics 1-6 credits

The above courses, MA 681-MA 689, afford opportunities for graduate
students to study advanced topics in mathematics under the direction of
members of the graduate staff. These will on occasion consist of one of
several areas such as, for example, advanced theory of partial differential
equations, topology, mathematics of elasticity or of viscoelasticity, orbital
mechanics, functional analysis, combinatoral analysis. Graduate Staff

MA 699 Research in Mathematics Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, permission of advisor

Individual research in the field of mathematics. Graduate Staff

146 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE
EDUCATION

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professor: Herbert E. Speece, Head
Assistant Professor: NORMAN D. ANDERSON

The Department of Mathematics and Science Education offers grad-
uate work leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Master of
Education, with a major in mathematics education or science educa-
tion. Each student's program is individually planned by a graduate
committee and will reflect his undergraduate preparation, teaching ex-
perience, and future professional plans. Areas of specialization include
mathematics, biological science, earth science, chemistry and physics.
A minimum of thirty-six semester hours is required, of which sixty
percent must be in the area of subject matter specialization and
twenty percent in professional education. Candidates for the Master
of Education degrees are required to submit a scholarly research
paper; candidates for the Master of Science degree must conduct an
investigation culminating in a thesis. The Master of Science degree
also requires a reading knowledge of one foreign language.

Applicants must meet the admissions requirements of the Graduate
School of North Carolina State University. Applicants must also have
the approval of the Department of Mathematics and Science Educa-
tion. To be admitted to the program without subject matter de-
ficiencies, applicants must have completed a degree in which they
have reached a level of undergraduate work closely approximating the
following minimum: two years of English, one year of physics, one
year of chemistry, one and one-half years in the historical-philosophi-
cal and psychology foundations of education. In addition to the above,
those specializing in mathematics should have had three years of
mathematics ; those specializing in science should have had one year
of biology, one and preferably two years of mathematics, and two
years of advanced work in one of the sciences.

A limited number of assistantships are available. For those desiring
financial assistance, inquiries should be directed to the Department of
Mathematics and Science Education.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

ED 592 Special Problems in Mathematics Teaching 3 (0-3) fs

Prerequisite: ED 471 or equivalent

An investigation of current problems in mathematics teaching, with
emphasis on the areas of curriculum, methodology, facilities, supervision
and research. Specific problems will be studied in depth. Opportunities
will be provided to initiate research studies. Mr. Speece

ED 594 Special Problems in Science Teaching 3 (0-3) fs

Prerequisite: ED 476 or equivalent

An investigation of current problems in science teaching with emphasis
on the areas of curriculum, methodology, facilities, supervision and

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 147

research. Specific problems will be studied in depth. Opportunities will be
provided to initiate research studies. Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

ED 690 Seminar in Mathematics Education Maximum 2 fs

Prerequisites : Graduate standing, permission of instructor

A critical analysis of issues, trends and recent developments in mathe-
matics education. Mr. Speece

ED 695 Seminar in Science Education Maximum 2 fs

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, permission of instructor

A critical analysis of issues, trends, and recent developments in science
education. Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Robert Wesley Truitt, Head, Norval White Conner, Jesse
Seymour Doolittle, Graduate Administrator, Munir R. El-Saden,
Karl P. Hanson, Hassan A. Hassan, Richard Bennett Knight,
Robert McLean Pinkerton, Frederick 0. Smetana, James Clifford
Williams, III, James Woodburn, Carl Frank Zorowski

Associate Professors: Bertram Howard Garcia, Francis Joseph Hale,
M. Necati Ozisik, John Noble Perkins, John Kerr Whitfield

Assistant Professors: Rolin Farrar Barrett, Franklin Delano Hart,
Thomas Benson Ledbetter, Huseyin Cavit Topakoglu

The Department of Mechanical Engineering offers graduate study
leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees.
Entrance to the various programs in the department is normally based
upon an accredited baccalaureate degree in engineering.

At present the major emphases in graduate study are the thermal
sciences, including classical thermodynamics, heat transfer and trans-
port phenomena, statistical thermodynamics, and direct energy con-
version; gas dynamics (aerothermochemistry, aerothermodynamics,
plasmagasdynamics, magnetogasdynamics and rarefied gasdynamics),
and the mechanical sciences, such as principles of fluid motion, dynam-
ics of compressible flow and viscous fluids, vibrations, mechanical
transients and stress analysis ; the aerospace sciences of aerodynamics,
propulsion, boundary layer theory and heat transfer, and spacecraft
design.

The professional technological interests of the department are
represented by graduate courses in nuclear power plants, steam and
gas turbines, refrigeration, internal combustion engines, lubrication,
mechanics of machinery, and machine design analysis and synthesis.

Graduate programs in mechanical engineering normally include
substantial work in the basic sciences of mathematics and physics,
and study in related engineering departments is encouraged.

The fundamental objective of graduate study in this field is to pre-
pare the student for leadership in the various areas of research, teach-
ing, and design. The graduate student is placed in close association

148 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

with the graduate faculty who conduct individual research. Participa-
tion in a research project as a research assistant or employment as a
teaching assistant is regarded as significant experience during resi-
dence.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

ME 401 Energy Conversion 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: ME 302

A course on the conversion of energy for engineering purposes based
upon the fundamentals leading to engineering decisions in the arrangement
and selection of energy conversion equipment. The conventional type of
plant for energy conversion and the unconventional types, in particular,
direct energy conversion and the feasibility of such plants. Factors which
effect the cost of power and elements entering into the problem of
monetary rates.

ME 402 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: ME 302, MA 301

A study of the fundamental relationships of steady and transient heat
transfer of conduction, convection, radiation and during changes of phase;
mass transfer by diffusion and convection; simultaneous mass and heat
transfer.

ME 403 Air Conditioning 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ME 302

A fundamental study of summer and winter air conditioning including
temperature, humidity, air velocity and distribution. Mr. Knight

ME 404 Refrigeration 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ME 302

A thermodynamic analysis of the simple, compound, centrifugal and
multiple effect compression systems, the steam jet system and the
absorption system of refrigeration. Mr. Knight

ME 405 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory III 1 (0-3) f

Prerequisite: ME 306

Required of seniors in mechanical engineering.

The selection of appropriate instrumentation and the experimental
analysis of small, predetermined engineering systems designed for flexi-
bility and wide variation of parameters. Systems cover the gamut of
mechanical engineering activity with emphasis on analysis of system
rather than characteristics of particular systems.

ME 406 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory IV 1 (0-3) s

Prerequisite: ME 405

Individual or small group investigation of an original problem under the
supervision of a faculty member with an interest in the problem area.
The investigation may be experimental, analytical, or both. Emphasis
is placed on the philosophy and methodology of engineering research, and
on individual thinking and effort.

ME 410 Jet Propulsion 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: ME 302, ME 352 or EM 303

Application of fundamental principles of thermodynamics and the
mechanics of a compressible fluid to the processes of jet-propulsion and
turbo-propeller aircraft; the effect of performance of components on
performance of engine; analysis of engine performance parameters.

ME 411, 412 Mechanical Design I, II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: EM 301, MIM 201, ME 315

Application of the engineering and material sciences to the analysis

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 149

and design of mechanical components and systems. Consideration and

utilization of the design process including problem definition, solution

synthesis, design analysis, optimization, and prototype evaluation through
design project activity.

ME 421 Aerospace Propulsion Systems 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ME 353
Corequisite: ME 461

A study of propulsion systems and their relation to the various flight
regimes and space missions. The principles of thrust generation, the
control, and the performance of various propulsion systems will be con-
sidered.

ME 422 Direct Energy Conversion Devices 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: ME 353; EE 202 or EE 332

Theory and application of direct energy conversion devices, thermo-
electric and thermionic converters, solar and fuel cells, magnetohydro-
dynamic power generators, thermodynamic analysis, device characteristics
and design considerations.

ME 431 Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: MA 301; EM 303 or ME 352; ME 302

The fundamental dynamics and thermodynamic principles governing
the flow of gases are presented from both theoretical and experimental
viewpoints. Mathematical relations are closely correlated with physical
phenomena to emphasize the complimentary nature of theory and experi-
ment.

ME 432 Boundary Layer Theory and Heat Transfer 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: C or better in ME 352; MA 401 or MA 511

The course is intended to give the student both a physical and mathe-
matical understanding of the problems of skin friction and heat transfer in
present-day aerospace engineering.

ME 435 Industrial Automatic Controls 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: ME 301, MA 301

Introduction to concept of automatic controls; fundamentals of two-
position, proportional, floating and rate modes of control with a graphical
and analytical representation of each. Theoretical considerations of the
process and an introduction to system analysis.

ME 447 Performance, Stability and Control of Flight

Vehicles 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: C or better in ME 352; MA 401 or MA 511

A study of aerodynamic and inertial factors and how they influence the
motion of flight vehicles and their performance. The transfer function
approach is emphasized in the analysis of flight vehicle motion.

ME 450 Introduction to Vacuum Technology 3 (2-3) fs

Prerequisite: ME 301

An introduction to the physical phenomena and apparatus associated
with vacuum technology and rarefied gas research. Instruction in the use
of vacuum laboratory equipment and demonstration of basic rarefied gas
phenomena will be emphasized.

ME 461 Aerospace Technology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ME 353

aii introduction to the principles of flight in and beyond the atmosphere.
Includes the elements of aerodynamics of flight, the reentry problem, flight
dynamics, guidance and control, power generation in space, manned and
unmanned space flight and life support systems.

ME 465, 466 Aerospace Engineering Laboratory 1 (0-3) fs

Prerequisites: ME 306, ME 352

150 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Laboratory experience in wind tunnel experimentation, structural testing,
environmental testing, and instrumentation for flight in and beyond the
atmosphere.

ME 468 Spacecraft Structures 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ME 369
Corequisite: ME 461

Basic techniques and procedures in the analysis of stresses and strains
caused by the extreme heating of reentry space vehicles as well as the
dynamic and impulsive loads occurring during the launching and loading
period of flight will be considered and the resulting effects on the vehicle
structure will be studied.

ME 481 Flight Vehicle Design 5 (3-6) s

Prerequisites: ME 353, ME 461, ME 468, ME 447, ME 421, EE 202

Integration of previous aerodynamic, heat transfer, materials, structures,
and dynamical theory in the design of typical air-supported and space
vehicles and their sub-systems.

ME 495 Technical Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite: Graduating senior standing

Meetings once a week for the delivery and discussion of student papers
on topics of current interest in mechanical engineering.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

ME 501 Steam and Gas Turbines 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: ME 302, EM 303 or ME 352

Fundamental analysis of the theory and design of turbomachinery flow
passages; control and performance of turbomachinery; gas-turbine engine
processes. Mr. Doolittle

ME 507, 508 Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: ME 302

The fundamentals common to internal combustion engine cycles of
operation. The Otto engine: carburetion, fuel distribution, flame propag-
ation, normal and knocking combustion, throttling, pumping, valve and
spark timing, and altitude effects; the Diesel engine: injection and spray
formation fuel rating, automization, penetration, diesel knock, combustion,
pre-combustion, and scavenging as applied to reciprocating and rotary
engines. Mr. Ledbetter

ME 515 Experimental Stress Analysis 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: ME 315

Theoretical and experimental techniques of strain and stress analysis
with emphasis on electrical strain gages and instrumentation, brittle
coatings, grid methods, and an introduction to photoelasticity. Laboratory
includes an investigation and complete report of a problem chosen by the
student under the guidance of the instructor. Mr. Whitfield

ME 516 Photoelasticity 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: ME 411

Theory and experimental techniques of two and three dimensional photo-
elasticity including photoelastic coatings, photoplasticity, and application
of photoelastic methods to the solution of mechanical design problems.
Laboratory includes an investigation and complete report of a problem
chosen by the student under the guidance of the instructor.

Mr. Whitfield

ME 517 Lubrication 2 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: EM 303

The theory of hydrodynamic lubrication; Reynold's equation, the Sommer-

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 151

field integration, effect of variable lubricant properties and energy equation
for temperature rise. Properties of lubricants. Application to design of
bearings. Boundary lubrication. Mr. Barrett

ME 521 Aerothermodynamics 3 (3-0) f or s

Prerequisites: ME 301; ME 352 or EM 303

Review of basic thermodynamics pertinent to gasdynamics. Detailed
development of the general equations governing gas motion in both differ-
ential and integral form. Simplification of the equations to those for
specialized flow regimes. Similarity parameters. Applications to simpler
problems in various flow regimes. Mr. Perkins

ME 531 Plasmagasdynamics I 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: PY 414, ME 353

Study of basic laws governing plasma motion for dense and rarefied
plasmas, hydromagnetic shocks, plasma waves and instabilities, simple
engineering applications. Mr. Hassan

ME 541, 542 Aerodynamic Heating 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: MA 511, ME 521

A detailed study of the lastest theoretical and experimental findings of
the compressible laminar and turbulent boundary layers with special
attention to the aerodynamic heating problem; application of theory in
the analysis and design of aerospace hardware. Mr. Williams

ME 545, 546 Project Work in Mechanical

Engineering I, II 2 (0-4) fs

Individual or small group investigation of a problem stemming from a
mutual student-faculty interest. Emphasis is placed on providing a
situation for exploiting student curiosity. Graduate Staff

ME 554 Advanced Aerodynamic Theory 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ME 352

Development of fundamental aerodynamic theory. Emphasis upon mathe-
matical analysis and derivation of equations of motion, airfoil theory and
comparison with experimental results. Introduction to supersonic flow
theory. Mr. Pinkerton

ME 562 Advanced Aircraft Structures 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ME 468

Development of methods of stress analysis for aircraft structures, special
problems in structural design, stiffened panels, rigid frames, indeterminate
structures, general relaxation theory. Mr. Topakoglu

ME 581, 582 Hypersonic Aerodynamics 3 (3-0) fs
Prerequisites: MA 512, ME 521

A detailed study of the latest theoretical and experimental findings in

hypersonic aerodynamics. Mr. Truitt

ME 593 Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering 3 (3-0) f ors

Faculty and student discussions of special topics in mechanical engineer-
ing. Graduate Staff

ME 601 Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: ME 302; MA 401 or MA 511

Thermodynamics of a general reactive system; conservation of energy
and the principle of increase of entropy; the fundamental relation of
thermodynamics; Legendre transformations; equilibrium and stability
criteria in different representations; general relations; chemical thermo-
dynamics; multireaction systems; ionization; irreversible thermodynamics;
the Onsager relation; applications to thermoelectric, thermomagnetic and
diffusional processes. Mr. El-Saden

ME 602 Statistical Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ME 601

152 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Fundamental principles of kinetic theory, quantum mechanics, statistical
mechanics and irreversible phenomena with particular reference to ther-
modynamics systems and processes. The conclusions of the classical
thermodynamics are analyzed and established from the microscopic view-
point. Mr. El-Saden

ME 603 Advanced Power Plants 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ME 401

A critical analysis of the energy balance of thermal power plants,
thermodynamics and economic evaluation of alternate schemes of develop-
ment; study of recent developments in the production of power.

Mr. Doolittle

ME 605 Aerothermochemistry 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: ME 601, MA 511

A generalized treatment of combustion thermodynamics including deri-
vation of thermodynamic quantities by the method of Jacobians, criteria
for thermodynamic equilibrium, computation of equilibrium composition
and adiabatic flame temperature. Introduction to classical chemical kinetics.
Conservation equations for a reacting system, detonation and deflagration.
Theories of flame propagation, flame stabilization, and turbulent com-
bustion. Mr. Perkins

ME 606 Advanced Gas Dynamics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: ME 521, ME 601, MA 511

The general conservation equations of gas dynamics from a differential
and integral point of view. Hyperbolic compressible flow equations, un-
steady one-dimensional flows, the non-linear problem of shock wave forma-
tion, isentropic flow, flow in nozzles and jets, turbulent flow.

Mr. Smetana

ME 608 Advanced Heat Transfer I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ME 402

Fundamental aspects, from an advanced viewpoint, will be considered in
the conduction of heat through solids, convective phenomena, and the
measurement and prediction of appropriate physical properties. Boundary
value problems arising in heat conduction will be examined and both
numerical and function solution techniques developed. Internal and ex-
ternal boundary layer analyses will be made on a variety of representative
convection situations. Mr. Ozisik

ME 609 Advanced Heat Transfer II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ME 608

Advanced topics in the non-isothermal flow of fluids through channels
will be investigated for slug, laminar, transitional and turbulent condi-
tions. The influence of mass transfer on flow and heat transfer processes
will be considered. Radiation exchange processes between solid surfaces,
and solid surfaces and gases both stationary and moving will be discussed.

Mr. Ozisik

ME 610 Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ME 609

This course constitutes a study of recent developments in heat transfer
and related areas. It is anticipated that the course content will chanere from
semester to semester. Mr. Ozisik

ME 611, 612 Advanced Machine Design I, II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: ME 412

An advanced integrated treatment of stress analysis and materials engi-
neering devoted to current rational methods of analysis and design appli-
cable to mechanical components. Primary attention placed on the determina-
tion and prediction of strength, life, and deformation characteristics of
machine components as dictated by performance requirements.

Messrs. Garcia, Zorowski

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 153

ME 613 Mechanics of Machinery 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: ME 315; MA 512 or MA 402

Advanced applications of dynamics to the design and response analysis
of dynamic behavior of machines and mechanical devices. Emphasis on
developing competence in transforming real problems in dynamics into
appropriate mathematical models whose analysis permits performance pre-
dictions of engineering value. Messrs. Hart, Whitfield

ME 614 Mechanical Transients and Machine Vibrations 3 (3-0) s
Prerequisites: ME 315 or EM 545; MA 512 or MA 402

A study of the forces and motions produced in mechanical systems by
periodic and transient inputs including shock and impact loading. Par-
ticular attention devoted to the application of the principles of vibration
theory to problems encountered in mechanical design.

Messrs. Hart, Whitfield

ME 615 Aeroelasticity I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: MA 511; ME 411 or ME 468; ME 521

Deformations of aero structures under static and dynamic loads, natural
mode shapes and frequencies; two and three dimensional incompressible
flow, wings, and bodies in unsteady flow; static aeroelastic phenomena.

Mr. Topakoglu

ME 617 Mechanical System Design Analysis 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: ME 611, ME 613

Lecture and project activity devoted to development of the ability to
apply knowledge and experience in performing comprehensive design
analysis of complete mechanical systems. Areas of interest to include
critical problem recognition, system modeling, performance determination,
and optimization and reliability evaluation. Mr. Zorowski

ME 618 Mechanical System Design Synthesis 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ME 617

Application of the basic philosophy and methodology of the complete
design process to advanced mechanical system design. Individual and
group experience in the conception, synthesis, analysis, optimization, and
implementation phases of feasibility, preliminary, and final design studies
provided by means of comprehensive system design projects.

Mr. Zorowski

ME 625, 626 Direct Energy Conversion 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: ME 601

An engineering study of the modern developments in the field of con-
version of heat to power in order to meet new technology demands. Thermo-
electric, thermomagnetic, thermionic, photovoltaic and magnetohydrody-
namic effects and their utilization for energy conversion purposes, static
and dynamic response, limitations imposed by the first and the second laws
of thermodynamics. Energy and entropy balances, irreversible sources;
inherent losses, cascading, design procedures, experimental studies to de-
termine the response and efficiency of various systems. Mr. El-Saden

ME 631 Applications of Ultrasonics to Engineering

Research 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: MA 511, EE 332

The technique and theory of propagation of ultrasonics in liquids, gases
and solids. Development of ultrasonic transducers, the elastic piezoelectric
and dielectric relationships. Ultrasonic applications of asdic or sonar cavita-
tion, emulsification, soldering, welding, and acoustic properties of gases,
liquids and solids. Mr. Woodburn

ME 651 Principles of Fluid Motion 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ME 453
Corequisite: MA 511

154 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Fundamental principles of fluid dynamics. Mathematical methods of
analysis are emphasized. Potential flow theory development with intro-
duction to the effects of viscosity and compressibility. Two dimensional
and three dimensional phenomena are considered. Mr. Pinkerton

ME 652 Dynamics of Compressible Flow 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: ME 521, MA 511

Properties of compressible fluids, equation of motion in one-dimensional
motion, channel flows, shock wave theory, methods of observation, and
flows at transonic speeds. Mr. Pinkerton

ME 653 Supersonic Aerodynamics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ME 652

Equations of motion in supersonic flow, Prandtl-Meyer turns, method of
characteristics, hodograph plane, supersonic wind tunnels, supersonic air-
foil theory, and boundary layer shock interaction. Mr. Perkins

ME 654 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ME 521

Exact solutions to the Navier Stokes Equations. Approximate solutions
for low Reynolds numbers. Approximate solutions for high Reynolds num-
bers— incompressible boundary theory. Laminar and turbulent boundary
layers in theory and experiment. Flow separation. Mr. Williams

ME 655 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ME 654

A continuation of ME 654. Compressible laminar and turbulent boun-
dary layers. Laminar and turbulent jets. The stability of laminar boundary
layers with respect to small disturbances, transition from laminar to tur-
bulent flow. Mr. Williams

ME 657 Measurement in Rarefied Gas Streams 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ME 602

A study of the basis for measurement of flow properties in rarefied gas
streams. Included will be ionization gauges, hot wire anemometers and
temperature probes, pitot and static tubes, Langmuir probes, electron
scattering and electron beam density gauges. Mr. Smetana

ME 658, 659 Molecular Gasdynamics 3 (3-0) fs

Statistical mechanics as applied to the derivation of the equations of
gasdynamics from the microscopic viewpoint. Energy levels of atoms and
molecules and their relation to equilibrium thermodynamic concepts, in
particular, specific heats. Approximate solutions of the Boltzmann Equa-
tion. Treatments of viscosity, heat conduction, and electrical conductivity.
Collision processes. High temperature behavior of multispecies gas mix-
tures. Mr. Smetana

ME 661, 662 Aerospace Energy Systems 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: MA 512, ME 521, PY 407

A study of energy systems appropriate to the varied requirements of
space operations. Includes analysis of chemical, nuclear and solar energy
sources and the theory of their adaptation to operational requirements for
propulsion and auxiliary power, cooling requirements, coolants and ma-
terials. Mr. Truitt

ME 671, 672 Advanced Air Conditioning Design I, II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: ME 571, ME 572

The design of heating and air conditioning systems; the preparation of
specifications and performance tests on heating and air conditioning equip-
ment. Mr. Knight

ME 674, 675 Advanced Spacecraft Design 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: ME 542, ME 582

Analysis and design of spacecraft including system design criteria,

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 155

acceleration tolerance, entry environment, thermal requirements, criteria
for configuration design, aerodynamic design, heating rates, thermostruc-
tural design, boost phase, de-orbit, entry corridor, lift modulation, rolling
entry, glide phase, maneuvering and landing, stability and control, thermal
protection system, materials, instrumentation, and life support systems.

Mr. Truitt

ME 681 Introduction to Rocket Propulsion 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: ME 601

Review of the exterior ballistics and performance of rocket propelled
vehicles. Thermodynamics of real gases at high temperature. Non-equili-
brium flow in rocket nozzles. Mr. Hassan

ME 682 Solid Propellant Rockets 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ME 681

A study of the design and performance of solid-propellant rockets; prop-
erties and burning characteristics of solid propellants. Internal ballistics
of solid propellant rockets. Design and design optimization. Combustion
instabilities. Mr. Hassan

ME 683 Liquid Propellant Rockets 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ME 681

The study and design of liquid propellant rockets. Combustion of liquid
fuels. Thrust chamber, propellant supply and injection system. Cooling
of rocket motors. Low and high frequency instability in liquid rocket
motors. Scaling laws. Mr. Hassan

ME 684 Ion Propulsion 3 (3-0) fors

Prerequisite: ME 531

Study and design of Ion motors, power sources and converters, missions
for ion-propelled vehicles. Mr. Hassan

ME 693 Advanced Topics in Mechanical Engineering 1 to 6 f or s

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Faculty and graduate student discussions of advanced topics in con-
temporary mechanical engineering. Graduate Staff

ME 695 Mechanical Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) fors

Faculty and graduate student discussions centered around current re-
search problems and advanced engineering theories. Graduate Staff

ME 699 Mechanical Engineering Research Credits by Arrangement
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in mechanical engineering, permission
of adviser

Individual research in the field of mechanical engineering.

Graduate Staff

METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING

(For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information
see Department of Mineral Industries, page 159.)

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

MIM 401, 402 Metallurgical Operations I, II 4 (3-3) fs

Prerequisite: MIM 332

A systematized treatment of the fundamental operations involved in the
production and fabrication of metals and alloys. Part I deals primarily
with procedures and operations employed in chemical or extractive metal-
lurgy. Part II covers the operations of physical and mechanical metallurgy.

156 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

MIM 421, 422 Metallurgy I, II 2 (2-0) fs

Prerequisite: CH 103

The constitution, structure and properties of engineering ferrous and
nonferrous metals and alloys; influences of mechanical working and heat
treatment; physical testing, corrosion and its prevention.

MIM 423 Metallurgical Laboratory 1 (0-3) fs

Prerequisite: MIM 421 or MIM 422

Laboratory work to accompany Metallurgy I, II.

MIM 431, 432 Metallography I, II 3 (2-3) fs

Prerequisite: MIM 332

An intensive study of the principles and techniques for examination
and correlation of the structure, constitution, and properties of metals and
alloys.

MIM 491, 492 Metallurgical Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite: Senior standing in metallurgical engineering

Reports and discussion of special topics in metallurgical engineering
and related subjects.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

MIM 521, 522 Advanced Physical Metallurgy I, II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MIM 422

Theories concerning behavior and control of engineering alloys, reaction
rates in the solid state, and alloy influences; current heat treating
practices; surface treatments; behavior of metals at high and low
temperatures; special purpose alloys; powder metallurgy; review of
modern equipment and methods for the study of metals.

Mr. Stadelmaier

MIM 523, 524 Metallurgical Factors in Design 3 (3-0) fs
Prerequisite: MIM 422

A study of the metallurgical factors that must be considered in using

metals in design. Mr. Austin

MIM 541, 542 Principles of Corrosion I, II 3 (2-3) fs

Prerequisite: MIM 422

The fundamentals of metallic corrosion and passivity. The electro-
chemical nature of corrosive attack, basic forms of corrosion, corrosion
rate factors, methods of corrosion protection. Laboratory work included.

Mr. Austin

MIM 561 Advanced Structure and Properties of Materials 3 (2-3) f
Prerequisite: MIM 422

A systematic treatment of the fundamental physico-chemical principles
governing the constitution of both metallic and ceramic materials. Cor-
relation of these principles with physical, mechanical and chemical
properties of materials. Particular emphasis is placed upon materials of
construction for nuclear reactors. Lectures and laboratory.

Mr. Austin

MIM 562 Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: MIM 561

Engineering aspects of problems involved in the selection and application
of reactor materials. Specific attention is given to elevated temperature
behavior, fatigue, corrosion, irradiation damage, and the fabrication and
processing of these materials. Lecture and laboratory. Graduate Staff

MIM 595, 596 Advanced Metallurgical Experiments I, II 3 (1-6) fs
Prerequisite: MIM 422 or permission of instructor

Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific experimental

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 157

project dealing with metallurgy or metallography. A seminar period is
provided and a written report is required. Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

MIM 651, 652 Theory and Structure of Metals 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MIM 522

An advanced interpretation of the development of theories of the metallic
state with emphasis on modern physical concepts. Topics include theory
of crystallinity, bonding forces, stability of metallic structures, diffusion,
and dislocation theory. Mr. Stadelmaier

MIM 691, 692 Special Topics in Metallurgical Engineering 3 (3-0) fs
Special studies of advanced topics in metallurgical engineering.

Graduate Staff
MIM 699 Metallurgical Engineering

Research Credits by Arrangement

Independent investigation of an appropriate problem in metallurgical
engineering. A report on this investigation is required as a graduate
thesis. Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: James Brainerd Evans, Head, William Victor Bartholomew,
John Lincoln Etchells, James Giacomo Leece, Marvin Luther
Speck

Associate Professors: Frank Bradley Armstrong, Walter Jerome
Dobrogosz, Gerald Hugh Elkan

Assistant Professors: John Joseph McNeill, Jerome John Perry

The Department of Microbiology offers programs leading to the
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Both of these
degrees require a research thesis on some basic aspect of microbiology
under the direction of one of the members of the microbiology faculty
listed above.

The graduate programs in microbiology are strongly oriented to-
ward microbial physiology, microbial metabolism and microbial genet-
ics. Students applying for admission to the programs need not have
had any formal training in microbiology, but should have a bachelor's
or master's degree with a major in one of the biological or physical
sciences. Applicants are expected to have completed two semesters of
organic chemistry, two semesters of calculus and two semesters of
physics with at least C grades. However, students with deficiencies
in these areas may be accepted if their record indicates the capability
of making it up. Students applying for support in the form of fellow-
ships, traineeships or assistantships should submit scores on the Grad-
uate Record Examination.

Ai least one semester of experience as a half-time teaching assistant
is required for the doctoral degree. As a general rule the master's
program requires two calendar years beyond the bachelor's degree
and the doctoral program requires two to three years beyond the
master's level.

158 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

MB 401 General Microbiology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: BS 100, CH 223 or CH 220

A rigorous introduction to the basic principles and concepts of modern
microbiology. This course is recommended for students in the biological
sciences and agricultural sciences curricula and for all students who plan
to take further courses in microbiology. It is generally expected that
MB 402 will be taken concurrently. Credit will not be granted for both
MB 301 and MB 401.

MB 402 General Microbiology Lab 1 (0-2) s

An introduction to the basic laboratory techniques of microbiology. This
will include methods of isolating, culturing, staining, quantitating and
characterizing pure cultures of microorganisms. There will be one 2-hour
formal lab period and students will be expected to come in briefly at
other times to make observations.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

MB 501 Advanced Microbiology 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: CH 223 or CH 220, MB 402

A rigorous introduction to topics in basic microbiology that are not
considered in depth in MB 401. These include microbial cell composition
and structure, the function of subcellular units, microbial classification,
microbial genetics, and pathogenic microbiology. It will be complementary
immunological methods, work with bacteriophage, tissue cultures, etc.
currently. Mr. Perry

MB 502 Advanced Microbiology Lab 2 (0-4) f

Prerequisite: MB 402

This course introduces the student to many of the techniques and
instruments commonly employed in research with microorganisms. It will
include measurement of growth and metabolic activities, cell fractionation,
immunological methods, work with bacteriophage, tissue celutures, etc.

Mr. Perry

MB 505 See FS 505, Food Microbiology. 3 (2-3) s

MB 506 See FS 506, Advanced Food Microbiology. 3 (0-9) f

MB 514 Microbial Physiology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: CH 223 or CH 220, CH 551, MB 401

A consideration of the processes of cell physiology that are of particular
significance in microorganisms. Included will be a study of cell structure,
growth, death, reproduction, nutrition, metabolism, and regulatory mechan-
isms. Mr. Dobrogosz

MB 532 See SSC 532, Soil Microbiology. 3 (3-0) s

MB 555 See ZO 555, Protozoology. 4 (2-6) f

MB 561 See GN 561, Biochemical and Microbial Genetics. 3 (3-0) f

MB 570 See CE 570, Sanitary Microbiology. 3 (2-3) s

MB 574 See BO 574, Phycology. 3 (1-4) s

MB 575 See BO 575, The Fungi. 4 (3-3) s

MB 590 Topical Problems Credits by Arrangement fs

Graduate Staff

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 159

Courses for Graduates Only

MB 614 See ANS 614, Bacterial Metabolism. 2 (2-0) s

MB 690 Microbiology Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Graduate Staff

MB 692 Special Problems in Microbiology Credits by Arrangement fs

Graduate Staff

MB 699 Microbiology Research Credits by Arrangement fs

Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF MINERAL INDUSTRIES

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: William Wyatt Austin, Head, William Callum Bell,
William Cullen Hackler, William Wurth Kriegel, Carlton
James Leith, Hayne Palmour, III, John Mason Parker, III, Hans
Heinrich Stadelmaier, Robert Franklin Stoops

Adjunct Professor: Henry Mauzee Davis

Visiting Professor: Joachim-Dietrich Schobel

Associate Professors : Henry Seawell Brown, John Valentine Hamme,
Charles William Welby

Adjunct Associate Professor: James Kitchener Magor

The Department of Mineral Industries offers graduate programs
leading to the degrees of Master of Science in ceramic engineering,
geological engineering, and metallurgical engineering, and to the Doc-
tor of Philosophy degree in ceramic engineering. Certain graduate
courses are also offered for the benefit of students majoring in other
areas who may be interested in pursuing advanced work in the
mineral industries fields.

Financial assistance is available to qualified graduate students in
the Department of Mineral Industries. Graduate assistantships permit
half-time studies in either ceramic engineering, geological engineer-
ing, or metallurgical engineering, and half-time to be devoted to
teaching or research. Also, certain sponsored fellowships and trainee-
ships that permit full time to be devoted to graduate studies are
available on a competitive basis. Applications should be made to the
department.

CERAMIC ENGINEERING

The unique characteristics of ceramics qualify them for many ad-
vanced engineering applications in space, nuclear, and industrial
technologies. Rapid expansion of this important materials discipline
present challenging opportunities for engineering and research. Ad-
vanced study is fast becoming a prerequisite for careers in significant
growth areas. North Carolina State University has been actively
engaged in post graduate teaching and research for more than three
decades and since 1950, has been the only institution in the southeast
offering the Doctor of Philosophy degree in ceramic engineering.
Recruitment for stimulating employment by nationally prominent

160 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

industrial, educational, and governmental organizations consistently
outstrips available graduate degree recipients many fold.

The graduate program is predicated upon acquisition of funda-
mental understanding of the combined influence of material chemis-
try, defect structure in the solid state, process selection and kinetics,
microstructure, environment, and service conditions upon the ultimate
performance of ceramic products. The research interests of the grad-
uate faculty currently encompass a broad spectrum of the ceramic
field. Included are materials synthesis, processing kinetics, phase rela-
tionships, constitution and structure, mechanical and dielectric prop-
erties of crystalline and vitreous materials, and design, development
and applications of ceramics and ceramic composites.

Well equipped laboratories for graduate instruction and research
are in active use and are being systematically enlarged and improved.
Broad interdisciplinary strengths are based upon related material
activities in several other curricula in the School of Engineering and
other schools of the University.

The prerequisite for graduate study in ceramic engineering is a
proficiency in undergraduate courses leading to the bachelor's degree
in ceramic engineering, or a substantial equivalent. A significant
fraction of the current student body have come to ceramics with
backgrounds in other science and engineering disciplines.

For course descriptions, see Ceramic Engineering, page 59.

GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING

The graduate program in geological engineering is directed to the
advanced training of qualified students interested in the professional
economic applications of geological knowledge. The occupational fields
include the locating of mineral resources, and the assessing of geo-
logical conditions at the sites of large civil engineering projects.
Candidates for admission to this program should hold the Bachelor
of Geological Engineering degree or a satisfactory equivalent, prefer-
ably including a strong background in physics, chemistry, and engi-
neering sciences.

The solution of professional problems in geology is today requiring
more specialized training and quantitative methods than can be in-
cluded in an undergraduate curriculum. A person with such training
in geology finds employment with petroleum, mining, and construction
companies, governmental agencies, and educational research institu-
tions.

A great variety of problems in igneous, sedimentary, and metamor-
phic geology are to be found within a radius of fifty miles of North
Carolina State University.

Facilities are available for research in mineralogy, petrography,
economic geology, mineral dressing, and geologic problems relating to
civil engineering. Excellent collections of geological literature are
available at North Carolina State University, at the University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill, and at Duke University in Durham.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 161

A well staffed unit of the General Hydrology division of the U. S. Geo-
logical Survey is housed on the campus and is available for consulta-
tion.

For course descriptions, see Geological Engineering, page 126.

METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING

The rapid development of space and nuclear technology and at-
tendant materials problems has brought about a sharp increase in the
demand for trained leaders in the materials fields. There is at present
intense emphasis on advanced study and research on the fundamental
behavior of metals and alloys. From this work will come urgently-
needed improvements in metallic materials of construction to with-
stand increasingly drastic service requirements — higher stresses,
higher temperatures, corrosive and radioactive environments.

Opportunities for men with graduate training in metallurgy and
metallurgical engineering are almost unlimited. Industry and univer-
sities today need approximately four times as many metallurgists with
advanced degrees as are available. It has been estimated that by 1975
the electrical, chemical, aerospace, and nuclear industries will require
50,000 research metallurgists and metallurgical engineers. The num-
ber presently available is approximately 10,000. Present ratios indicate
that one-third to one-half of the 50,000 graduates needed should have
advanced training beyond the bachelor's degree. The shortage of grad-
uates with advanced degrees is further accentuated by the need for
qualified college faculty members to provide adequate instruction in
metallurgical and related fields.

North Carolina State University is one of the few institutions in
the South, and the only institution in North Carolina, prepared to
offer graduate instruction in metallurgical engineering. In this pro-
gram special emphasis is placed upon the application of basic physical
metallurgy to problems encountered in various engineering disciplines
including mechanical design, corrosive and reactive environments, and
nuclear reactor applications. Appropriate opportunities for graduate
thesis research are available in each of these areas. In addition to the
advanced work in metallurgical engineering, the School of Engineer-
ing also offers an excellent program of supporting courses at the
graduate level in the related fields of physics, chemistry, mathematics,
engineering mechanics, and in mechanical, chemical, ceramic, and
nuclear engineering.

For course descriptions, see Metallurgical Engineering, page 155.

DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES

GRADUATE FACULTY
Professors: George Waverly Poland, Head, Edward M. Stack

The Department of Modern Languages offers courses to assist grad-
uate students in preparing themselves to use modern foreign Ian-

162 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

guages in research and advanced study. Students are given the oppor-
tunity of working a translation project in connection with their
subject of major interest. They are encouraged particularly to seek
useful foreign research related to their thesis or other research in
progress. Although these courses do not carry graduate language
credit, they may be taken as a means of attaining a reading knowledge.
Certification may be obtained in languages not normally taught by
the department with special permission of the Graduate School.

MLR 101 Elementary Russian 3 (3-0) fs

MLR 102 Russian Grammar and Prose Reading 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MLR 101 or equivalent

MLF 401 French Grammar for Graduate Students 3 (3-0) fs

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific French as
rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows.

MLF 402 Scientific French 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MLF 401 or equivalent

Reading and translation of technical French, supplemented by discussion
on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic
techniques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences.

MLS 401 Spanish Grammar for Graduate Students 3 (3-0) fs

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific Spanish
as rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows.

MLS 402 Scientific Spanish 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MLS 401 or equivalent

Reading and translation of technical Spanish, supplemented by dis-
cussions on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other
linguistic techniques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; confer-
ences.

MLG 401 German Grammar for Graduate Students 3 (3-0) fs

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific German

as rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows.

MLG 402 Scientific German 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: MLG 401 or equivalent

Reading and translation of technical German, supplemented by discussions
of terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic
techniques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences.

DEPARTMENT OF NUCLEAR ENGINEERING

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: RAYMOND L. MURRAY, Head, RAYMOND F. SAXE
Adjunct Professor: Ralph L. Ely
Associate Professor: Thomas S. Elleman

Assistant Professors : Albert H. Carnesale, Martin A. Welt, Charles E.
Siewert

Affiliated Graduate Faculty

Professors: Wesley O. Doggett (Physics), Munir R. El-Saden (Mechan-
ical Engineering), James K. Ferrell (Chemical Engineering),
Charles Smallwood, Jr. (Civil Engineering), Arthur W. Waltner
(Physics)

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 163

Associate Professors : Lawrence H. Bowen (Chemistry), Alonzo F. Coots
(Chemistry), Robert W. Lade (Electrical Engineering), Edward G.
Manning (Electrical Engineering), M. Necati Ozisik (Mechanical
Engineering)

The Department of Nuclear Engineering offers graduate study lead-
ing to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees.

Courses and research are available within the department and co-
operating departments in several areas of nuclear engineering, includ-
ing reactor theory and analysis, radiation attenuation and detection,
radiation effects, energy transfer and conversion, nuclear materials,
nuclear safety and instrumentation, and radiation applications.

Among the available research facilities are: a 100-kilowatt hetero-
geneous tank-type reactor; a 30-kilocurie cobalt gamma irradiation
source; a natural uranium subcritical assembly; a 1-Mev pulsed Van
de Graaff accelerator; a pulsed neutron generator; laboratories for
neutron activation analysis; radiochemistry and gaseous discharges;
a high pressure heat transfer loop; and digital and analog computers.

Candidates for admission are expected to hold the bachelor's degree
in one of the fields of engineering or the physical sciences. Experience
in nuclear physics, advanced differential equations, and basic reactor
theory will reduce the time required for completion of the degree.
Courses in these areas can be included in the initial phases of the
graduate program. Thirty credit hours (including four for research)
and a thesis are required for the Master of Science degree. Well-
qualified students may study directly toward the Doctor of Philosophy
degree. Interdisciplinary research programs may be arranged for
graduate students in cooperation with departments in the Schools of
Engineering, Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics, and Agri-
culture and Life Sciences.

The Department of Nuclear Engineering participates in the Nuclear
Science and Engineering Fellowship Program of the Atomic Energy
Commission. Students are also eligible for fellowships from the Ford
Foundation, the National Science Foundation, the National Aero-
nautics and Space Agency, and others. Half-time graduate teaching or
research assistantships are available in which a nine credit-hour load
per semester is permitted.

Graduates of the department find positions in industry, government,
and academic institutions. Opportunities include analysis, design,
utilization, and operation of nuclear facilities associated with the
nuclear aerospace program, power reactors, research reactors, and
radioisotopes.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

NE 404 Nuclear Energy Conversion I 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CHE 421 or equivalent

Basic principles of the transformation of nuclear energy into useful
forms. Considers the reactor as a heat source for a heat engine cycle.
Description and analysis of various reactor concepts and associated power
plants.

164 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

NE 405 Nuclear Energy Conversion II 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CHE 422 or equivalent

Basic principles of the transformation of nuclear energy into useful
forms. Considers isotope production and utilization, direct conversion
techniques, nuclear propulsion concepts, research reactors, and breeder
reactors.

NE 419 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: PY 407

A survey of nuclear energy applications, including nuclear reactor
materials, reactor theory, shielding, thermal and hydraulic analysis, and
control. Uses of nuclear fission and its by-products in research, industry
and propulsion are reviewed. The major engineering problems are defined
and methods of approach are outlined. Staff

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

NE 501 Nuclear Reactor Theory I 3 (3-0) f

Corequisite: PY 410

An introductory course in reactor theory including the fission process,
neutron energy distribution, lethargy, neutron slowing and interactions,
diffusion, Fermi age theory, the diffusion equation, criticality conditions,
and reactor instrumentation. Messrs. Siewert, Verghese

NE 502 Nuclear Reactor Theory II 3(3-0) s

Prerequisite: NE 501

Continuation of reactor theory from NE 501. Topics include: treatment
of reactor parameters for homogeneous and heterogeneous reactors,
reflected reactors, multi-group theory, reactor kinetics, temperature effects,
control rod theory, perturbation theory, and transport theory.

Messrs. Siewert, Verghese

NE 503 Nuclear Engineering Systems 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: NE 501

Considers reactor as a system including aspects of reactor control,
radiation protection, shielding, and thermal design. Mr. Carnesale

NE 511 Radiation Detection and Analysis 3 (1-4) fs

Prerequisite: PY 410

Interaction of radiation with detectors. Characteristics of detectors and
analysis equipment. Statistics of the counting process. Emphasis is on
preparation for use of radiation counting equipment for research.

Mr. Verghese
NE 518 Radiological Safety 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: PY 410, NE 501

Treatment of types of radiation and their interaction with matter,
shielding and biological effects. Study of safety considerations in a nuclear
installation, including regulations, instrumentation used, overall detection
system, emergency situations, and radiation containment.

Mr. Elleman

NE 520 Nuclear Radiation Shielding 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: NE 503

An introduction to radiation protection criteria, design of shields for
attenuation of gamma rays and neutrons from reactor primary systems
and other sources and shield materials. Machine computation techniques
will be discussed whenever necessary. The latter part of the semester will
be utilized to carry out special problems in the design of space-radiation
shields, hot cells and fall-out shelters. Mr. Carnesale

NE 530 Introduction to Nuclear Reactor Theory 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: PY 410

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 165

The principles of neutron motion in matter, with emphasis on the analysis
of the nuclear chain reactor. Slowing of neutrons, diffusion, space distri-
butions of flux, conditions for criticality, group theories, and the time-
dependent behavior of fissionable assemblies. Mr. Verghese

NE 531 Nuclear Reactor Laboratory 2 (0-6) fs

Prerequisite: NE 530 or NE 501

Observation and measurements of static and dynamic nuclear reactor
behavior, the effectiveness of control and temperature, and correlation with
theory. Experiments on the motion and detection of neutrons and gamma
rays, with emphasis on the research uses of nuclear reactor radiations.

Mr. Verghese

NE 532 Nuclear Engineering Laboratory 2 (0-6) s

Prerequisite: NE 501 or equivalent

A laboratory course that provides a series of experiments that are
fundamental to nuclear engineering. Special emphasis will be on experiments
related to nuclear reactor theory, reactor kinetics, neutron physics, reactor
heat transfer and radiochemistry applications. Several experiments in con-
junction with an analog computer will be performed. Familiarization with
research equipment will be gained through active participation of the
student in setting up the various measurements. Mr. Saxe

NE 540 Nuclear Reactor Control 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: NE 502 or NE 530

Considers non-steady-state reactor behavior including reactivity effects
due to temperature, poisoning, and control rods. Uses elementary servo-
mechanism theory in treating reactor as a control element. Treats auto-
matic control including control mechanisms and dynamic effect of power
plant characteristics. Mr. Saxe

NE 545 Nuclear Reactor Kinetics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: NE 502 or NE 530

The kinetic behavior of nuclear reactors is carefully analyzed from both
theoretical and experimental viewpoints. Solutions of the basic kinetic
equations are developed and applied to specific reactor behavior. Tempera-
ture, void, and xenon poisoning effects are considered. Digital and analog
computer techniques are discussed and utilized. Correlation of theory with
observed reactor behavior is made and safety considerations in reactor
design are discussed. Mr. Saxe

NE 550 Radiation Utilization 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: PY 410, NE 511 or equivalent

Theory, industrial application, and economics of nuclear radiation are
discussed. Emphasis is on the ability to choose appropriate forms of
radiation and to design practical equipment. Subjects covered include:
origin and economics of radiation, tracer techniques, activation analysis,
food irradiation, chemonuclear processing, low and high level sealed source
devices, and unique engineering aspects. Messrs. Ely, Welt

NE 570 Radiation Effects on Materials 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: MIM 201, PY 407

A study of the interactions of different types of radiation with matter,
with emphasis on the physical effects. Current theories will be evaluated
and experimental techniques will be discussed. Annealing of defects and
radiation-induced changes in physical properties will be investigated in
detail. Mr. Elleman

NE 591, 592 Special Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 3 (3-0) fs
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

These courses will be used to explore unusual and/or specialized areas

of nuclear engineering. Graduate Staff

166 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Courses for Graduates Only

NE 619 Reactor Theory and Analysis I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: NE 502 or NE 530

The theory of neutron slowing, resonance capture, Doppler effect, and
thermal flux distributions in heterogeneous nuclear reactors. Analysis of
reactor control by temperature, effects of localized and distributed absorb-
ers, fission products, fuel consumption and production. One-velocity neutron
transport theory. Mr. Murray

NE 620 Nuclear Radiation Attenuation 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: NE 503

The physical theory and mathematical analysis of the penetration of
neutrons, gamma-rays, and charged particles. Analytical techniques include
point kernels, transport theory, Monte Carlo, and numerical methods.
Digital computers are employed in the solution of practical problems.

Mr. Carnesala

NE 630 Reactor Theory and Analysis II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: NE 502 or NE 530

The theory of neutron multiplication in uniform media with several
dimensions, regions, and neutron energy groups. Reactor control by absor-
bers, time dependent reactor behavior, matrix treatment or perturbation
theory, neutron thermalization, energy dependent neutron transport theory,
and multigroup machine methods. Mr. Murray

NE 651 Advanced Reactor Theory 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: NE 619 or NE 630

A presentation of the latest advances in the mathematical analysis of
nuclear systems behavior, with special emphasis on Case's method of sin-
gular eigenfunctions. Exact solutions to several classical problems in trans-
port theory are constructed. The relation of experimental measurements,
theoretical interpretation, and numerical computation methods will be dis-
cussed. v Mr. Siewert

NE 653 Nuclear Reactor Design 3 (3-0) s

Corequisites: NE 619, NE 630

A comprehensive analysis and design of a nuclear reactor system for a
specified application will be performed. Considerations will include criti-
cality, control, lifetime, thermal-hydraulic, shielding, economics, power con-
version, and optimization procedures. Selected applications will be varied
each year. Mr. Saxe

NE 691, 692 Advanced Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 3 (3-0) fs
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

A study of recent developments in nuclear engineering theory and prac-
tice. Graduate Staff

NE 695 Seminar in Nuclear Engineering 1 (1-0) fs

Discussion of selected topics in nuclear engineering. Graduate Staff

NE 699 Research in Nuclear Engineering Credits by Arrangement
Individual research in the field of nuclear engineering.

Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF OCCUPATIONAL INFORMATION
AND GUIDANCE

GRADUATE FACULTY
Professor: Roy Nels Anderson, Head
Associate Professor: Charles G. Morehead
Assistant Professor: Jack Albert Duncan

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 167

The Department of Occupational Information and Guidance has
been training guidance and personnel workers for more than four de-
cades. The first master's degree was awarded in 1926. The programs
of graduate study are planned to develop a broad understanding of
guidance and personnel services to be applied in various settings. It
is most desirable for an applicant who wishes to specialize in guidance
and personnel services to have had undergraduate course work in
economics, education, psychology, sociology or social work. Students
accepted into the program are those who anticipate devoting full or
part-time to guidance and personnel work. Teachers, administrators
and others who wish to increase their knowledge of guidance and per-
sonnel may enroll for courses as a graduate minor or for certification
renewal.

Professional opportunities for placement in this field are on the
increase. The department prepares students for positions as counselors
in secondary schools, industrial education centers, colleges, community
agencies, school or county guidance directors, rehabilitation counselors,
employment counselors, placement interviewers, and personnel workers
in higher education, business or industry, and state and federal gov-
ernment agencies. The student may specialize in one of several areas
depending upon his career goals.

The master's program includes a core of guidance and personnel
courses to be selected according to the student's vocational goals. Stu-
dents may select their minor from the following areas: economics,
psychology, sociology and anthropology and educational administra-
tion. The master's degree program of the department meets the re-
quirements for the Counselor's Certificate issued by the North Caro-
lina State Department of Public Instruction, as well as counselor
certification in many other states.

The Department of Occupational Information and Guidance has had
a contract with the Office of Vocational Rehabilitation for the train-
ing of rehabilitation counselors, and has been awarded five Coun-
seling and Guidance Training Institutes under contract with the
United States Office of Education as authorized by the National
Defense Education Act of 1958.

The department also provides service courses in guidance and per-
sonnel for undergraduate students in the School of Education.

A limited number of graduate assistantships are available annually
in the department and through the Division of Student Affairs.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

ED 520 Personnel and Guidance Services 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Six hours of education or psychology

An introduction to the philosophies, theories, principles, and practices
of personnel and guidance services; the relationship of personnel services
with the purposes and objectives of the school and the curriculum.

Mr. Duncan

ED 524 Occupational Information 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: Six hours of education or psychology, ED 520 or equivalent

168 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

This course is intended to give teachers, counselors, placement workers,
and personnel workers in business and industry an understanding of how to
collect, classify, evaluate, and use occupational and educational information.
This will include a study of the world of work, sources of occupational in-
formation, establishing an educational-occupational information library,
using educational, occupational, and social information, and sociological
and psychological factors influencing career planning. Mr. Duncan

ED 530 Group Guidance 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: Six hours of education or psychology, ED 520 or equivalent

This course is designed to help teachers, counselors, administrators, and
others who work with groups, or who are responsible for group guidance
activities, to understand the theory and principles of effective group work,
to develop skill in using specific guidance techniques, and to plan and or-
ganize group activities in the secondary school and other institutions.

Mr. Morehead
ED 533 Organization and Administration of

Guidance Services 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, ED 520 or equivalent

This course is designed for school guidance counselors, prospective coun-
selors, personnel and guidance directors, and school administrators. The
philosophy and scope of guidance and personnel services; the functions and
responsibilities of personnel involved; basic principles and current practices
in planning, developing, operating, and supervising guidance and personnel
services will be studied. Administrative relationships, utilization of school
staff, interrelationships of guidance services with instruction, and evalua-
tion of guidance services will be considered. Mr. Morehead

ED 590 Individual Problems in Guidance Maximum 6 fs

Prerequisite: Six hours graduate work in department or equivalent

Intended for individual or group studies of one or more of the major
problems in guidance and personnel work. Problems will be selected to meet
the interests of individuals. The workshop procedure will be used whereby
special projects, reports and research will be developed by individuals
and by groups. Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

ED 631 Educational and Vocational Guidance 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Nine hours from following fields — economics, education, psy-
chology or sociology

The development of a philosophy and point of view of vocational guidance
from an interdisciplinary approach — economics, education, psychology and
sociology. The course aims to provide basic understandings for counselors in
educational settings, employment offices, personnel workers, rehabilitation
settings and social workers, who are aiding individuals with vocational
decision making and vocational adjustment problems. The course will cover
the basic functions performed in vocational and educational guidance.

Mr. Anderson

ED 633 Techniques of Counseling 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Nine hours from following fields — economics, education, psy-
chology or sociology

This course is designed to aid the personnel worker in the secondary
school, college, employment office, social agency to develop an understand-
ing and to develop skill in counseling techniques; philosophies, theories,
principles and practices of counseling will be considered. Students will
become acquainted with counseling techniques through lectures, demonstra-
tions, case histories and tape recordings. Attention will be given to both
diagnosis and treatment. Mr. Anderson

ED 641 Laboratory and Practicum Experiences in Counseling 2-6 fs
Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 169

A practicum course in which the student participates in actual counseling
experience under supervision in a school, college, social service agency,
employment office, and business or industrial establishment. The student
may observe and participate in some personnel and guidance services and
mav study the organization and administration of the program.

Messrs. Anderson, Duncan, Morehead

OPERATIONS RESEARCH

(An inter-departmental graduate program.)

GRADUATE FACULTY

Technical Committee:

Professors: Robert Gordon Carson, Jr., Chairman, Richard Loree Ander-
son John Francis Bogdan, Frederick Phillips Brooks, Jr., Arthur
Raymond Eckels, Robert Warren Llewellyn, George Edward
Nicholson, Jr.

Associate Professor: Cleon Harrell

Assistant Professor: David Allen Link

Associated Faculty:

Professors- Clifton A. Anderson, William John Barclay, Arnold
Herbert Edward Grandage, Robert John Hader, Richard Adams
King Robert James Monroe, Bernard Martin Olsen, Charles
Harr'y Proctor, Hans Sagan, Walter Laws Smith, Ernst Warner

SWANSON, HUBERTUS ROBERT VAN DER VAART, OSCAR WESLER

Adjunct Professor: P. GENE SMITH

Visiting Professor: MAKOTO Itoh

Associate Professors: Raul Eduardo Alvarez, Norman Robert Bell^ John
William Bishir, William Ray Henry, Laurence Jay Herbst, Wilbur
Carroll Peterson, Richard Lee Simmons, Thomas Dudley Wallace

Assistant Professors: Bibhuti Bhushan Bhattacharyya, William Syl-
van Galler, Edward Hempstead Wiser

Successful operation of any enterprise, commercial or public, de-
pends on the ability of the managers to foresee the consequences of
putting into effect any of the alternative courses of action available to
them. For example, the manager of a factory producing several dif-
ferent products has to decide what quantity of each product to pro-
duce. Of course, he is limited in the resources available, e.g. plant,
liquid assets, raw materials and labor, and also by the demand for the
several products. Even so, there generally will be several different and
feasible production schedules. The manager's problem is to choose the
production schedule most advantageous to the factory, usually that
yielding the largest profit.

The problems arising in this context, of which the above is a typical
example, are many and varied. It has been recognized that many of
these problems have representations in mathematical form, and a
number of methods and techniques (linear programming, dynamic
programming, theory of queues, simulation, etc.) have been developed
for solving the corresponding mathematical problems. Operations Re-
search consists of these problems, the techniques for solving them and
research aimed at recognizing new problems and finding new solu-
tions.

170 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

At North Carolina State University at Raleigh and the University
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, graduate courses in many areas of
operations research have been offered by various departments on the
two campuses for a number of years. In addition, numerous operations
research theses have been directed by staff members of these depart-
ments. Recognizing the need to coordinate and expand these activities,
an Operations Research Technical Committee has been appointed,
consisting of representatives from the Departments of Statistics and
Information Science at Chapel Hill and the Departments of Biological
and Agricultural Engineering, Economics, Electrical Engineering,
Experimental Statistics, Industrial Engineering, Mathematics and
Textile Technology at Raleigh.

After reviewing the operations research programs of many well-
known institutions and taking account of the indicated needs for per-
sonnel, the technical committee decided that each member of an
operations research team should contribute strength in at least one
basic discipline. Hence it was decided to establish a strong graduate
minor program in Operations Research, with the major in any basic
discipline which could contribute to or utilize these techniques. The
operations research graduate courses are to be selected from the fol-
lowing general areas:

Control Systems and Reliability
Econometrics and Economic Decision Making
Information and Computer Science
Mathematical Techniques for Optimization
Probability and Statistics

If a student majors in a discipline which includes one of these areas,
he would be expected to take courses from this area as a part of the
major and select the operations research minor courses from other
areas. The cohesive elements in the graduate program are to be a
seminar and a special topics course.

The minimal course requirements for graduate minors in operations
research are as follows:

Master's Degrees. The special topics course and seminar plus two
courses in one of the five operations research areas.

Doctoral Degrees. The special topics course and seminar plus five
other courses, with at least two courses from each of two opera-
tions research areas.

Prospective students should pay particular attention to the prerequi-
sites for the courses chosen. A student minoring in operations research
should have a good background in matrix algebra, advanced calculus
and introductory probability, or be prepared to take such courses early
in his graduate program. The Departments of Electrical Engineering
and Industrial Engineering have developed one-semester courses (EE
430, Essentials of Electrical Engineering; IE 510, Industrial Engi-
neering Methods) to qualify non-engineers to enter certain courses in
the areas of control systems and reliability and information and

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 171

computer science. Such background courses cannot be counted as part
of the operations research minor program.

Both teaching and research assistantships are available to qualified
applicants each year from the departments represented on the tech-
nical committee. Requests for such assistance or for information on
the operations research program should be directed to these depart-
ments or to the chairman of the technical committee.

Courses for Graduates Only

OR 691 Special Topics in Operations Research 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 511, MA 541 (ST 541), enrolled for operations
research minor

Case studies exemplifying a variety of operations research applications.
Students will devote three to five weeks per case and will work in small
groups under the supervision of operations research faculty members. Re-
quired of students with an operations research minor. Graduate Staff

OR 695 Seminar in Operations Research 1 (1-0) f

Prerequisite: Enrolled for operations research minor

Seminar discussion of operations research problems. Case analyses and
reports. Graduate students with minors in operations research are expected
to attend throughout the period of their residence. Graduate Staff

ST 202 See UNC ST 202, Methods of Operations Research.
Courses in Cooperating Departments *

Control Systems and Reliability

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems
EE 613 Advanced Feedback Control
IE 522 Dynamics of Industrial Systems
IE 547 Engineering Reliability
IE 621 Inventory Control Methods

Econometrics and Economic Decision Making

EC 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments

EC 550 Mathematical Models in Economics

EC-ST 651 Econometric Methods I

EC-ST 652 Econometric Methods II

EC 665 Economic Behavior of the Organization

Information and Computer Science

Dynamical Analogies
Communication Theory
Automata and Adaptive Systems
Statistical Communication Theory
Introduction to Automatic Digital Control
Tutorial in Architecture of Computers
Processing of Natural and Artificial Languages
Tutorial in Information Retrieval
Logic for Digital Computers
Non-numeric Uses of Computers
Information Theory
Error Correcting Codes

* Courses with numbers beginning with 1 or 2 are taught on the Chapel Hill campus;
others are taught at Raleigh.

506

512

642

651

160

204

210

211

536

537

252

253

172 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Mathematical Techniques of Optimization

IE 505 (MA 505) Mathematical Programming I

ST 606 (MA 606) Mathematical Programming II

IE 607 (MA 607) Special Topics in Mathematical Programming

MA 581 Special Topics

Probability and Statistics

MA 542 (ST 542) Theory of Probability II

ST 132 Intermediate Probability

ST 613, 614 Time Series Analysis I, II

ST 617, 618 (MA 617, 618) Measure Theory and Advanced

Probability
ST 619 (MA 619) Topics in Advanced Probability
ST 235 Stochastic Processes

DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

PHI 401 Symbolic Logic 3 (3-0) f

Modern methods in logic involving formalized expression that avoids
inherent difficulties and ambiguities of ordinary language and makes possible
greater effectiveness in handling complex material.

REL 403 Religions of the World 3 (3-0) s

Background, general characteristics, and basic teachings of the major

living religions of the world; consideration of contemporary secular move-
ments that are in a sense religions.

PHI 405 Foundations of Science 3 (3-0) fs

Nature and validity of knowledge, basic concepts of modern science,
scientific method, and the implications of the philosophy of modern science
for ethics, social philosophy, and the nature of reality.

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Lewis Worth Seagondollar, Head, Willard Harrison Ben-
nett, Wesley Osborne Doggett, Harry Charles Kelly, Forrest
Wesley Lancaster, Joseph Thomas Lynn, Graduate Administrator,
Edward Raymond Manring, Jefferson Sullivan Meares, Arthur
Clayton Menius, Jr., Raymond Leroy Murray, Arthur Walter
Waltner

Professor Emeritus: Rufus Hummer Snyder

Associate Professors: William Robert Davis, Jasper Durham Memory,
Marvin Kent Moss

Assistant Professors: Grover Cleveland Cobb, Jr., Gerald Howard
Katzin, David Hamilton Martin, Jae Young Park, George William
Parker, III, Richard Roland Patty

Study in physics leading to the degrees Master of Science and
Doctor of Philosophy is available. Courses, staff, and facilities are
provided for presentation of the fundamental subject matter of
physics and for specialized study and research in several areas, as
listed below:

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 173

Nuclear Physics: Theoretical and experimental work in the fields
of low energy charged-particle physics, neutron physics, and the
statistical behavior of nuclear processes.

Space Physics: Research on phenomena in the upper atmosphere and
interplanetary space.

Plasma Physics: Studies of basic ionic processes and applications
to thermonuclear research.

Infrared Studies: Research on transmission of radiation through
planetary atmospheres and spectroscopic investigations of molecular
and solid-state structures.

Lasers: Theoretical and experimental work on the irradiation of
laser crystals, and studies relating to new laser materials.

Theoretical Physics: Theory of fields, non-inertial systems, nuclear
structure and interactions, plasmas, molecular spectroscopy, and
solid state.

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: Theoretical and experi-
mental studies of polycyclic hydrocarbons.

Programs of study leading to the Master of Science degree are
available requiring a minimum of 30 credits, including four credits
of research and two of seminar. The presentation of a thesis is also
required.

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is granted on successful comple-
tion of examinations, independent research, and the submission of
a dissertation. A minor in mathematics or other area in science is
normally elected.

All graduate students and staff are expected to attend a weekly
departmental colloquium at which topics of current interest in phy-
sics are discussed.

Extensive laboratory facilities are available for research in the
areas of specialization. These facilities include:

(a) A 1-Mev Van de Graaff accelerator with pulsing equipment
for study of neutron scattering, polarization, and diffusion.

(b) A hypersonic ionic wind tunnel for study of simulated space
environments.

(c) A plasma physics laboratory supported by a research tube-
making facility for the investigation of the stability of ion
streams.

(d) Laboratories for research in magneto-optical effects, radia-
tion detection, and radiation dosimetry.

(e) Laboratories for laser research equipped with a Cary Instru-
ments Model 14 recording spectrometer and Cobalt-60 irradia-
tor.

(f) Laboratories for infrared spectroscopy and studies of synthe-
tic planetary atmospheres and the upper atmosphere.

(g) A Varian Associates Model HA100 high resolution nuclear
magnetic resonance spectrometer with a proton stabilization
loop.

174 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

(h) The IBM 1410 Tape System, located in the Computing Center,
is available for use in research by graduate students. The
Computing Center also offers non-credit short courses in
FORTRAN programming. Plans include the acquisition of
IBM system/360 equipment.

The Department of Physics participates in the Nuclear Science
and Engineering Fellowship program of the Atomic Energy Com-
mission, and Fellowships in Health Physics are currently available
under a continuing grant from the U. S. Public Health Service. Stu-
dents are also eligible for fellowships from the Ford Foundation,
the National Science Foundation, the National Aeronautics and
Space Administration, the National Defense Education Act, and
others. Research assistantships are available supported by grants or
contracts with federal agencies, and a number of halftime teaching
assistantships in general and intermediate physics is available each
year.

Research work on nuclear chain reacting systems and on the at-
tenuation of nuclear radiation in matter is conducted cooperatively
with the Department of Nuclear Engineering. Research in biophy-
sics is done cooperatively with the Institute of Statistics.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

PY 407 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: PY 208, MA 202

A survey of the important developments in atomic and nuclear physics
of this century. Among topics covered are: atomic and molecular structure,
determination of properties of ions and fundamental particles, the origin
of spectra, ion accelerators, and nuclear reactions.

PY 410 Nuclear Physics I 4 (3-2) fs

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 407

An introduction to the properties of the nucleus, and the interaction of
radiation with matter. A quantitative description is given of natural and
artificial radioactivity, nuclear reactions, fission, fusion, and the structure
of simple nuclei.

PY 411, 412 Mechanics I, II 3 (2-2) fs

Prerequisites: PY 207 or PY 208, MA 301

A sequence of courses in intermediate theoretical mechanics, including
the dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, gravitation, moving reference
systems, and the physics of continuous media. An introduction is given to
advanced mechanics, including D'Alembert's Principle and Lagrange's equa-
tions of motion, with applications.

PY 413 Thermal Physics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PY 206 or PY 208
Corequisite: MA 301

An intermediate course in the principles of classical thermodynamics and
the kinetic theory of gases with an introduction to statistical mechanics.
Topics covered include equations of state, entropy, Maxwellian distributions,
transport processes, and the statistics of Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein,
and Fermi-Dirac.

PY 414, 415 Electricity and Magnetism I, II 3 (2-2) fs

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 208
Corequisite: MA 511

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 175

An intermediate course in the fundamentals of static and dynamic elec-
tricity and electromagnetic theory, developed from basic experimental laws.
Vector methods are introduced and employed throughout the course.

PY 416 Optics 3 (2-2) s

Prerequisite: PY 415

An intermediate course in physical optics with the major emphasis on
the wave properties of light. Subjects covered include boundary conditions,
optics of thin films, interference, diffraction, and the Lorentz atom with
applications to absorption, scattering, and laser emission.

PY 499 Special Problems in Physics 1-3 Credits by Arrangement fs
Prerequisite: Permission of department

Study and research in special topics of classical and modern physics.
Experimental measurements with emphasis on the treatment and interpre-
tation of data, literature surveys, or theoretical investigations.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

PY 501, 502 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) fs
Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 411 or PY 414

An introduction to the foundations of quantum and wave mechanics, with
solutions of the problems of the free particle, harmonic oscillator, rigid
rotating molecule, and the hydrogen atom. Approximation methods are
developed for more complex atomic systems. Mr. Cobb

PY 503, 504 Introduction to Theoretical Physics I, II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: PY 412, PY 414, MA 511

An introductory course in theoretical physics which offers preparation
for graduate study. Emphasis is on classical mechanics, special relativity,
and the motion of charged particles. Topics which are covered include the
variational principles of mechanics, Hamilton's equations, canonical trans-
formations, Hamilton-Jacobi theory, and the theory of small vibrations.

Mr. Moss

PY 507 Advanced Atomic Physics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: PY 412, PY 415
Corequisite: PY 501

A study of atomic structure and spectra, with emphasis on the analysis
of spectra. Topics include: the alkali spectra, multiplet structure, electron
spin, hyperfine structure, moments. Mr. Memory

PY 508 Physical Electronics 3 (2-3) s

Corequisite: PY 414

Statistical theory of matter, collision phenomena in ionized gases, proc-
esses at solid surfaces in vacuum and in ionized gases. Mr. Bennett

PY 509 Plasma Physics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: PY 508

Individual and collective motion of charged particles in electric and
magnetic fields and through ionized gases. Pinch effect, relativistic streams,
conductivities, and runaway electrons. Astrophysical concepts and approxi-
mations. Properties of plasmas, including waves, confinement, instabilities
and shocks, with applications. Mr. Bennett

PY 510 Nuclear Physics II 4 (3-2) f

Prerequisite: PY 410

The description and analysis of nuclear energy levels, meson theory,
nuclear resonance, atomic and molecular magnetism, and cosmic radiation.
Principles and experiments in neutron physics are discussed. In the labora-
tory work, emphasis is placed on gaining experience in independent re-
search. Mr. Waltner

176 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

PY 514, 515 Advanced Electricity and Magnetism I, II 3 (3-0) fs
Prerequisite: PY 415

An advanced treatment of electricity and magnetism and electromagnetic
theory. Topics include: techniques for the solution of potential problems,
development of Maxwell's equations; wave equations; energy, force, and
momentum relations of an electromagnetic field; covariant formulation of
electrodynamics; radiation from accelerated charges. Mr. Katzin

PY 517 Molecular Spectra 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: PY 407, PY 412; PY 507 recommended

Topics include the vibration and rotation of the molecule, nuclear spin,
and effects due to electronic motion. Transmission of infrared radiation
through atmospheric gases will be discussed, and current molecular band
models will be presented. Mr. Patty

PY 518 Radiation Hazard and Protection 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PY 410

Principles of radiation dosimetry and radiation dose units. Radiation
hazards to man. Maximum permissible levels of exposure to external and
to internal sources of radiation. Methods of providing protection.

Graduate Staff

PY 520 Physical Measurements in Radioactivity 3 (2-2) s

Prerequisite: PY 410

The principles of experimental measurements on radioactive materials
are presented and demonstrated through laboratory work. Emphasis is
placed on the analytical interpretation of experimental data.

Mr. Lynn

PY 552 Introduction to the Structure of Solids 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 407
Corequisite: PY 501

Basic considerations of crystalline solids, metals, conductors- and semi-
conductors. Mr. Memory

PY 599 Senior Research 3 credits fs

Prerequisite: Senior honors program standing, except with special
permission

Investigations in physics under the guidance of staff members. Literature
reviews, experimental measurements, or theoretical studies.

Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

PY 600 Planetary Atmospheres 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PY 507

Gas dynamics of atmospheres with emphasis on recent results of rocket,
satellite, and interplanetary probes. Theories of the airglow, aurora, and
ionosphere are developed. Mr. Manring

PY 601, 602 Theoretical Physics I, II 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: PY 503, PY 514
Corequisite: MA 661

Mathematical and theoretical approach to the relationships between
various branches of physics. The restricted theory of relativity, electro-
dynamics, the theory of electrons, classical field theory, and the general
theory of relativity are treated. Mr. Davis

PY 609 High Energy Physics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PY 510

The experimental and theoretical aspects of nuclear processes at high
energy including the classification of mesons and hyperons and their
properties, pion-nucleon and nucleon-nucleon interactions, production of

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 177

mesons and hyperons, strange particles, spallation, fragmentation, and
hyper-fragments. Mr. Waltner

PY 610 Advanced Nuclear Physics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: PY 410; PY 510 recommended
Corequisite: PY 501

A theoretical study of nuclear structure and reactions. Topics include:
the deuteron, low-energy nucleon-nucleon scattering, nuclear forces, nuclear
moments, nuclear shell theory, collective model, compound nucleus, optical
model, and direct reactions. Mr. Park

PY 611 Quantum Mechanics 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: PY 502, MA 512

Theory of quantum mechanics with applications to atomic and molecular
structure, scattering phenomena, and a semi-classical treatment of the
interaction of radiation with matter. Mr. Davis

PY 612 Advanced Quantum Mechanics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: PY 601, PY 611

Dirac's relativistic electron theory, elementary scalar and vector meson
field theory. Introduction to quantum electrodynamics and the general
theory of quantized fields. Mr. Davis

PY 621 Kinetic Theory of Gases 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: PY 501, PY 503, MA 512

The theory of molecular motions, including velocity and density distri-
bution functions; the phenomena of viscosity, heat conduction, and diffusion;
equations of state; fluctuations. Mr. Patty

PY 622 Statistical Mechanics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PY 413
Corequisite: PY 501

A treatment of classical and quantum statistical mechanics with some
applications to thermodynamics. Topics include: statistics of Maxwell-
Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac, and Bose-Einstein, canonical ensembles and grand
canonical ensembles, ideal Fermi gas, and cooperative phenomena.

Mr. Park

PY 641 Non-Inertial Space Mechanics 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: PY 601, MA 661
Corequisite: PY 602

The theoretical description of the phenomena of mechanics relating to
non-inertial frames of reference with emphasis on applications to space
travel and the instrumentation problems of rocketry. Applications to
inertial guidance and electromagnetic-inertial coupling effects are also
considered. Mr. Davis

PY 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Reports on topics of current interest in physics. Several sections are
offered so that students with common research interests may be grouped
together. Graduate Staff

PY 699 Research Credits by Arrangement

Graduate students sufficiently prepared may undertake research in some
selected field of physics. Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF PLANT PATHOLOGY

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Don Edwin Ellis, Head, Jay Lawrence Apple, Robert Ay-
cock, Carlyle Newton Clayton, Charles Bingham Davey, Teddy
Theodore Hebert, George Blanchard Lucas, Richard Robert Nel-

178 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

son, Lowell Wendell Nielsen, Charles Joseph Nusbaum, Joseph

Neal Sasser, Nash Nicks Winstead
Visiting Professors: David W. French, Frederick Lovejoy Wellman
Professor Emeritus: Samuel George Lehman
Associate Professors: Kenneth Reese Barker, William Earl Cooper,

Ellis Brevier Cowling, Charles S. Hodges, Jr., David M. Kline,

Royall Tyler Moore, Nathaniel T. Powell, John Paul Ross,

Robert T. Sherwood, David Lewis Strider, Hedwig Hirschmann

Triantaphyllou
Assistant Professors: Guy Vernon Gooding, Jr., Donald Huisingh,

Samuel Forest Jenkins, Jr., Robert Donald Milholland
Adjunct Assistant Professor : Elmer George Kuhlman

The Department of Plant Pathology is equipped with laboratory
and greenhouse facilities for graduate study in plant pathology in-
cluding special equipment for all phases of phytopathological re-
search. The wide range of soil types and climatic areas in North
Carolina makes possible the commercial production of a variety of
field, vegetable, fruit, and ornamental crops as well as forest trees.
Especially favorable opportunities exist for training in diseases
caused by nematodes, viruses, fungi, and bacteria which affect many
crops. Land facilities for experimental work are available at some
sixteen permanent research stations located throughout the state.
Student participation in the Plant Disease Clinic provides excellent
training and experience in the diagnosis of all types of plant
diseases.

Many opportunities for employment in research, extension, and
teaching are available to persons with the Master of Science or Doc-
tor of Philosophy degree in plant pathology. There are openings for
qualified persons in plant pathology research in the United States
Department of Agriculture, state experiment stations and industry.
Opportunities exist in foreign service through international and
federal organizations as well as in commercial production enter-
prises. The rapid development of agricultural chemicals for disease
control offers numerous opportunities in research, promotion, and
service activities.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

PP 500 Advanced Plant Pathology 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: PP 315 or equivalent

An advanced study of the economic importance, symptoms, disease
cycles, epiphytology and control of major groups of plant diseases.

Messrs. Jenkins, Kline

PP 503 Diagnosis of Plant Diseases 3 (1-4) summer

Prerequisite: One advanced course in plant pathology, permission of
instructor

A study of techniques used in plant disease diagnosis with emphasis on
diagnostic value of signs and symptoms for certain types of diseases.
Consideration will be given to major sources of descriptive information on
plant pathogens and the use of keys for the identification of fungi.
(Offered summer 1966 and alternate years.) Mr. Hebert

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 179

PP 575 (BO 575, MB 575) The Fungi 4 (3-3) s

Prerequisite: BO 301 or equivalent

An overview of the fungi within the framework of a survey of the
major classes. Lectures, while covering the major groups systematically,
will also include ancillary material such as aspects of ultrastructure,
environmental adaptions, sexuality, ontogeny, and economic, including
historical importance. Laboratory sessions will provide for study of both
known and unknown material to, respectively, familiarize the student with
the characteristics of the fungi and an appreciation of the problems and
methods of their classification. Mr. Moore

Courses for Graduates Only

PP 601 Phytopathology I 4 (1-6) f

Prerequisites: PP 315, permission of instructor

A study of the principles of phytopathological research. The course is
designed to apply the classical scientific method to disease investigation.
Exercises will include appraising disease problems, reviewing literature,
laboratory and greenhouse experiments and the evaluation and presentation
of data. Mr. Sherwood

PP 602 Phytopathology II 4 (2-6) s

Prerequisites: PP 315, permission of instructor

The basic concepts of the etiology, pathology, epiphytology and control

of plant diseases. Mr. Nusbaum

PP 604 Plant Parasitic Nematodes 2 (1-3) f

Prerequisite: PP 315

A study of morphology, anatomy, physiology and taxonomy of plant
parasitic nematodes. Methods of isolating nematodes from soil and plant
parts and other laboratory techniques used in the study and identification
of nematodes will be considered. Mrs. Triantaphyllou

PP 605 Plant Virology 3 (1-6) f

Prerequisites: PP 315, GN 411, and a course in organic chemistry

A study of plant viruses including effects on host plants, transmission,
classification, methods of purification, determination of properties, chemical
nature, structure and multiplication. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate years.)

Mr. Hebert

PP 607 (GN 607) Genetics of Fungi 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: GN 512 or equivalent, permission of instructor

Review of major contributions in fungus genetics with emphasis on
principles and theories that have evolved in recent developments. (Offered
1966-67 and alternate years.) Mr. Nelson

PP 608 History of Phytopathology 1 (1-0) f

Prerequisites: PP 315, permission of instructor

Development of the science of phytopathology from its early beginnings
to the early part of the 20th century. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate years.)

Mr. Ellis
PP 609 Current Phytopathological Research

under Field Conditions 2 (1-3) s

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Study of concepts involved, procedures used, and evaluation made in
current phytopathological research by plant pathology staff. Visits to
various research stations will be made by the class. Mr. Clayton

PP 611 Nematode Diseases of Plants 3 (1-4) s

Prerequisite: PP 604

A study of plant diseases caused by nematodes. Special consideration
will be given to host-parasite relationships, host ranges, and life cycles

180 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

of the more important economic species. Principles and methods of control
will be considered. Mr. Sasser

PP 612 Plant Pathogenesis 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: PP 500, permission of instructor

A study of interactions of pathogens and suscept plants. The following
major topics will be considered: hydrolytic enzyme systems involved in
tissue distintegration; role of enzymes, polysaccharides, and toxins in wilt-
ing phenomena; mode of action of toxins in altering plant metabolism, role
of growth regulators in hypertrophic responses; alterations in respiration
and other physiological processes during pathogenesis; and nature and
biochemical basis for disease resistance. (Offered 1966-67 and alternate
years.) Mr. Huisingh

PP 690 Seminar in Plant Pathology 1 (1-0) fs
Prerequisite: Permission of seminar chairman

Discussion of phytopathological topics selected and assigned by seminar

chairman. Graduate Staff

PP 699 Research in Plant Pathology Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, permission of instructor

Original research in plant pathology. Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF POLITICS

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Preston William Edsall, Head, William Joseph Block,
Fred Virgil Cahill, Jr., John Tyler Caldwell, Abraham Holtzman

No graduate degrees are offered in politics at North Carolina
State University. Graduate programs leading to advanced degrees
in this field are offered at the University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill. The courses listed below are eligible for graduate
credit when they form a part of an approved graduate program in
other departments, and work in politics may serve as a minor field.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

PS 401 American Parties and Pressure Groups 3 (3-0) f

PS 406 Problems in State Government 3 (3-0) s

PS 431 International Organization 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: PS 201 or permission of department

PS 442 Government and Planning 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PS 201 or permission of department

PS 452 (ED 452) The Legislative Process 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PS 201 or permission of department

PS 481 Political Thought: Plato to the Reformation 3 (3-0) f

PS 485 (ED 485) American Political Thought 3 (3-0) s

PS 491, 492 Seminar in Political Science 3 (3-0) fs

Required of seniors majoring or concentrating in politics; open to other
seniors and graduate students with permission of department.

PS 496 Governmental Internship and Seminar 3-6 by arrangement

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 181

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

PS 501 Modern Political Theory 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PS 201 or HI 205 or equivalent Mr. Holtzman

PS 502 (ED 502) Public Administration 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: PS 201 or PS 202 or equivalent Mr. Block

PS 510 (EC 510) Public Finance 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: The basic course in economics required by the degree grant-
ing school

PS 512 American Constitutional Theory 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: PS 201 or equivalent Messrs. Cahill, Edsall

Courses for Graduates Only

PS 691 Applied Principles of Public

Administration 2-4 by arrangement

Prerequisite: PS 502 or equivalent Graduate Staff

PS 696 Problems in Political Science 2-4 by arrangement

Prerequisite : Advanced graduate standing Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF POULTRY SCIENCE

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Henry Wilburn Garren, Head, Clifford Warren Barber,
Frank Rankin Craig, Edward Walker Glazener, Charles Horace
Hill, Jr., Morley Richard Kare

Associate Professors: William Lowry Blow, William E. Donaldson

The Department of Poultry Science offers the Master of Science
degree in poultry science. Doctoral programs are available in phy-
siology, genetics and nutrition.

The Department of Poultry Science occupies Scott Hall, a build-
ing containing well-equipped research laboratories, animal rooms,
a library and offices. Additional research facilities are located on
the University farms and on three outlying farms in western, Pied-
mont, and eastern sections of North Carolina. New facilities for
basic and applied research are under construction both on campus
and on the University farms. The research program is compre-
hensive and ranges from fundamental biochemical, physiological
and genetic investigations to poultry management problems.

The demand for men and women with advanced training in poultry
science is far greater than the supply. Many opportunities, both
domestic and foreign, exist for graduates. These include research
and teaching positions in public and private institutions, civil serv-
ice, and industry.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

PO 401 Poultry Diseases 4 (3-3) s

The major infectious, non-infectious and parasitic diseases of poultry

are studied with respect to economic importance, etiology, susceptibility,

182 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

dissemination, symptoms and lesions. Emphasis is placed upon practices
necessary for the prevention, control and treatment of each disease.

PO 402 Commercial Poultry Enterprises 4 (3-2) s

Required of majors in poultry science; elective for others with permission
of instructor.

Principles of incubation of chicken and turkey eggs; hatchery manage-
ment; organization and development of plants for the operation and main-
tenance of a commercial poultry farm for meat and egg production; study
of the types of buildings, equipment, and methods of management currently
employed by successful poultrymen in North Carolina. Problem.

PO 490 Poultry Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Required of majors in poultry science.

Current topics and problems relating to poultry science and to the
poultry industry are assigned for oral reports and discussion.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

PO 520 Poultry Breeding 3 (2-2) f

Prerequisite: GN 411

Application of genetic principles to poultry breeding, considering physical
traits and physiological characteristics — feather patterns, egg production,
hatchability, growth, body conformation and utility. Mr. Blow

PO 521 Poultry Nutrition 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221

Required of majors in poultry science; elective for others with permission
of instructor.

A study of energy, protein, carbohydrate, fat, mineral and vitamin re-
quirements for maintenance, growth and productive purposes. Emphasis
will be on the nutritive requirements of the avian species, but the com-
parative aspects of nutrition will also be discussed. Carbohydrate, fat and
amino acid digestion and metabolism will be presented in relation to
nutritive requirements. Mr. Donaldson

PO 524 (ZO 524) Comparative Endocrinology 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: ZO 421 or equivalent

Study of the endocrine system with respect to its physiological import-
ance to metabolism, growth, and reproduction. Mr. Garren

Courses for Graduates Only

PO 602 Advanced Poultry Nutrition 3 (0-6) arranged

Prerequisites: PO 521, CH 551 or equivalent

Students taking this course will conduct a research problem in poultry
nutrition. The problem will involve the designing and carrying out of chick
experiments based on biochemical considerations. The students will obtain
practice in designing nutritional experiments to obtain insight into bio-
chemical problems. Mr. Hill

PO 698 Special Problems in Poultry Science Maximum 6 fs
Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Specific problems of study are assigned in various phases of poultry

science. Graduate Staff

PO 699 Poultry Research Credits by Arrangement fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

A maximum of six credits is allowed towards a master's degree.

Appraisal of present research; critical study of some particular problem
involving original investigation. Problems in poultry breeding, nutrition,
disease, endocrinology, hematology, or microbiology. Graduate Staff

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 183

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Howard G. Miller, Head, John Oliver Cook, Harold Max-
well Corter, Slater E. Newman

Professor Emeritus: Key Lee Barkley

Associate Professors: Norman M. Chansky, Donald W. Drewes, Joseph
Clyde Johnson, Robert E. Lubow, Paul James Rust

Adjunct Associate Professor: Gilbert Gottlieb

Assistant Professors: Eugene E. Bernard, Gerald S. Leventhal

The Department of Psychology offers courses leading to the Mas-
ter of Science degree. An industrial option includes courses in the
application of scientific methods to the study of industrial behavior
based on strong research training. An experimental option provides
a program with major emphasis on the development of proficiency
in experimental methodology in psychological research. Human fac-
tors and human engineering training may be elected as part of the
industrial or experimental options. A program is offered which pro-
vides professional competence in school psychology.

All programs are designed to provide the student with solid
grounding in the basic areas of psychology. A set of required core
courses includes statistics, social psychology, experimental psy-
chology, psychology of personality, and the theory and method of
measurement.

A minimum of thirty semester hours of graduate credit is re-
quired for the master's degree, but the actual graduate program for
each student is determined on the basis of his individual needs,
interests, and accomplishments and very likely will require hours in
excess of the minimum.

Admission requirements for graduate study in the Department of
Psychology are a minimum of twenty semester credit hours in under-
graduate psychology, a "B" average in undergraduate psychology
courses, satisfactory grades in other collegiate studies, and satis-
factory references from faculty and others in regard to character
and quality of work. In some cases provisional acceptance is granted
where some of the requirements are not met.

The physical facilities for the training of graduate students in
psychology include testing, satistics, general and human engineer-
ing laboratories.

In addition to teaching and basic research activities, the Depart-
ment of Psychology carries on research for industrial, military and
other organizations. To facilitate this activity, the Industrial Psy-
chology Center has been established as a special organization with-
in the department.

A limited number of research and teaching assistantships are
available annually. These assistantships are usually based on one-
third time assignments, but are occasionally for one-half time.

184 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

PSY 411 Social Psychology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PSY 200

The individual in relation to social factors. Socialization, personality
development, communication, social conflict and social change.

Messrs. Leventhal, Miller

PSY 438 Industrial Psychology II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 337

The application of psychological principles to the problems of modern
industry; with particular emphasis on human relations and supervision.

Mr. Miller

PSY 441 Human Factors in Equipment Design 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 337 recommended

Human factors in the design of machines and other equipment. Items
of equipment are understood as extensions of man's capacity to sense,
comprehend, and control his environment. Includes problems in the psycho-
logy of information, communication, control, and invention.

PSY 464 Visual Perception for Designers 3 (2-2) s

Prerequisite: PSY 200

The nature of the seeing process and its relation to architecture, in-
dustrial arts, and to the industrial engineering and textile design fields.
Topics include the basis of sight, perception of color and form, vision and
illumination, psychological factors in visual design, and a unit of training
planned to improve the student's ability to perceive visual form.

Mr. Bernard

PSY 475 Child Psychology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PSY 200 or PSY 304

The development of the individual child of the elementary school age
will be the inclusive object of study in this course. Emphasis will be placed
upon the intellectual, social, emotional, and personality development of the
child. Physical growth will be emphasized as necessary to an understanding
of the psychological development of the pupil.

PSY 476 Psychology of Adolescence 2 (2-0) fs

Prerequisite: PSY 200

Nature and source of the problems of adolescents in western culture;
emotional, social, intellectual and personality development of adolescents.

Mr. Johnson

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

PSY 501 Experimental Psychology 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisite: Nine hours of psychology

Experimental study of problems in general and theoretical psychology
with particular emphasis on sensation and perception. Particular attention
is paid to problem formation, experimental design and experimental
methods. Effective written and oral performance by the student is a basic
objective. Mr. Bernard

PSY 502 Physiological Psychology 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of psychology, including PSY 200, PSY 201

A survey of the physiological bases of behavior including the study of
coordination, sensory processes, brain functions, emotions, and motivation.

Messrs. Bernard, Corter

PSY 504 Advanced Educational Psychology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 185

A critical appraisal of current psychological findings that are relevant
to educational practice and theory. Mr. Johnson

PSY 511 Advanced Social Psychology 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 514

A study of social relationships and their psychological bases; emphasis
on those aspects of behavior determined by personal interactions; work
will involve analysis of representative research studies, and individual
projects. Messrs. Leventhal, Miller

PSY 514 Psychological Research Design 1 (1-0) f

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in psychology

The objectives of this course are to acquaint students with current de-
velopments in theory and research in several areas of psychological in-
terests; to foster capability to derive experimentally testable hypotheses,
and experimental tests of these hypotheses; to write and speak effectively
about theory and experimentation in psychology. Graduate Staff

PSY 530 Abnormal Psychology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 302

A study of the causes, symptomatic behavior, and treatment of the
major personality disturbances, emphasis also placed on preventive mental
hygiene methods. Mr. Corter

PSY 531S Mental Deficiency 3 (2-2) summer

Prerequisites: Nine hours in psychology and special education

This will be a course in description, causation, psychological factors,
education, and sociological aspects of mental retardation. It will emphasize
the junior high and high school age group. It is designed primarily for
special class teachers of retarded children at this age level. (To be taught
in Summer Session only.) Mr. Corter

PSY 535 Tests and Measurements 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology

A study of the principles of psychological testing with emphasis on test
construction, interpretation of test performance, and use of standard tests
in research and education. Mr. Johnson

PSY 540 Human Factors 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Six hours of senior level psychology

An introduction to how the methods and techniques of experimental
psychology can be applied to the problems of designing equipment for
human use. Mr. Drewes

PSY 550 Mental Hygiene in Teaching 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology

A survey of mental hygiene principles applicable to teachers and pupils;
practical problems in prevention and treatment of psychological problems
in schools; case studies and research. Mr. Corter

PSY 565 Industrial Management Psychology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Nine hours in psychology

A study of the application of behavioral science, particularly psychology
and social psychology, to organizational and management problems.

Mr. Miller

PSY 570 Theories of Personality 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Nine hours in psychology

A survey of modern theories of personality with some emphasis on in-
telligence and cognitive factors. Mr. Corter

PSY 576 Developmental Psychology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: Nine hours in psychology, including PSY 476 or PSY 475

A survey of the role of growth and development in human behavior; par-

186 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

ticularly of the child and adolescent periods. This course will pay particular
attention to basic principles and theories in the area of developmental
psychology. Mr. Johnson

PSY 578 Individual Differences 3 (3-0) fs
Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology

Nature, extent, and practical implications of individual differences and

individual variation. Graduate Staff

PSY 591 Individual Intelligence Measurement 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PSY 570

A practicum in individual intelligence testing with emphasis on the
Wechsler-Bellevue, Stanford-Binet, report writing, and case studies.

Mr. Corter

Courses for Graduates Only

PSY 604 Advanced Experimental Psychology: Learning

and Motivation 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PSY 501 or equivalent

The objectives of this course are to promote familiarity with the kinds
of research currently being conducted within the areas of "learning and
motivation;" to foster effective performance in writing, speaking and
reading in this area, in the derivation of hypotheses capable of experi-
mental test and in the design of experiments to test them.

Messrs. Cook, Lubow, Newman

PSY 606 Behavior Theory 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: PSY 200, a course in learning, experimental psychology
and statistics

A study of the most fundamental considerations in behavior theory. Such
topics as criteria of scientific meaningfulness, the nature of scientific
explanation, the application of formal, logical techniques to theory analysis,
the nature of probability, operationism, intervening variables, etc., will be
covered. The aim of the course is to develop skill in handling theoretical
concepts, the ability to analyze and evaluate theories, to deduce hypotheses
from them, and to devise means of testing them. Mr. Cook

PSY 607 Advanced Industrial Psychology I 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: Nine hours in psychology and statistics or concurrent with
statistics

Application of scientific methods to the measurement and understanding
of industrial behavior. Messrs. Drewes, Miller

PSY 608 Advanced Industrial Psychology II 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: PSY 607

Application of scientific methods to the measurement and understanding
of industrial behavior. Messrs. Drewes, Miller

PSY 610 Theories of Learning 3 (3-0) for s

Prerequisite: PSY 604

The objectives of this course are to promote learning on the theories
currently used to explain how learning and forgetting occur so that test-
able consequences of these theories can be derived and so that the theories
and their testable consequences are capably written and spoken about.

Messrs. Cook, Newman

PSY 635 Psychological Measurement 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: ST 511 or equivalent, and twelve hours of psychology

Theory of psychological measurement. Statistical problems and tech-
niques in test construction. Mr. Drewes

PSY 640 Advanced Human Factors 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in psychology, including PSY 540, MA 421,
statistics or concurrent with statistics

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 187

This course is designed to provide the student with (1) an understanding
of the major areas of experimental and theoretical work being done in the
field of human factors engineering and (2) experience in applying the
large body of knowledge available in this field to the design of man-
machine systems. Graduate Staff

PSY 690 Seminar in Industrial Psychology 3 (3-0) fs

Scientific articles, analysis of experimental designs in industrial psy-
chology, and study of special problems of interest to graduate students in
industrial psychology. Messrs. Baldwin, Drewes, Miller

PSY 692 Personality Measurement 3 (2-3) fs

Prerequisites: PSY 570, PSY 591

Theory and practicum in individual personality testing of children and
adults with emphasis on projective techniques, other personality measures,
report writing and case studies. Mr. Corter

PSY 693 Psychological Clinic Practicum Maximum 12 fs

Prerequisite: Eight hours in psychology

Clinical participation in interviewing, counseling, psychotherapy and

administration of psychological tests. Practicum to be concerned with
adults and children. Mr. Corter

PSY 699 Research in Psychology Credits by Arrangement fs

Individual or group research problems; a maximum of six credits is
allowed toward the master's degree. Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF RURAL SOCIOLOGY

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Selz Cabot Mayo, Head, Edgar John Boone, Charles Horace
Hamilton

Associate Professors: Harry Geddie Beard, Robert John Dolan, Law-
rence William Drabick, Culpepper Paul Marsh, Glenn C. McCann,
James Neal Young

The Department of Rural Sociology offers the Master of Science
and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees.

Graduate students studying for the Doctor of Philosophy degree
usually take one semester of course work in the Department of
Sociology at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Stu-
dents seeking the Master of Science degree may take courses at
Chapel Hill. However, they will be able to complete their entire
program at North Carolina State.

The physical and educational resources of the rural sociology de-
partment available to graduate students include a departmental
library of bulletins, monographs, and other materials consisting of
several thousand items, accumulated over a period of thirty years,
and catalogued in indexed files. Laboratory equipment consists of
calculating machines, drawing table and instruments, chart making
materials, cameras, typewriters, and statistical aids. Also at the
disposal of the graduate student are automobiles for field surveys
and IBM tabulating equipment operated by the Computing Center.

The Department of Rural Sociology prepares graduate students
for a variety of positions. Men and women with graduate degrees

188 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

in rural sociology have opportunities for careers in college teach-
ing, sociological research, social statistics, social work, administra-
tion of social organizations and governmental agencies, agricultural
journalism, and in branches of the government's foreign service re-
lating to agriculture and the developing areas of the world.

Institutions offering employment to graduates are land-grant
colleges, agricultural experiment stations, and extension services;
other colleges and universities; the United States Departments of
Agriculture, State, and Health, Education and Welfare; state de-
partments of health, education and welfare; farm journals and
newspapers, and voluntary social agencies such as Red Cross, Com-
munity Chest, Boy Scouts, and National Tuberculosis Association.
Each year outstanding graduate students are awarded research or
teaching assistantships, usually requiring the devotion of half of
their time to a research project or teaching function as appropriate.
Cooperative research work in the department frequently provides
opportunities for part-time employment for other graduate students.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

RS 511 Rural Population Problems 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: RS 301

A study of population growth, rates of change, and distribution. Con-
siderable attention is given to the functional roles of population, i.e., age,
sex, race, residence, occupation, marital status, and education. The dynamic
aspects of population are stressed: fertility, mortality, and migration.
Population policy is analyzed in relation to national and international goals.
A world view is stressed throughout. Mr. Hamilton

RS 512 Rural Family Living 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: RS 301

Values, patterns, and levels of rural family living. Differentials and
factors related thereto in the world, the nation, and North Carolina.
Analysis of selected problems, programs, policies, and methods of study.

Mr. Davis

RS 513 (ED 513) Community Organization 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: RS 301

Community organization is viewed as a process of bringing about desir-
able changes in community life. Community needs and resources available
to meet these needs are studied. Democratic processes in community action
and principles of community organization are stressed, along with tech-
niques and procedures. The roles of leaders, both lay and professional, in
community development are analyzed. Mr. Mayo

RS 523 Sociological Analysis of Agricultural

Land Tenure Systems 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Three hours of sociology

A systematic sociological analysis of the major agricultural land tenure
systems of the world with major emphasis on the problems of family farm
ownership and tenancy in the United States. Mr. Hamilton

RS 534 (HI 534) Agricultural Organizations and

Movements 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Three hours of sociology

A history of agricultural organizations and movements in the United
States and Canada principally since 1865, emphasizing the Grange, the

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 189

Farmers' Alliance, the Populist revolt, the Farmers' Union, the Farm
Bureau, the Equity societies, the Nonpartisan League, cooperative market-
ing, government programs, and present problems. Mr. Noblin

RS 541 Social Systems and Planned Change 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Three hours of sociology

A study of social agencies and programs and their implementation
through specific organizations in dynamic relation with the people whom
they serve. Consideration is given to the relation of these agencies and
programs to community structure and forces in rural society; coordina-
tion of the several types of agencies and programs; professional leader-
ship in the local community; and, problems in stimulating local leader-
ship and participation. Mr. Marsh

RS 611 Research Methods in Sociology 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology

Designed to give the student a mature insight into the nature of scientific
research in sociology. Assesses the nature and purpose of research designs,
the interrelationship of theory and research, the use of selected techniques
and their relation to research designs, and the use of modern tabulation
equipment in research. Mr. McCann

RS 621 Rural Social Psychology 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology

Treats the genetic development of the rural personality and the inter-
relationship of the individual and the rural society. Studies of social
psychological factors related to rural leadership, morale, social organiza-
tion, and social change, and examines the attitudes and opinions of rural
people on current local and national issues. Mr. McCann

RS 631 Population Analysis 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology

Methods of describing, analyzing, and presenting data on human popula-
tions: distribution, characteristics, natural increase, migration, and trends
in relation to resources. Mr. Hamilton

RS 632 Rural Family 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology

Emphasis is placed on the development of an adequate sociological frame
of reference for family analysis; on discovering both the uniquely-cultural
and common-human aspects of the family by means of cross-cultural com-
parisons; on historical explanations for variability in American families
with special concern for the rural family; and on analyzing patterns of
family stability and effectiveness. Graduate Staff

RS 633 The Rural Community 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology

The rural community is viewed in sociological perspective as a function-
ing entity. A method of analysis is presented and applied to eight "dimen-
sions," with emphasis on the unique types of understanding to be derived
from measuring each dimension. Finally, the effect of change on community
integration and development is analyzed. Mr. Mayo

RS 641 (ST 641) Statistics in Sociology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ST 513

The application of statistical methods of sociological research. Emphasis
on selecting appropriate models, instruments, and techniques for the more
frequently encountered problems and forms of data. Mr. Hamilton

RS 652 Comparative Rural Societies 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology

Sociological analysis of rural societies around the world with particular
reference to North and South America. Special emphasis is given to cul-
tural and physical setting, population composition, levels of living, relation-

190 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

ship of the people to the land, structure and function of the major institu-
tions and forces making for change. Mr. McCann

RS 653 Theory and Development of Rural Sociology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology

Required of all master's and doctoral candidates in rural sociology; recom-
mended for all graduate minors.

Designed to meet two objectives: (1) to introduce the student to the
study of current sociological theory, and (2) to survey events and trends
in the historical development of rural sociology. Mr. Hamilton

RS 690 Seminar Credits by Arrangement fs

A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the master's degree, and four
credits toward the doctorate.

Appraisal of current literature; presentation of research papers by
students; progress reports on departmental research; review of developing
research methods and plans; reports from scientific meetings and confer-
ences; other professional matters. Graduate Staff

RS 699 Research in Rural Sociology Credits by Arrangement fs

Prerequisite: Permission of graduate study committee chairman

Planning and execution of research, and preparation of manuscript under
supervision of graduate committee. Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Selz Cabot Mayo, Head, Elmer Hubert Johnson

Associate Professors : Herbert Collins, Horace Darr Rawls, James Neal

Young
Assistant Professor: Edward Charles Lehman, Jr.

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

SOC 401 Human Relations in Industrial Society 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor

Selected societies about the world are contrasted with American society
to demonstrate the correlation between technology and general behavior
patterns, both within industry and in the total social order. The patterns
of adjustment by the individual to the organizational framework (business
concern, manufacturing enterprise, etc.) are analyzed in terms of social
status, social roles, work norms, and attitudes. The social significance of
major characteristics of contemporary industry is considered in terms of
such topics as enlargement of the geographic bounds of the human com-
munity, development of occupational specialization, alteration of the char-
acter of inter-group inter-action, and the growing integration of American
culture. The interrelationships between industry and social change are dis-
cussed to show the effect of new social conditions upon industrial operations
and the effect of technological change upon the family, school, church, and
government. The contribution of industry to social progress is analyzed to
promote the student's understanding of the dynamic quality of the social
environment within which he will function.

SOC 402 Urban Sociology 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: SOC 202, permission of instructor

The course begins with a study of the factors behind the organic growth
of cities. The relationship between the physical design of cities and their
social organization is discussed. This is followed by a detailed analysis of
new developments in the serving of human needs (adequate housing, and

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 191

the design of physical and social structures for religious, educational, public
welfare, and recreational activities). Socio-psychological aspects of life in
an urbanized society are compared with those of predominantly agricultural
societies. The increasing integration of urban and rural living is empha-
sized. Finally, the changing character of uban life is seen in the resulting
demand for city and regional planning and the use of administrative per-
sonnel having both technical and social backgrounds.

SOC 405 Social Work I 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: SOC 202, permission of instructor

An introductory course, designed to acquaint students with the various
types of public and private social work and with remedial and preventive
programs in applied sociology; social psychiatry, health, public welfare,
and recreation.

SOC 406 Social Work II 3 (2-2) fs

The subjects covered include emergence and present status of social work
as a profession, roles, role conflict, and the generic base of methods in
social work. Attention is focused on casework, group work and community
organization. Some time is devoted to research efforts and to modes of
administration. Each student is given an opportunity to participate in the
current operations of one agency in the community.

SOC 411 Community Relationships 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: SOC 202, permission of instructor

A survey of the institutions, organizations, and agencies to be found in
modern communities; the social conditions or problems, such as recreation,
health, welfare, etc., with which they deal; their inter-relationship and the
trend toward over-all planning.

SOC 414 Social Structure 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: Six hours in sociology, permission of instructor

Studies of the major social institutions and systems of stratification;
the organization of social systems as, for example, religion, education, and
government; the functions of such structural components as age and sex
groups, vocational and professional groups, and social classes.

SOC 416 Research Methods 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: Nine hours in sociology, permission of instructor

An analysis of the principle methods of social research; the development
of experiments; schedules and questionnaires; the measurement of be-
havior.

SOC 418 (RS 418, ED 418) Educational Sociology 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: Three hours in sociology

An investigation of the educational institution in a sociological frame-
work. Analyzes the school as a social system, roles of the functionaires of
education, relationships within the student body, effects of social factors
upon the learning experience, reciprocal school-community relationships,
adult education, and higher education in American society.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

SOC 501 (ED 501) Leadership 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent

A study of leadership in various fields of American life; analysis of the
various factors associated with leadership; techniques of leadership. Par-
ticular attention is given to recreational, scientific, and executive leader-
ship procedures. Mr. Young

SOC 502 Society, Culture, and Personality 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent

Human personality is studied from its origins in primary groups through

192 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

its development in secondary contacts and its ultimate integration with
social norms. While comparative anthropological materials will be drawn
upon, emphasis is placed upon the normal personality and the adjustment
of the individual to our society and to our culture. The dynamics of per-
sonality and character structure are analyzed in terms of the general
culture patterns and social institutions of society. Mr. Rawls

SOC 505 The Sociology of Rehabilitation 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent

The course stresses the social and cultural implications of the rehabilita-
tion approach. Emphasis is placed upon the social and personal problems
of physically and mentally handicapped persons. The interrelationships of
the major social environments are considered at length in this regard.
Objectives of the rehabilitation processes are analyzed in terms of the
sociology of work. A major portion of the course is devoted to rehabilita-
tion as a profession, particular attention being given to the diverse roles
of specialists in this field. Graduate Staff

SOC 510 Industrial Sociology 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent

Industrial relations are analyzed as group behavior with a complex and
dynamic network of rights, obligations, sentiments, and rules. This social
system is viewed as an interdependent part of total community life. The
background and functioning of industrialism are studied as social and
cultural phenomena. Specific social problems of industry are analyzed.

Graduate Staff

SOC 511 Sociological Theory 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: Six hours in sociology, graduate standing or permission of
instructor

Study of the interdependence of theory and method; the major theoreti-
cal and methodological systems; and examination of selected cases of re-
search in which theory and method are classically combined.

Mr. Rawls

SOC 590 Applied Research 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent

A study of the research process with particular emphasis upon its appli-
cation to action problems. The development of research design to meet
action research needs receives special attention. Mr. Marsh

DEPARTMENT OF SOIL SCIENCE

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Ralph J. McCracken, Head, William Victor Bartholomew,

Charles Bingham Davey, James Walter Fitts, Eugene J. Kam-

prath, William A. Jackson, James Fulton Lutz, Charles B.

McCants, William Garland Woltz, William Walton Woodhouse,

Jr.
Associate Professors: Jack V. Baird, Stanley Walter Buol, Maurice

Gayle Cook, George A. Cummings, Preston Harding Reid, Richard

J. Volk, Sterling Barg Weed
Visiting Associate Professor: Arvel Hatch Hunter
Assistant Professors: Frederick Russell Cox, James W. Gilliam, Robert

E. McCollum, Clifford K. Martin
Visiting Assistant Professors: Robert Bancroft Cates, James Lester

Walker, Donovan L. Waugh

The Department of Soil Science offers training leading to the
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the fields

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 193

of soil chemistry, soil fertility, soil physics, soil genesis, soil micro-
biology, and soil conservation.

Modern facilities are provided for soils graduate teaching and
research in Williams Hall. Office and laboratory space is assigned
each student. Literature relative to soils and related subjects is
maintained in a departmental library. Facilities for graduate re-
search include radioactive and stable isotope laboratories contain-
ing automatic recording scalers and liquid scintillation apparatus,
a mass spectrometer, amino acid analyzer, X-ray diffraction ap-
paratus with fluorescence, differential thermal analysis, infrared
spectrophotometer, atomic absorption spectrophotometer, polarizing
microscope, high speed centrifuges, thin sectioning apparatus, and
other modern equipment. Photomicrographic equipment is avail-
able for photographing thin sections and microorganisms.

Service laboratories for soil and plant analyses are available as
well as special preparation rooms for soil and plant samples. Green-
houses and growth chambers situated at the rear of Williams Hall
are easily accessible for controlled plant studies. Field experiments
are made on the sixteen research farms and four experimental
forests owned or operated by the state. Located throughout North
Carolina, the farms and forests include a wide variety of soil and
climatic conditions. One of the largest and best equipped soil test-
ing laboratories in the United States is operated by the North Caro-
lina Department of Agriculture in Raleigh. Special studies on
various problems of soil testing can be made in conjunction with
this laboratory.

Strong supporting departments greatly increase the graduate stu-
dent's opportunities for a broad and thorough training. Included
among those departments in which graduate students in soil science
work cooperatively or obtain instruction are crop science, biological
and agricultural engineering, botany, chemistry, economics, forest
management, geology, mathematics, plant pathology, physics, and
statistics.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

SSC 511 Soil Physics 4 (3-3) f

Prerequisites: SSC 200, PY 212

Physical constitution and analyses; soil structure, soil water, soil air
and soil temperature in relation to plant growth. Mr. Lutz

SSC 522 Soil Chemistry 4 (3-3) s

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 553, CH 433 or equivalent

A consideration of the chemical and colloidal properties of clay and soil
systems, including ion exchange and retention, soil solution reactions, solva-
tion of clays, and electrokinetic properties of clay-water systems.

Mr. Weed

SSC 524 Mass Spectrometry 2 (1-3) s

Prerequisites: SSC 302, CH 433 or equivalent

An examination of theoretical and analytical aspects of mass spectro-
metry and stable isotopic techniques; application of these methods to bio-
chemical research. (Offered 1966-67 and alternate years.)

Mr. Volk

194 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

SSC 532 (MB 532) Soil Microbiology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: SSC 302, BO 312, CH 220

The more important microbiological processes that occur in soils; de-
composition of organic materials, ammonification, nitrification, and nitro-
gen fixation. Mr. Bartholomew

SSC 541 Soil Fertility 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: SSC 302, SSC 341

Soil conditions affecting plant growth and the chemistry of soil and
fertilizer interrelationships. Factors affecting the availability of nutrients.
Methods of measuring nutrient availability. Mr. Kamprath

SSC 551 Soil Morphology, Genesis and Classification 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: SSC 200; SSC 302 or SSC 341; MIG 120

Morphology : Study of concepts of soil horizons and soil profiles and
chemical, physical and mineralogical parameters useful in characterizing
them. Genesis: Critical study of soil forming factors and processes. Classi-
fication: Critical evaluation of historical development and present concepts
of soil taxonomy with particular reference to great soil groups as well as
discussion of logical basis of soil classification Mr. Buol

SSC 553 Soil Mineralogy 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 341, MIG 330 or equivalent

Composition, structure, classification, identification, origin, occurrence,
and significance of soil minerals with emphasis on primary weatherable
silicates, layer silicate clays, and sesquioxides. Messrs. Cook, Weed

SSC 560 North Carolina Soils and Their Management 3 (3-0) summer
Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 302 or SSC 341

Field studies of selected soil series in the coastal plain, Piedmont and
mountain areas of North Carolina. Discussion of management practices
that should be associated with the various soils under different types of
farming. (Offered summer of 1967 and alternate years.)

Messrs. Kamprath, McCracken

SSC 590 Special Problems Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 302

Special problems in various phases of soils. Problems may be selected
or will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent and cur-
rent research. Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

SSC 622 Physical and Chemical Properties of Soils 4 (4-0) s

Prerequisites: SSC 511, SSC 522, CH 433, MA 301 or equivalent

An examination in depth of current ideas concerning the physics and
chemistry of soil and clay systems. Topics will include ion exchange,
molecular adsorption, electrokinetics, relations between mineral structures,
and their physical and chemical properties, and the properties of adsorbed
water. Emphasis will be determined by student interest and by current
literature. (Offered 1966-67 and alternate years.) Mr. Weed

SSC 651 Pedology 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisites: SSC 522, SSC 511

A critical study of current theories and concepts in soil genesis and
morphology; detailed study of soil taxonomy. Topics include weathering
and clay mineral genesis as related to soil morphology and genesis,
functional analyses of soil genesis, properties of and processes responsible
for soil profiles formed under various sets of soil forming factors, classifi-
cation theory and logic as applied to soil classification, structure of soil
classification schemes. Any of these topics may be emphasized, according
to student interests. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate years.)

Mr. McCracken

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 195

SSC 672 Soil Properties and Plant Development 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: CH 551, SSC 522 or equivalent

A detailed examination of the effects of soil factors in the development
of crop plants. Segments of the course will treat soil transformation
processes of both organic and inorganic constituents, concepts of nutrient
availability, and the relation of plant development indices to specific soil
properties. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate years.) Mr. Jackson

SSC 690 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in soil science

A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the master's degree, but
any number toward the doctorate.

Scientific articles, progress reports in research and special problems of
interest to agronomists reviewed and discussed. Graduate Staff

SSC 693 Colloquium in Soil Science Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in soil science

Seminar-type discussions and lectures on specialized and advanced topics
in soil science.

SSC 699 Research Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in soil science

A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the master's degree, but
any number toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff

SCHOOL OF TEXTILES

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors : Malcolm Eugene Campbell, Dean, Clarence Monroe Asbill,
Jr., John Francis Bogdan, Kenneth Stoddard Campbell, David
Marshall Cates, Graduate Administrator in Textile Chemistry,
Elliot Brown Grover, Dame Scott Hamby, Graduate Administrator
in Textile Technology, Joseph Alexander Porter, Jr., Henry Ames
Rutherford, William Edward Shinn, Robert W. Work

Visiting Professor: Harley Young Jennings

Associate Professors: Richard D. Gilbert, Thomas H. Guion, Arthur
Courtney Hayes, William Clifton Stuckey, Jr.

Assistant Professors : Ernest Bezold Berry, Bhupender S. Gupta

The School of Textiles offers programs leading to the Master
of Science in Textile Technology, Master of Textile Technology,
and Master of Science in Textile Chemistry.

The fundamental objectives of the graduate program in the
School of Textiles are to develop the student's ability to initiate
and conduct independent investigations which lead to the develop-
ment of new knowledge, and to stimulate the thought processes asso-
ciated with learning and decision making. These objectives are ac-
complished through programs designed to increase the general knowl-
edge of the student and to develop a more comprehensive understand-
ing of the major field through study and research.

The program of study for the graduate student in textile technology
may be arranged to develop a broad background in advanced tech-
nology and, at the same time, emphasize areas such as fiber
and yarn technology, fabric technology, knitting technology, or
quality control. Students may minor in such fields as experimental

196 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

statistics, economics, mathematics, physics, engineering, psychology,
and political science.

The programs of study for the Master of Science degree include
a minimum of 30 semester credit hours of advanced courses, including
a thesis based on research conducted by the student, and proficiency in
one foreign language. The plan of course work and the research
activities for the Master of Science degree are designed to prepare
the student for a career in research, quality control, and other tech-
nical phases of the textile industry. The student is also prepared to
continue his educational program to more advanced degrees. The
minimum requirement for a Master of Textile Technology is the
satisfactory completion of 36 semester credit hours of advanced
courses. There is no thesis or foreign language requirement for
the Master of Textile Technology. This program is designed to offer
the student advanced technology without the emphasis on research.
Students pursuing this degree are encouraged to minor in economics
with emphasis in the area of management.

In the Department of Textile Technology current research activi-
ties include fundamental studies of man-made fiber properties, char-
acterization of combed and carded yarns, influence of variation in
linear density of in-process materials as related to finished product
quality, and processing problems as associated with the newest de-
velopments in materials and supplementary equipment.

In the Department of Textile Chemistry research emphasis is on
absorption studies, textile chemical processes, new materials and
new methods, and modification of fibrous polymers. The objective of
the graduate program is to stimulate basic research and to train
scientists at the graduate level in the general field of fiber chemis-
try. Strong supporting programs are maintained in chemistry, chemi-
cal engineering, mathematics, experimental statistics, and physics.

The physical resources of the School of Textiles are at the dis-
posal of all graduate students. Separate research laboratories for
both physical and chemical investigations are available for grad-
uate research. The research and educational programs of the school
have facilitated the development of a competent staff of instructors
and researchers. A shop is available in Nelson Textile Building for
construction and maintenance of apparatus.

A number of teaching assistantships and research fellowships are
available. The stipends range from $1,800 to $3,600, with some fel-
lowships including tuition and fees.

The demand by industry and educational institutions for graduates
with advanced degrees constantly exceeds the supply. The financial
remuneration is not only larger, but professional development and
recognition are generally more readily attained.

For a description of courses offered by the School of Textiles,
see Textile Chemistry, page 197, and Textile Technology, page 198.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 197

DEPARTMENT OF TEXTILE CHEMISTRY

(For a listing of graduate faculty and other information, see School
of Textiles, page 195.)

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

TC 403, 404 Textile Chemical Technology 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: TC 304, CH 223
Required of seniors in textile chemistry.

The chemistry involved in the wet processing of fibrous systems,
especially dyeing, printing and finishing. The course emphasizes principles
and includes a study of the various classes of dyes and their application
to all important textile fibers and blends of fibers; preparatory and bleach-
ing processes; roller printing and print formulations for important dye
classes; nature and application of finishes for textiles. Mr. Campbell

TC 405, 406 Textile Chemical Technology Laboratory 2 (0-6) fs

Required of seniors in textile chemistry.

To be taken concurrently with TC 403 or 404. Two 3-hour laboratories
per week.

TC 412 Textile Chemical Analysis II 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: CH 215, TC 304

Required of students in textile chemistry.

Analysis of textile materials involving specialized instruments, and
techniques such as spectrophotometry, pH measurements, electrometric
titration, viscometry, etc.

TC 421 Fabric Finishing I 2 (2-0) s

Prerequisite: TC 201

Students in textile chemistry may not take this course for degree credit.

A general course in fabric finishing designed for students not majoring
in textile chemistry. Emphasis placed on finishes used on garment-type
fabrics, including stabilization finishes, water repellency, crease resistance,
moth and mildew proofing, fire-proofing, etc. Emphasis on chemistry of
finishes varied to fit requirements of students.

TC 461 (CH 461) Chemistry of Fibers 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CH 223

Required of seniors in textile chemistry.

A lecture course emphasizing the theory of fiber structure; the relation-
ship between the chemical structure and physical properties of natural
and man-made fibers; the nature of the chemical reactions which produce
degradation of fibers; the production of man-made fibers.

Mr. Rutherford

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

TC 501 Seminar in Textile Chemistry 2 (2-0) s

Prerequisite: TC 403

Required of seniors in textile chemistry.

The course is designed to familiarize the student with the principal
sources of textile chemical literature and to emphasize the importance of
keeping abreast of developments in the field of textile chemistry. Particular
attention is paid to the fundamentals of technical writing. (Reports.
Lectures arranged.) Mr. Campbell

TC 521 Textile Chemical Analysis III 3 (2-3) fs

Prerequisite : TC 421 or equivalent

198 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Elective for students in textile technology; no credit allowed for students
majoring in textile chemistry.

The work includes a survey of organic chemistry, with emphasis on
organic surfactants, warp sizes, and fabric finishes of all types; the
identification of fibers by chemical means; the qualitative and quantitative
analysis of fiber blends by chemical means, the identification of finishes;
the evaluation techniques for dyed and finished materials.

Graduate Staff

TC 562 (CH 562) Chemistry of High Polymers 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CH 431

Principles of condensation and free radical polymerization; kinetics and
molecular weight description; copolymerization and composition; emulsion
polymerization; structure. Messrs. Cates, Gilbert

Courses for Graduates Only

TC 605 Physical Chemistry of Dyeing 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: CH 433

Development of principles of thermodynamics, emphasizing applications
in dye and fiber chemistry. Mr. Cates

TC 606 Chemistry of Fiber-Forming High Polymers 3 (3-0) f

Prerequisite: CH 431

Structure and properties of fibers; thermodynamics of sorption and
solution; solution properties; molecular weight determination; flow prop-
erties; mechanical properties. Mr. Cates

TC 698 Seminar for Textile Chemistry 1 (1-0) fs

Discussion of scientific articles of interest to textile industry; review
and discussion of student papers and research problems.

Graduate Staff
TC 699 Textile Research for Textile

Chemistry Credits by Arrangement

Problems of specific interest to the textile industry will be assigned for
study and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be em-
phasized. Attention will be given to the preparation of reports for
publication. The master's thesis may be based upon the data obtained.

Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY

(For a listing of graduate faculty and other information, see School
of Textiles, page 195.)

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates

TX 430 Continuous Filament Yarns 3 (2-2) fs

Prerequisite: TX 303

Required of students in fiber and yarn technology and knitting technology;
elective for others.

A study of properties and processes applicable only to filament yarns
such as texturizing and bulking. Detailed studies of throwing systems,
engineering requirements of equipment, and yarn property changes result-
ing from processing.

TX 436 Staple Fiber Processing 3 (2-2) fs

Prerequisite: TX 303

Required of students in fiber and yarn technology; elective for others.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 199

A study of special systems of processing long, staple, natural and man-
made fibers, including woolen, worsted, direct spinning, Turbo Stapler,
or Pacific Converter, and sliver to yarn methods. New concepts and
research findings as applied to all yarn processes.

TX 441 Flat Knitting 3 (2-2) f

Prerequisite: TX 342

Required of seniors in knitting technology; elective for others.

A study of the leading types of flat knitting machines including warp
knitting machines, design possibilities and fabric adaptability.

TX 442 Knitted Fabrics 3 (2-2) fs

Prerequisite: TX 342

Required of seniors in textile technology and knitting technology.

Design, analysis, and production of knitted fabrics, including flat,
circular, and warp types. The economic aspects of the knitting process as
a method of clothing production. Introduction to garment design, production
and marketing.

TX 444 Garment Manufacture 3 (2-2) s

Prerequisite: TX 342

Required of seniors in knitting technology; elective for others.

A study of circular latch needle and spring needle machines for knitted
fabric production. Styling, cutting and seaming of the basic garment
types for underwear and outerwear, standard seam types; high-speed
sewing machines.

TX 447, 448 Advanced Knitting Laboratory 2 (0-4) fs

Prerequisite: TX 342

Required of seniors in knitting technology; elective for others.

Systematic study of circular hosiery mechanisms; hosiery types and
constructions. Seamless hosiery production methods utilizing the newer
synthetic yarns, toe closing methods, finishing processes, and marketing
are emphasized.

TX 449 Tricot Knitting 3 (2-2) s

Prerequisite: TX 342
Elective for juniors and seniors.

A study of basic types of tricot knitting machines with emphasis on
mechanisms and fabrics. Attention is given to warp preparation methods
applicable to the tricot machine, the characteristics of yarn made from
natural and synthetic fibers as they affect processing into warp knitted
fabrics, machine settings for proper qualities and ratios; economics of warp
knitting, and end uses. Attention is given to fabric design and analysis.

TX 478 Design and Weaving 3 (2-2) fs

Prerequisite: TX 366

Required of students in fabric technology; elective for others.

Advanced study of special weave formations and the techniques and
equipment necessary to form these fabrics. Studies in depth of new
developments and research findings in the areas of warp preparation,
design, weaving and fabric formation.

TX 483 Textile Cost Methods 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisites: TX 303, TX 365

Required of seniors in textiles except those in management option.

A survey of cost methods applicable to textile operations with emphasis
on decision making as related to costing and cost control.

TX 485 Mill Design and Organization 4 (3-2) fs

Prerequisites: TX 303, TX 365

Required of students in textile technology curriculum; for seniors in final
semester only.

200 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Application of economic principles to textile factoring, hedging, and
other buying and selling problems. Inventory control, organization, and
departmental functions of textile companies. Technical problems of plant
site selection, plant design and layout, and selection of equipment. Layout
of a mill by each student.

TX 490 Development Project I 1-3 f s

Prerequisites: Senior standing, permission of instructor

A problem of independent study assigned to seniors in the major field
of study serving also as the laboratory period for senior level courses.
(Laboratory hours arranged.)

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

TX 521 Textile Testing II 3 (2-2) f

Prerequisite: TX 327

Advanced techniques for measuring properties of natural and man-made
fibers, yarns, and fabrics. Interrelations of raw material quality, process-
ing characteristics, and end product properties. The application of the
laws of physical sciences to evaluation of textile materials.

Messrs. Hamby, Stuckey

TX 522 Textile Quality Control 3 (2-2) s

Prerequisite: TX 521

Quality control systems for textile operations. Defect prevention
methods, isolation of processes contributing to substandard quality,
relationship between quality control department and operating division.
Laboratory design, equipment and personnel selection, installation of
quality control systems. Messrs. Hamby, Stuckey

TX 525 Advanced Textile Microscopy 2 (1-2) fs

Prerequisite: TX 327

Experiments, lectures and demonstrations in more advanced techniques
of textile microscopy. Detailed studies of structures of fibers covered in
lecture series, supplemented by experiments on lecture topics. Detailed
study of all types of microscopes and their uses in textiles. Preparation
of slides for photography. Uses of photomicrographic equipment.

Mr. Stuckey

TX 551 Complex Woven Structures 3(2-2)s

Prerequisite: TX 478

The development of design specifications for complex fabrics as related
to fabric geometry, functional and aesthetic properties and manufacturing
limitations. Mr. Berry

TX 575 Fabric Analytics and Characteristics 3 (3-0) fs

Prerequisite: TX 302 or TX 366 or TC 511

Analysis and study of textile fabrics to determine the composite effects
of yarn and fiber properties. Fabric design features that are related
to mechanical as well as aesthetic properties. Engineering and fabrics
based on utilization of other mixtures and homogeneous blends of natural
and man-made fibers. Messrs. Berry, Porter

TX 590 Special Projects in Textiles 1 to 3 f s

Prerequisites: TX 327, senior standing, permission of instructors

Special studies in either the major or minor field of the advanced
undergraduate or graduate student. These special studies will take the
form of current problems of the industry, independent investigations in
the areas of textile testing and quality control, seminars and technical
presentations, both oral and written. Graduate Staff

TX 591 Special Topics 1 to 4 fs

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 201

Critical study of current and advanced topics in textiles.

Graduate Staff

TX 598 Textile Technology Seminar 2 (2-0) fs

Prerequisites: Senior standing, permission of instructor

Lecture and discussion periods are designed for students who are
particularly interested in the yarn manufacturing aspects of the textile
industry. Subject matter will include such various aspects as training
methods, safety programs, modern mill design, specialized techniques in
setting rates, employee relations, and developments that arise from
technical meetings. Mr. Grover, Graduate Staff

Courses for Graduates Only

TX 601, 602 Staple Fiber Structures 3 (2-2) fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Studies of advanced techniques in textile production; the technological
aspects of fiber properties in relation to processing; studies of research
findings and application of these to processing equipment.

Messrs. Bogdan, Grover, Hamby

TX 621 Textile Testing III 2 (2-0) s

Prerequisite: TX 522 or equivalent

Design of textile laboratories, including conditioning equipment and
instruments required for specific needs: performance of tests and analysis
of data on industrial problems; specialized physical tests; inter-laboratory
tests and analysis; study of A.S.T.M. specifications and work on task
groups for the A.S.T.M. Society. Messrs. Gupta, Hamby

TX 631 Synthetic Fibers 2 (2-0) fs

Prerequisite: TX 430 or TX 436 or equivalent

Lectures and projects on advanced problems relative to the properties
and processing of man-made continuous filament and staple fiber yarns.

Messrs. Grover, Hamby

TX 641, 642 Advanced Knitting Systems and Mechanisms 3 (3-0) fs
Prerequisite: TX 441 or equivalent

A critical study of inventions which have contributed to the development
of tV modern knitting industry; knitting needles and their adaption for
specific uses; means for mounting them for individual and en masse
operation; construction and functioning of cooperating elements including
sliders, jacks, sinkers, dividers, pressing elements, narrowing and tension-
ing and draw-off motions, regulating mechanisms, timing and control chains
and cams. Use will be made of patent literature which covers important
developments in the hosiery industry. Mr. Shinn

TX 643, 644 Knitting Technology 3 (1-4) fs

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, eight credits in knitting technology

Problems of specific interest to the knitting industry will be assigned
for study and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be
emphasized. Attention will be given to the preparation of reports for
publication. Graduate Staff

TX 651, 652 Fabric Development and Construction 3 (1-4) fs

Prerequisite: Graduate standing

Application of advanced technology to the development and construction
of woven fabrics. Mr. Porter

TX 698 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

Discussion of scientific articles of interest to the textile industry; review
and discussion of student papers and research problems.

Graduate Staff

202 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

TX 699 Textile Research Credits by Arrangement

Graduate Staff

DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY

GRADUATE FACULTY

Professors: Bernard Stephen Martof, Head, Frederick Schenck Bar-
kalow, Jr., Daniel Swartwood Grosch, Reinard Harkema, Don
William Hayne, Thomas Lavelle Quay, Ralph Winston Stacy

Professor Emeritus: Bartholomew Brandner Brandt

Adjunct Professor: Theodore Roosevelt Rice

Associate Professors: Charles Walter Alliston, William Walton
Hassler, Francis Eugene Hester, Robert E. Lubow, Lawrence E.
Mettler, Grover Cleveland Miller, John Anthony Santolucito,
Alastair McDonald Stuart

Assistant Professors: John Eyres Hobbie, Donald Bion Horton

Adjunct Assistant Professors : Joseph William Angelovic, Thomas Wade
Duke, Claire L. Schelske, John G. Vandenbergh

The Department of Zoology offers to qualified students the oppor-
tunity to earn the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy
degrees. Students may specialize in many areas: behavior, general
ecology, population dynamics, limnology, marine biology, fisheries
biology, wildlife biology, taxonomy and ecological life histories of
parasites, comparative morphology and systematics of vertebrates,
cellular and comparative physiology, and endocrinology.

The department is located in Gardner Hall where facilities for
a wide variety of research activities are available. A two-million
dollar addition to Gardner Hall will be completed by the fall of 1966.
Excellent opportunity for many types of ecological studies is pro-
vided in the extensive natural areas of state parks; some are only
six miles from campus. Several off -campus laboratories have recently
been constructed and are available to students and staff:

(1) The Radiobiological Laboratory at Beaufort, North Carolina,
is supported by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and by the
Atomic Energy Commission. Studies of productivity, cycling of ele-
ments through the marine environment, and effects of radionuclides
on morphology and physiology of marine organisms are in progress.
Modern research laboratories with special facilities for irradiating
and maintaining organisms are provided.

(2) The Hatteras Marine Laboratory is located at the southern
end of Hatteras Island, North Carolina, where a variety of interest-
ing biological habitats occur. Cape Hatteras is the closest point to
the Gulf Stream north of Daytona Beach, Florida. Both northern
and southern faunas are found in adjacent waters. Recently the
main building was completely renovated. It contains offices and
laboratories for general use. Another building located on the water-
front houses a large dissecting room and facilities for maintaining
live specimens.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 203

(3) The Pamlico Estaurine Laboratory is a newly established
facility located near Aurora, North Carolina. The research at this
facility is primarily concerned with biological productivity and
population dynamics. The physical facilities include a seven-room
laboratory as well as living quarters for the resident director. Addi-
tional laboratory space and a dormitory for visiting scientists and
graduate students will soon be available.

By mutual agreement, a student may choose to do research with
any member of the graduate staff. A student will make up a plan of
study after discussing his interests and objectives with his major
professor and advisory committee. Those courses will be selected
which best prepare him for his particular interests. Advanced
courses in other departments provide a variety of subjects for minor
fields of study: botany, entomology, genetics, statistics, biomathe-
matics, biochemistry, psychology, and other related sciences. The
student is given the opportunity to develop a high order of inde-
pendent thought, broad knowledge, technical skills, and thorough
training in investigative techniques. Strong emphasis is placed on
active participation in seminars, practice in the methods of original
research and preparation of manuscripts for publication in scien-
tific journals.

A variety of positions is open to students holding advanced de-
grees. There is a great need for professional zoologists in teaching
and research in institutions of higher learning and in industry.
Research personnel are especially in demand in behavior, physiology
and other medically related sciences. Numerous positions with the
Fish and Wildlife Service, the Soil Conservation Service, the Forest
Service, and the Park Service are open to zoologists.

A prospective student must submit Graduate Record Examination
scores for the verbal, quantitative, and advanced tests with the ap-
plication for admission.

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates

ZO 510 Adaptive Behavior of Animals 4(3-3)f

Prerequisite: ZO 421 or permission of instructor

The comparative study of animal behavior including a treatment of the
physiological mechanisms involved in behavior and the adaptive significance
of behavior. Both invertebrates and vertebrates will be studied.

Mr. Stuart

ZO 513 Comparative Physiology 4 (3-3) f

Prerequisite: ZO 421

An advanced treatment of the nervous, circulatory, respiratory, and
digestive systems. Lectures, collateral reading, and laboratory experiments
will emphasize basic physiological mechanisms. Mr. Santolucito

ZO 515 Growth and Reproduction of Fishes 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites or Corequisites : GN 411, ZO 420, ZO 441

The biology of fishes: physiology, anatomy, pathology, behavior, and
genetics. This course is designed especially for graduate students in
fisheries. Several trips to research laboratories will be taken.

Mr. Hester

204 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

ZO 517 Population Ecology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisites: ZO 442; ST 511 or equivalent

The dynamics of natural populations. Current work, theories and
problems dealing with population growth, fluctuations, limitation and
patterns of dispersion, the ecological niche, food chains and energy flow.

Mr. Hayne

ZO 519 Limnology 4 (3-3) f

Prerequisite: ZO 442 or equivalent

A study of inland waters. Lectures dealing with physical, chemical, and
biological factors that affect freshwater organisms. General principles are
illustrated in the laboratory and in the field. Mr. Hobbie

ZO 524 (PO 524) Comparative Endocrinology 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: ZO 421 or equivalent

Study of the endocrine system with respect to its importance to meta-
bolism, growth and reproduction. Laboratory techniques and demonstrations.

Merrs. Garren, Santolucito

ZO 532 See GN 532, Biological Effects of Radiations. 3 (3-0) s

ZO 540 See GN 540, Evolution. 3 (3-0) f

ZO 542 Herpetology 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: ZO 223, ZO 421

The biology of the amphibians and reptiles : systematics, life history,
anatomy, behavior, physiology, and ecology. Graduate Staff

ZO 544 Mammalogy 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisites: BS 100, ZO 201 and permission of instructor

The classification, indentification, and ecology of the major groups of
mammals. Mr. Barkalow

ZO 550 See GN 550, Experimental Evolution. 3 (3-0) s

ZO 553 Principles of Wildlife Science 5 (3-4) f

Prerequisites: ZO 223, ZO 442

The principles of wildlife management and their application are studied
in the laboratory and in the field. Mr. Barkalow

ZO 555 (MB 555) Protozoology 4 (2-6) f

Prerequisite: ZO 450 or equivalent

The biology of the protozoa: morphology, physiology, ecology, genetics,
reproduction, evolution, systematics, and life-cycles of both free-living and
parasitic taxa. Laboratory study will stress recognition of selected forms
and demonstrate techniques used to prepare specimens for microscopic
examinations. Graduate Staff

ZO 581 Parasitology I 4 (2-4) f

Prerequisite: ZO 223, ZO 315 or equivalent

The study of the morphology, biology and control of the parasitic protozoa
and helminths of man, domestic and wild animals. (Offered 1967-68 and
alternate years.) Messrs. Harkema, Miller

ZO 582 See ENT 582 Medical and Veterinary Entomology. 3 (2-3) s

ZO 588 (BO 588) Cell Physiology 3 (3-0) s

Prerequisite: ZO 421 or BO 421 or permission of instructor

A study of fundamental physiological processes at the cellular level
with emphasis on basic principles. Messrs. Roberts, Troyer

ZO 589 (BO 589) Cell Physiology Laboratory 1 (0-3) s

Corequisite: ZO 588 or BO 588

Experimental approaches to the study of physiological processes at the
cellular level. Messrs. Roberts, Troyer

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 205

ZO 590 Special Studies Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisites : Twelve semester credits in zoology and permission of
instructor

A maximum of three credits allowed toward the bachelor's degree, six
toward the master's, and nine toward the doctorate.
The investigation of a particular problem in zoology.

Graduate Staff

ZO 592 Topical Problems 1-3 arranged

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or permission of instructor
Organized, formal lectures and discussions of a special topic.

Staff

ZO 603 Advanced Parasitology 3 (2-3) s

Prerequisite: ZO 581

The study of the theoretical and practical aspects of parasitism; tax-
onomy, physiology, and immunology of animal parasites.

Messrs. Harkema, Roberts

ZO 604 See ANS 604, Experimental Animal Physiology. 4 (2-4) f

ZO 610 Current Problems in Animal Behavior 4(3-3)f

Prerequisite: ZO 510 or permission of instructor

Lectures, discussions, seminars and laboratories. The course will treat
in detail selected problems in the behavior of invertebrates and vertebrates
that are presently being intensely studied. The relationship of behavior
to physiology, ecology and current progress in other related biological fields
will be emphasized. Mr. Stuart

ZO 619 Advanced Limnology 3 (1-6) s

Prerequisite: ZO 519

A study of primary productivity, population interactions, and effects of
pollution. An experimental approach is used in the laboratory.

Mr. Hobbie

ZO 621 Fishery Science 3 (2-3) f

Prerequisites: ZO 420, ST 511, a course in calculus

An analysis of fishery research methods. Population enumeration and
dynamics. The relationship between fluctuations in natural populations
and environmental factors. (Offered 1967-68 and alternate years.)

Mr. Hassler

ZO 690 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs

The presentation and defense of original research and current literature.

Graduate Staff

ZO 699 Research in Zoology Credits by Arrangement

Prerequisites: Twelve semester credits in zoology, permission of instructor
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the master's degree; any
number toward the doctorate.

Original research related to the student's thesis. Graduate Staff

State's graduate faculty includes men active in
scholarship and research. The relationship between
professor and student provides personal attention

and guidance.

Vital to the multimillion dollar agricultural research programs at Stat

are the extensive greenhouse facilitiet

I K

w ynl ^^^i^

Kr-^>

%z&*~

VtbrPtm

^di^}^'

flufl^' >-^U

mi Jf>
1 /

^^MH^I

A current research project in mechanical engineering concerns tire stress

n/rtfJ st/rn/ifi

and strain.

One of State's newest classroom buildings, the General Labora-
tory Building provides laboratory, classroom, and office space for
the School of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics.

Graduate study frequently requires highly specialized
equipment. Agricultural engineering students use en-
vironmental control chambers to define plant growth

dynamics.

The D. H. Hill Library, important among State's research facilities, houses
more than 332,000 volumes. Carrel and study rooms are available for grad-
uate students.

Nuclear research is an important field for advanced study. Here students examine

the cobalt source for State's nuclear reactor.

For a civil engineering stu-
dent the highway may serve
as a laboratory. Several de-
partments in the School of
Engineering cooperate on
highway research.

State's nuclear reactor, the first to be located on a university campus, is
housed in the Burlington Nuclear Laboratory , a center for research on atomic

energy.

Students in the pulp and paper curriculum train
for careers in one of the South's leading industries.

A graduate student in ceramic engineering checks the growth of
a single crystal sapphire in a study of the properties of materials.

The processing of fibers and yarns requires complex quality
control measures, observed by textiles students in the physical

testing laboratory.

GRADUATE FACULTY

NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY

at Raleigh

Sidney Addelman, Adjunct Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Charles Walter Alliston, Associate Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Raul E. Alvarez, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Michael Amein, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Clifton A. Anderson, Professor of Industrial Engineering and Head of

Department.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Donald Benton Anderson, Professor of Botany and Vice-President for

Academic Affairs of the University of North Carolina.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Norman D. Anderson, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Science

Education.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Richard Loree Anderson, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Grad-
uate Administrator.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Roy Nels Anderson, Professor of Education and Head of Department of

Occupational Information and Guidance.

Ph.D., Columbia University.
Joseph William Angelovic, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., Utah State University.
Jay Lawrence Apple, Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Frank Bradley Armstrong, Associate Professor of Genetics, Microbiology

and Biochemistry.

Ph.D., University of California.
Clarence Monroe Asbill, Jr., Professor of Textile Machine Design and

Development and Head of Department.

B.S., Clemson College.
Leonard William Aurand, Professor of Food Science and Biochemistry.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State College.
William Wyatt Austin, Jr., Professor of Metallurgical Engineering and

Head of Department of Mineral Industries.

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University.
Richard Charles Axtell, Associate Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Robert Aycock, Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Jack V. Baird, Extension Associate Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., Washington State University.
Thomas Sanderson Baldwin, Assistant Professor of Industrial Education.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Ernest A. Ball, Professor of Botany.

Ph.D., University of California.
Walter Elmer Ballinger, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science.

Ph.D., Michigan State College.
Clifford Warren Barber, Professor of Poultry Science.

Ph.D., Cornell University.

* Membership in the graduate faculty may be in either of two categories: (1) full status
or (2) associate status. Full status permits a faculty member to engage in any and all
phases of the graduate programs of the University. Associate members may teach courses
at the graduate level and serve as chairmen of master's advisory committee.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 213

William John Barclay, Professor of Electrical Engineering.

Ph.D., Stanford University.
Aldos Cortez Barefoot, Jr., Associate Professor of Wood Products.

Doctor of Forestry, Duke University.
Frederick Schenck Barkalow, Jr., Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Kenneth Reece Barker, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Key Lee Barkley, Professor Emeritus of Psychology.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Rolin Farrar Barrick, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
William Victor Bartholomew, Professor of Soil Science and Microbiology.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Heinz Hans Barwich, Visiting Professor of Nuclear Engineering.

Doktor Ing., Technical University, Berlin-Charlottenberg, Germany.
Edward Guy Batte, Professor of Animal Science and Head of Animal

Disease Section.

D.V.M., Texas A & M.
Ernest Oscar Beal, Professor of Botany.

Ph.D., State University of Iowa.
Harry Geddie Beard, Associate Professor of Rural Sociology and Agricul-
tural Education.

Ed.D., Cornell University.
Kenneth Orion Beatty, Jr., R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company Professor

of Chemical Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Burton Floyd Beers, Associate Professor of History.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Norman Robert Bell, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.

M.S., Cornell University.
Thomas A. Bell, Associate Professor of Food Science.

M.S., North Carolina State.
William Callum Bell, Professor of Ceramic Engineering.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Willard Harrison Bennett, Burlington Professor of Physics.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Eugene Edwin Bernard, Assistant Professor of Psychology.

Ph.D., University of Leeds.
Ernest Bezold Berry, Assistant Professor of Textiles.

B.S., Clemson College.
Bibhuti Bhushan Bh attach aryya, Assistant Professor of Experimental

Statistics.

Ph.D., London School of Economics.
Robert J. Bingham, Assistant Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
William Louis Bingham, Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
John William Bishir, Associate Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Charles Edwin Bishop, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor

of Economics and Head of Department.

Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Carl Thomas Blake, Associate Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
William Joseph Block, Professor of Politics.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
William Lowry Blow, Associate Professor of Poultry Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Thomas Nelson Blumer, Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., Michigan State College.

214 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

John Francis Bogdan, Professor of Textiles and Director of Processing

Research.

B.T.E., Lowell Textile Institute.
Edgar John Boone, Professor of Adult Education and Head of Department,

Professor of Rural Sociology and Agricultural Education, and Assistant

Director of Extension.

Pn.D., University of Wisconsin.
Carey Hoyt Bostian, Professor of Genetics.

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh.
Henry Dittimus Bowen, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi-
neering.

Ph.D., Michigan State College.
Lawrence Hoffman Bowen, Associate Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Charles Raymond Bramer, Riddick Professor of Civil Engineering.

E.M., Michigan College of Mining and Technology.
Bartholomew Brandner Brandt, Professor Emeritus of Zoology.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Charles H. Brett, Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., Kansas State College.
Richard Bright, Professor of Chemical Engineering.

M.S., State University of Iowa.
Charles A. Brim, Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Henry Seawell Brown, Associate Professor of Geological Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Marvin L. Brown, Jr., Professor of History.

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Charles Douglas Bryant, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education.

Ed.D., Michigan State University.
Roberts Cozart Bullock, Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Carl Lee Bumgardner, Associate Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Stanley Walter Buol, Associate Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Ernest Edmund Burniston, Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., Birkbeck College, London.
Thaddeus Hillery Busbice, Assistant Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Francis Fredrick Busta, Assistant Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Fred Virgil Cahill, Jr., Professor of Politics and Dean of the School of

Liberal Arts.

Ph.D., Yale University.
John Tyler Caldwell, Professor of Politics and Chancellor.

Ph.D., Princeton University.
Kenneth Stoddard Campbell, Professor of Textile Chemistry.

B.S., Bates College.
Malcolm Eugene Campbell, Professor of Textiles and Dean of the School

of Textiles.

B.S., Clemson College.
William V. Campbell, Associate Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
John R. Canada, Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering.

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology.
Thomas Franklin Cannon, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
George LaFayette Capel, Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., University of Florida.
Halbert H. Carmichael, Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 215

Albert Carnesale, Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engineering.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Robert Gordon Carson, Jr., Professor of Industrial Engineering and Direc-
tor of Instruction for School of Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Melvin W. Carter, Visiting Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Roy Merwin Carter, Professor of Wood Science and Technology.

M.S., Michigan State College.
Edward Vitangelo Caruolo, Assistant Professor of Animal Science.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert Bancroft Cate, Visiting Assistant Professor of Soil Science.

M.S., North Carolina State.
David Marshall Cates, Professor of Textile Chemistry and Graduate

A dministrator.

Ph.D., Princeton University.
John Wesley Cell, Professor of Mathematics and Head of Department.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Douglas Scales Chamblee, Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Richard Edward Chandler, Assistant Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., Florida State.
Norman M. Chansky, Associate Professor of Education and Psychology.

Ph.D., Columbia University.
James Ferris Chaplin, USDA Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Joe Senter Chappell, Assistant Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Erich Christian, Adjunct Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.

Dipl. Ing., Vienna Institute of Technology, Vienna, Austria.
Edgar William Clark, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles.
John Montgomery Clarkson, Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Albert J. Clawson, Associate Professor of Animal Science.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Carlyle Newton Clayton, Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Maurice Hill Clayton, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics.

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
Grover Cleveland Cobb, Jr., Assistant Professor of Physics.

Ph,D., University of Virginia.
William Younts Cobb, Assistant Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Fred Derward Cochran, Professor of Horticultural Science and Head of

Department.

Ph.D., University of California.
Columbus Clark Cockerham, Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Eloise Snowden Cofer, Professor of Extension Education and Assistant

Director, Agricultural Extension (Home Economics).

Ph.D., University of Chicago.
John Leonard Colley, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Industrial Engi-
neering.

D.B.A., University of Southern California.
Herbert Collins, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Norval White Conner, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Director

of Department of Engineering Research.

M.S., Iowa State College.
John Oliver Cook, Professor of Psychology.

Ph.D., New York University.

216 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Maurice Gayle Cook, Associate Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
Arthur W. Cooper, Associate Professor of Botany and Forestry

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
William Earl Cooper, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
Alonzo Freeman Coots, Associate Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University.
Will Allen Cope, Associate Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Harold Maxwell Corter, Professor of Psychology and Director of Psycho-
logical Clinic.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State College.
Arthur James Coutu, Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Ellis Brevier Cowling, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology and Fores-
try.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Frederick Russell Cox, Assistant Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Frank Rankin Craig, Professor of Poultry Science.

D.V.M., University of Georgia.
Paul Day Cribbins, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
George A. Cummings, Associate Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
Raghunath Singh Dahiya, Assistant Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Edmund Pendleton Dandridge, Associate Professor of English.

Ph.D., University of Virginia.
Walter Carl Dauterman, Associate Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Donald Gould Davenport, Assistant Professor of Animal Science

M.S., Cornell University.
Charles Bingham Davey, Professor of Soil Science and Forestry.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Henry Mauzee Davis, Adjunct Professor of Mineral Industries.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William Robert Davis, Associate Professor of Physics.

Doktor der Naturwiss, University of Hanover, Germany.
Donald Lee Dean, Professor of Civil Engineering and Head of Department.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
M. Keith DeArmond, Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of Arizona.
James William Dickens, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricul-
tural Engineering.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Emmett Urcey Dillard, Associate Professor of Animal Science.

Ph.D., University of Missouri.
George Osmore Doak, Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Walter J. Dobrogosz, Associate Professor of Microbiology.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Wesley Osborne Doggett, Professor of Physics and Assistant Dean, School

of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics.

Ph.D., University of California.
Robert John Dolan, Associate Professor of Adult Education and Rural

Sociology.

Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
William Emmert Donaldson, Associate Professor of Poultry Science.

Ph.D., University of Maryland.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 217

Jesse Seymour Doolittle, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and

Graduate Administrator.

M.S., Pensylvania State College.
Robert Alden Douglas, Professor of Engineering Mechanics.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
Louis Arnold Dow, Associate Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., Indiana University.
Murray Scott Downs, Associate Professor of History.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Robert Jack Downs, Professor of Botany.

Ph.D., George Washington University.
Lawrence William Drabick, Associate Professor of Agricultural Educa-
tion and Rural Sociology.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Donald W. Drewes, Associate Professor of Psychology.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
John W. Duffield, Professor of Forestry.

Ph.D., University of California.
Thomas Wade Duke, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., Texas A & M University.
Jack Albert Duncan, Assistant Professor of Education.

Ed.D., University of Georgia.
Arthur Raymond Eckels, Professor of Electrical Engineering.

D. Eng., Yale University.
Preston William Edsall, Professor of Politics and Head of Department.

Ph.D., Princeton University.
John Auert Edwards, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
William Frederick Edwards, Associate Professor of Social Studies.

Ph.D., Columbia University.
Eugene J. Eisen, Assistant Professor of Animal Science.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
Magdi Mohamed El-Kammash, Assistant Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Gerald Hugh Elkan, Associate Professor of Microbiology.

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
Thomas Smith Elleman, Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering and

Graduate Administrator.

Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Robert Neal Elliott, Associate Professor of Social Studies.

Ph.D.. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
Don Edwin Ellis, Professor of Plant Pathology and Head of Department.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
ERIC Louis Ellwood, Professor of Wood Science and Technology and Head

of Department.

Ph.D., Yale University.
Munir R. El-Saden, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
John Frederick Ely, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering and

Engineering Mechanics.

Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Ralph Lawrence Ely, Adjunct Professor of Nuclear Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh.
Donald Allen Emery, Associate Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
John Lincoln Etchells, Professor of Food Science and Microbiology.

Ph.D., Michigan State University.
James Brainerd Evans, Professor of Microbiology and Head of Depart-
ment.

Ph.D., Cornell University.

218 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Ralph Eigil Fadum, Professor of Civil Engineering and Dean of the

School of Engineering .

S.D., Harvard University.
Maurice H. Farrier, Associate Professor of Entomology and Forestry.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
James K. Ferrell, Professor of Chemical Engineering and Graduate

Administrator.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
William Thomas Fike, Assistant Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Alva Leroy Finkner, Adjunct Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Charles Page Fisher, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
ROGER C. Fites, Assistant Professor of Botany.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
James Walter Fitts, Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Henry P. Fleming, Assistant Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Leon David Freedman, Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
David W. French, Visiting Professor of Plant Pathology and Forest

Management.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Daniel Fromm, Associate Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Alan Stuart Galbraith, Adjunct Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., Harvard University.
William Sylvan Galler, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.

Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Gene John Galletta, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science.

Ph.D., University of California.
Bertram Howard Garcia, Jr., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering.

M.S., Pennsylvania State University.
Robin Pierce Gardner, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemical Engi-
neering.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Henry Wilburn Garren, Professor of Poultry Science and Head of De-
partment.

Ph.D., University of Maryland.
Dan Ulrich Gerstel, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of

Crop Science.

Ph.D., University of California.
Forrest William Getzen, Associate Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Richard Dean Gilbert, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
William Best Gilbert, Associate Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
James W. Gilliam, Assistant Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., Mississippi State University.
Edward Walker Glazener, Professor of Poultry Science and Director of

Instruction, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences.

Ph.D., University of Maryland.
Chester E. Gleit, Associate Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
William Alexander Glenn, Adjunct Associate Professor of Industrial

Engineering and Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 219

Harvey Joseph Gold, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics and

Animal Science.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Jay Goldman, Professor of Industrial Engineering.

Sc.D., Washington University.
Lemuel Goode, Professor of Animal Science.

Ph.D., University of Florida.
Guy Vernon Gooding, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., University of California.
Gilbert Gottlieb, Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Arnold H. E. Grandage, Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Ralph Weller Greenlaw, Professor of History and Head of Department.

Ph.D., Princeton University.
Walton Carlyle Gregory, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor

of Crop Science.

Ph.D., University of Virginia.
Daniel Swartwood Grosch, Professor of Genetics and Zoology.

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Harry Douglas Gross, Associate Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Elliott Brown Grover, Abel C. Lineberger Professor of Textiles.

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Thomas H. Guion, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
George Albert Gullette, Professor of Social Studies and Head of De-
partment.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Bhupender S. Gupta, Assistant Professor of Textile Technology.

Ph.D., Manchester College of Science and Technology, Manchester, Eng-
land.
Edward DeWitt Gurley, Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Frank Edwin Guthrie, Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
George Richard Gwynn, Assistayit Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Willtam Cullen Hackler, Professor of Mineral Industries.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Robert John Hader, Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Francis Joseph Hale, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Willtam Jackson Hall, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Dame Scott Hamby, Burlington Industries Professor of Textiles and Head

of Department of Textile Technology.

B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute.
Charles Horace Hamilton, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Pro-
fessor of Rural Sociology.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
John Valentine Hamme, Associate Professor of Mineral Industries.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Leigh Hugh Hammond, Associate Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Donald Joseph Hansen, Assistant Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., University of Texas.
Durwin M. Hanson, Professor of Industrial Education and Head of

Department.

Ph.D., Iowa State University.

220 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Karl P. Hanson, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Director,

Freshman Engineering Division.

M.S., University of Michigan.
Warren Durward Hanson, Professor of Genetics.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
John J. Harder, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering.

Ph.D., Technische Hochschule, Hannover, Germany.
James W. Hardin, Associate Professor of Botany and Forestry.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Reinard Harkema, Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Cleon Wallace Harrell, Associate Professor of Economics.

M.A., University of Virginia.
Walter Joel Harrington, Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Clarence Arthur Hart, Associate Professor of Forestry.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Franklin Delano Hart, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Lodwick Charles Hartley, Professor of English and Head of Department.

Ph.D., Princeton University.
Paul Henry Harvey, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of

Crop Science and Head of Department.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Hassan Ahmad Hassan, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Francis Jefferson Hassler, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Pro-
fessor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering and Head of Depart-
ment.

Ph.D., Michigan State College.
William Walton Hassler, Associate Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., University of Tennessee.
Arthur Courtney Hayes, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Don W. Hayne, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Zoology.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Frank Lloyd Haynes, Jr., Professor of Horticultural Science.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Teddy Theodore Hebert, Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Clinton Louis Heimbach, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Walter A. Hendricks, Adjunct Professor of Experimental Statistics.

M.A., George Washington University.
William Ray Henry, Associate Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Forrest Clyde Hentz, Jr., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Laurence Jay Herbst, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., Harvard University.
Robert Taylor Herbst, Adjunct Associate Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Francis Eugene Hester, Associate Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., Alabama Polytechnic Institute.
Charles Horace Hill, Professor of Poultry Science.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Thomas I. Hines, Professor of Recreation and Park Administration and

Head of Department.

M.A., University of North Carolina.
George Burnham Hoadley, Professor of Electrical Engineering and Head

of Department.

D.Sc, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 221

John Eyres Hobbie, Assistant Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., Indiana University.
Charles S. Hodges, Jr., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology and

Forestry.

Ph.D., University of Georgia.
Ernest Hodgson, Associate Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., Oregon State University.
Vernon Emerson Holt, Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics and

Assistant Dean, Graduate School.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
Abraham Holtzman, Professor of Politics.

Ph.D., Harvard University.
Dale Max Hoover, Associate Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Maurice W. Hoover, Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., University of Florida.
John William Horn, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.

M.S.C.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Donald Bion Horton, Assistant Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., University of Rhode Island.
Horace Robert Horton, Assistant Professor of Biochemistry.

Ph.D., University of Missouri.
Daniel Goodman Horvitz, Adjunct Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Ivan Hostetler, Professor Emeritus of Industrial Arts Education.

Ed.D., University of Missouri.
Barney Kuo-Yen Huang, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricul-
tural Engineering.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
Donald Huisingh, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Ervin Grigg Humphries, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricul-
tural Engineering.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Arvel Hatch Hunter, Visiting Associate Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
George Hyatt, Jr., Professor of Animal Science and Director of Agricul-
tural Extension Service.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Loren Albert Ihnen, Associate Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., Iowa State University.
MAKOTO Itoh, Visiting Professor of Electrical Engineering and Mathe-
matics.

Ph.D., Hiroshima University.
William A. Jackson, Associate Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Herman Brooks James, Professor of Economics and Dean of the School of

Agriculture and Life Sciences.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Benjamin Anderson Jayne, Professor of Wood Science and Technology.

B.S., University of Idaho.
John Mitchell Jenkins, Jr., Professor of Horticultural Science.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Harley Young Jennings, Visiting Professor of Textile Research.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Elmer Hubert Johnson, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Joseph Clyde Johnson, Associate Professor of Psychology.

Ed.D., Peabody College.
Paul Reynolds Johnson, Professor of Agricultural Economics.

Ph.D., University of Chicago.

222 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

William Hugh Johnson, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricul-
tural Engineering.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Edgar Walton Jones, Associate Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Guy Langston Jones, Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ivan Dunlavy Jones, Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Louis Allman Jones, Associate Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., Texas Agricultural and Mechanical College.
Victor Alan Jones, Associate Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., Michigan State University.
Kenneth Allan Jordan, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricul-
tural Engineering.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
Charles Howard Kahn, Associate Professor of Architecture.

M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Joseph S. Kahn, Assistant Professor of Botany and Biochemistry.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Eugene J. Kamprath, Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Morley Richard Kare, Professor of Poultry Science.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Abdel-Aziz Ismail Kashef, Visiting Lecturer of Civil Engineering.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
Gerald Howard Katzin, Assistant Professor of Physics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Kenneth Raymond Keller, Professor of Crop Science and Assistant Di-
rector of Research, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Harry Charles Kelly, Professor of Physics and Dean of Faculty.

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Henderson Grady Kincheloe, Professor of English.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Richard Adams King, M. G. Mann Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., Harvard University.
James Bryant Kirkland, Professor of Agricultural Education and Dean

of the School of Education.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
David M. Kline, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Glenn Charles Klingman, Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., Rutgers University.
Richard Bennett Knight, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

M.S., University of Illinois.
Kwangil Koh, Assistant Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Ken-ichi Kojima, Professor of Genetics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Benjamin Granade Koonce, Jr., Associate Professor of English.

Ph.D., Princeton University.
John Clement Koop, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
William Wurth Kriegel, Professor in Charge of Ceramic Engineering.

Dr. Ing., Technische Hochschule, Hanover, Germany.
Elmer George Kuhlman, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology

and Forestry.

Ph.D., Oregon State University.
Leaton John Kushman, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science.

M.S., George Washington University.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 223

Robert Walter Lade, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.

Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology.
Joe Oscar Lammi, Professor of Forestry.

Ph.D., University of California.
Forrest Wesley Lancaster, Professor of Physics.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Leonard Jay Langfelder, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Roy Axel Larson, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
James Giacomo Lecce, Professor of Animal Science and Microbiology.

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
James Murray Leatherwood, Assistant Professor of Animal Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Thomas Benson Ledbetter, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Joshua Alexander Lee, Associate Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., University of California.
James Edward Legates, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor

of Animal Science and Head of Animal Breeding Section.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Edward Charles Lehman, Jr., Assistant Professor of Sociology and

Anthropology.

Ph.D., Mississippi State University.
Samuel George Lehman, Professor Emeritus of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., Washington University.
Carlton James Leith, Professor of Mineral Industries.

Ph.D., University of California.
Jack Levine, Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., Princeton University.
Gerald S. Leventhal, Assistant Professor of Psychology.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Samuel G. Levine, Associate Professor of Chemistry and Biochemistry.

Ph.D., Harvard University.
Charles Sanford Levings, III, Assistant Professor of Genetics.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
William Mason Lewis, Associate Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Paul Edwin Lewis, Professor of Mathematics and Director of Computing

Center.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
David Allen Link, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural

Engineering.

Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Robert W. Llewellyn, Professor of Industrial Engineering.

M.S., Purdue University.
Richard Henry Loeppert, Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
George Gilbert Long, Associate Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of Florida.
Ian Stewart Longmuir, Professor of Biochemistry.

M.B.B., St. Bartholomew's Medical School, London. .

Roy Lee Loworn, Professor of Crop Science and Director of Research vn

the School of Agriculture.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. .

Robert F. Lubow, Associate Professor of Psychology, Poultry Science, and

Zoology.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Georoe Rlanchard Lucas, Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., Louisiana State University.

224 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Henry Laurence Lucas, Jr., William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Profes-
sor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
James Fulton Lutz, Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., University of Missouri.
Joseph Thomas Lynn, Professor of Physics and Graduate Administrator.

M.S., Ohio State University.
Warren Lee McCabe, R. J. Reynolds Company Visiting Professor of

Chemical Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Glenn C. McCann, Associate Professor of Rural Sociology.

Ph.D., Washington State College.
Charles B. McCants, Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Robert E. McCollum, Assistant Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Clarence Leslie McCombs, Professor of Horticultural Science and Botany.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Ralph Joseph McCracken, Professor of Soil Science and Head of Depart-
ment.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Donald McDonald, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.

M.S., University of Illinois.
Patrick Hill McDonald, John W. Harrelson Professor of Engineering

Mechanics and Head of Department.

Ph.D., Northwestern University.
John Joseph McNeill, Assistant Professor of Animal Science and Micro-
biology.

Ph.D., University of Maryland.
Francis Edward McVay, Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Clarence Joseph Maday, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics

and Graduate Administrator.

Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Jamfs Gray Maddox, Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., Harvard University.
James Kitchener Magor, Adjunct Associate Professor of Mineral Indus-
tries.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Alexander Russell Main, Associate Professor of Entomology and Bio-
chemistry.

Ph.D., Cambridge University.
T. Ewald Maki, Carl Alwin Schenck Professor of Forest Management and

Head of Department.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Carroll Lamb Mann, Jr., Professor of Civil Engineering.

C.E., Princeton University.
Thurston Jefferson Mann, Professor of Genetics and Crop Science and

Head of Department of Genetics.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Edward George Manning, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Edward Raymond Manring, Professor of Physics.

Ph.D., Ohio State.
Joe Alton Marlin, Instructor in Mathematics.

Ph.D. North Carolina State.
Culpepper Paul Marsh, Associate Professor of Rural Sociology.

M.S., North Carolina State.
David Boyd Marsland, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Clifford K. Martin, Extension Assistant Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 225

David Hamilton Martin, Assistant Professor of Physics.

M.S., University of Wisconsin.
Bernard Stephen Martof, Professor of Zoology and Head of Department.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
David Dickenson Mason, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Head

of Department.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Gennard Matrone, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of

Animal Science and Biochemistry and Acting Head of Department of

Biochemistry.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Dale Frederick Matzinger, Professor of Genetics.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Jackson R. Mauney, Associate Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Selz Cabot Mayo, Professor of Rural Sociology and Head of Department;

Head of Department of Sociology and Anthropology.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Jefferson Sullivan Meares, Professor of Physics.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Gerhard K. Megla, Adjunct Professor of Electrical Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Dresden, Dresden, Germany.
Jasper Durham Memory, Associate Professor of Physics.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Arthur Clayton Menius, Jr., Professor of Physics and Dean of the School

of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Lawrence Eugene Mettler, Associate Professor of Genetics and Zoology.

Ph.D., University of Texas.
Louis John Metz, Adjunct Professor of Forestry and Soil Science.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Gordon Kennedy Middleton, Professor Emeritus of Crop Science.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Marion L. Miles, Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of Florida.
Robert Donald Milholland, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Conrad Henry Miller, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science.

Ph.D., Michigran State University.
Darrell Alvin Miller, Assistant Professor of Genetics and Crop Science.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
Grover Cleveland Miller, Associate Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
Howard G. Miller, Professor of Psychology and Head of Department.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Philtp Arthur Miller, Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Texton R. Miller, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Walter Joseph Mistric, Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., A & M College of Texas.
Adolphus Mitchell, Professor of Engineering Mechanics.

M.S., University of North Carolina.
Theodore Bertis Mitchell, Professor Emeritus of Entomology.

D.S., Harvard University.
Richard Douglas Mochrie, Associate Professor of Animal Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Carl Albert Moeller, Associate Professor of Industrial Arts.

Ed.D., Wayne State University.
Robert Harry Moll, Professor of Genetics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.

226 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Robert James Monroe, Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Larry King Monteith, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Frank Harper Moore, Associate Professor of English.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Robert Parker Moore, Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Royall Tyler Moore, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology and Botany.

Ph.D., Harvard University.
Charles G. Morehead, Associate Professor of Occupational Information

and Guidance.

Ed.D., University of Kansas.
Charles Glen Moreland, Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of Florida.
Donald Edwin Moreland, Professor of Crop Science and Botany.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Marvin Kent Moss, Associate Professor of Physics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Wesley Grigg Mullen, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.

Ph.D.. Purdue University.
Carey Gardner Mumford, Professor of Mathematics and Assistant to Dean

of the School of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Charles Franklin Murphy, Assistant Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Raymond LeRoy Murray, Burlington Professor of Physics and Head of

Department of Nuclear Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Tennessee.
Richard Monier Myers, Assistant Professor of Animal Science.

M.S., Pennsylvania State University.
Howard Movess Nahikian, Professor of Mathematics and Graduate Ad-
ministrator.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Gene Namkoong, Assistant Professor of Genetics and Forestry.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Laurence Alan Nelson, Assistant Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Richard Robert Nelson, Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph T. Nerden, Professor of Industrial Education.

Ph.D., Yale University.
Herbert H. Neunzig, Associate Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Slater Edmund Newman, Professor of Psychology.

Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Paul Adrian Nickel, Associate Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles.
Lowell Wendell Nielsen, Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D.. Cornell University.
Andrew Nisbet, Visiting Associate Professor of Mathematics and Physics.

M.A., Edinburgh University, Scotland.
Stuart Norlin, Professor of History.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Glenn Ray Noggle, Professor of Botany and Head of Department.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Charier Joseph Nusbaum, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor

of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Bernard Martin Olsen, Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., University of Chicago.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 227

Guy Owen, Jr., Professor of English.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Mehmet Necati Ozisik, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

Ph.D., University of London.
Hayne Palmour, III, Professor of Mineral Industries.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Hubert Vern Park, Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Jae Young Park, Assistant Professor of Physics.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
George William Parker, III, Assistant Professor of Physics.

Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
John Mason Parker, III, Professor in Charge of Geological Engineering.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Ernest Caleb Pasour, Assistant Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., Michigan State University.
Harold Edward Pattee, Assistant Professor of Botany.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
Richard Roland Patty, Assistant Professor of Physics.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Ralph James Peeler, Jr., Assistant Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
John Noble Perkins, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
Jerome J. Perry, Assistant Professor of Microbiology.

Ph.D., University of Texas.
Thomas Oliver Perry, Associate Professor of Forestry.

Ph.D., Harvard University.
Walter John Peterson, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor

of Chemistry and Dean of the Graduate School.

Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Wilbur Carroll Peterson, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.

.Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Lyle L. Phillips, Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., University of Washington.
Walter Henry Pierce, Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Richard Coleman Pinkerton, Associate Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Robert McLean Pinkerton, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

B.Sc, Bradley University.
George Waverly Poland, Professor of Modern Languages and Head of

Department.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Daniel Townsend Pope, Professor of Horticultural Science.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Joseph Alexander Porter, Jr., Professor of Textiles.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Ira D. Porterfield, Professor of Animal Science and Head of Department.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nathaniel T. Powell, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Richard Joseph Preston, Professor of Forestry and Dean of the School

of Forestry.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Charles Harry Proctor, Professor of Experimental Statistics.

Ph.D., Michigan State University.
Charles Ray Pugh, Associate Professor in Economics.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
Albert Ernest Purcell, Associate Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., Purdue University.

228 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Thomas Lavelle Quay, Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
John William Querry, Associate Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Emily H. Quinn, Associate Professor of Adult Education.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Robert Lamar Rabb, Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Allen Huff Rakes, Assistant Professor of Animal Science.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Harold Arch Ramsey, Professor of Animal Science and Head of Dairy

Husbandry Section.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
John Oren Rawlings, Associate Professor of Statistics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Horace Darr Rawls, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Preston Harding Reid, Associate Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Willis Alton Reid, Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Theodore Roosevelt Rice, Adjunct Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D.. Harvard University.
Frances M. Richardson, Associate Professor of Engineering Research.

M.S., University of Cincinnati.
Jackson Ashcraft Rigney, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Di-
rector of Agricultural Mission to Peru.

M.S., Iowa State College.
Leonard Roberts, Adjunct Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., University of Manchester, England.
William Milner Roberts, Professor of Food Science and Head of Depart-
ment.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cowin Cook Robinson, Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Harold Frank Robinson, Professor of Genetics and Administrative Dean

for Research.

Ph.D., Nebraska University.
Odis Wayne Robison, Associate Professor of Animal Science.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
John Paul Ross, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Paul James Rust, Associate Professor of Psychology and English.

Ph.D., University of Washington.
Henry Ames Rutherford, Cone Mills Professor of Textile Chemistry and

Head of Department.

M.S., George Washington University.
Hans Sagan, Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., University of Vienna.
John Anthony Santolucito, Associate Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., University of California.
Joseph Neal Sasser, Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., University of Maryland.
Raymond Frederick Saxe, Professor of Nuclear Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Liverpool, England.
Leroy C. Saylor, Associate Professor of Genetics and Forestry.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Clarence Cayce Scarborough, Professor of Agricultural Education and

Head of Department.

Ed.D., University of Illinois.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 229

Robert Hilton Schaible, Assistant Professor of Genetics.

Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Claire L. Schelske, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Joachim-Dietrich Schobel, Visiting Professor of Mineral Industries.

Doktor-Eng., Technische Hochschule, Stuttgart, Germany.
Edward Martin Schoenborn, Jr., Professor of Chemical Engineering and

Head of Department.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
George John Schumacher, Visiting Professor of Botany.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Herbert Temple Scofield, Professor of Botany.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Lewis Worth Seagondollar, Professor of Physics and Head of Depart-
ment.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
James Arthur Seagraves, Associate Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
John Frank Seely, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Heinz Seltmann, Assistant Professor of Botany.

Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Thomas Jackson Sheets, Associate Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., University of California.
Robert T. Sherwood, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
William Edward Shinn, Chester H. Roth Professor of Knitting Technology

and Head of Department.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Charles E. Siewert, Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Richard Lee Simmons, Associate Professor of Economics.

Ph.D. University of California.
Manohar Singh, Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics.

Ph.D. Brown University.
Edward Carroll Sisler, Associate Professor of Biochemistry.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Howard Gordon Small, Assistant Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
Charles Smallwood, Jr., Professor of Civil Engineering and Graduate

Administrator.

M.S., Harvard University.
Frederick Otto Smetana, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Southern California.
Benjamin Warfield Smith, Professor of Genetics.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Clyde Fuhriman Smith, Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Edward Holman Smith, Professor of Entomology and Head of Depart-
ment.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Frank Houston Smith, Professor of Animal Science.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Henry B. Smith, Associate Dean, School of Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Cincinnati.
P. Gene Smith, Adjunct Professor of Electrical Engineering.

M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Ian Naismith Sneddon, Distinguished Adjunct Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., University of Glasgow, Scotland.

230 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

Rufus Hummer Snyder, Professor Emeritus of Physics.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Marvin Luther Speck, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of

Food Science and Microbiology.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Herbert Elvin Speece, Professor of Mathematics and Mathematics and

Science Education and Head of Department.

PhD., University of North Carolina.
George Anthony Spiva, Jr., Assistant Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., University of Texas.
William Eldon Splinter, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi-
neering.

Ph.D., Michigan State University.
Edward M. Stack, Professor of Modern Languages.

Ph.D., Princeton University.
Ralph Winston Stacy, Professor of Biomathematics, Experimental Sta-
tistics, and Zoology.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Hans Heinrich Anton Stadelmaier, Professor of Mineral Industries.

Dr. rer. nat., Technische Hochschule, Stuttgart, Germany.
Edward Paul Stahel, Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Alfred J. Stamm, Reuben B. Robertson Distinguished Professor of Wood

Science and Technology.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Vivian Thomas Stannett, Adjunct Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn.
Robert George Douglas Steel, Professor of Experimental Statistics and

Associate Graduate Administrator.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Stanley George Stephens, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Profes-
sor of Genetics.

Ph.D., Edinburgh University, Scotland.
William Damon Stevenson, Jr., Professor of Electrical Engineering and

Graduate Administrator.

M.S., University of Michigan.
Hamilton Arlo Stewart, Professor of Animal Science and Assistant Di-
rector of Research, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert Franklin Stoops, Research Professor of Ceramic Engineering.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
David Lewis Strider, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Alastair MacDonald Stuart, Associate Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., Harvard University.
Raimond Aldrich Struble, Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Charles William Stuber, Assistant Professor of Genetics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
William Clifton Stuckey, Jr., Associate Professor of Textiles.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Jack Suberman, Professor of English, Director of Summer Sessions and

Director of Continuing Education.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Charles Wilson Suggs, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural

Engineering.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Joseph Gwyn Sutherland, U.S.D.A. Agricultural Economist.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 231

Paul Porter Sutton, Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
Harold Everett Swaisgood, Assistant Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., Michigan State University.
Ralph Clay Swann, Professor of Chemistry and Head of Department.

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Ernst Warner Swanson, Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Fred Russell Tarver, Jr., Associate Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., University of Georgia.
Donald Loraine Thompson, Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
William Alexander Brown Thomson, Assistant Professor of Food

Science.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Harry Timothy, Associate Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Tsuan Wu Ting, Associate Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., Indiana University.
Elbert W. Tischendorf, Visiting Professor of Industrial Arts.

M.A., Ohio State University.
Frederick Joseph Tischer, Professor of Electrical Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Prag, Czechoslovakia.
George Stanford Tolley, Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Huseyin Cavit Topakoglu, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

B.Sc, Technological Institute of Istanbul.
William Douglas Toussaint, Professor of Economics and Coordinator of

Graduate Programs.

Ph.D., Iowa State College.
Samuel B. Tove, Professor of Animal Science and Biochemistry.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Anastasios Christos Triantaphyllou, Associate Professor of Genetics.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Hedwig Hirschmann Triantaphyllou, Associate Professor of Plant

Pathology.

Ph.D., University of Erlangen, Germany.
James Richard Troyer, Associate Professor of Botany.

Ph.D., Columbia University.
Robert Wesley Truitt, L. L. Vaughan Professor of Mechanical Engineer-
ing and Head of Department.

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
William Preston Tucker, Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Carl Byron Turner, Assistant Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., Duke University.
Lester Curtis Ulberg, Professor of Animal Science.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mehmet Ensar Uyanik, Professor of Civil Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
John G. Vandenbergh, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Hubertus Robert van der Vaart, Professor of Experimental Statistics and

Mathematics.

Ph.D., University of Leiden, Netherlands.
John Pascal Vinti, Professor of Applied Mathematics.

D.Sc, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Richard J. Volk, Associate Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.

232 THE GRADUATE CATALOG

George Henry Wahl, Jr., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., New York University.
Harvey Edward Wahls, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering.

Ph.D., Northwestern University.
James Baird Walker, Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics.

Ph.D., Brown University.
James Lester Walker, Visiting Assistant Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., University of Hawaii.
Monroe Eliot Wall, Adjunct Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., Rutgers University.
Thomas Dudley Wallace, Associate Professor of Economcis and Experi-
mental Statistics.

M.S., Oklahoma State University.
Richard Gaither Walser, Professor of English.

M.A., University of North Carolina.
William Wood Walter, Jr., Assistant Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., University of Georgia.
Arthur W. Waltner, Professor of Physics.

Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Daniel Shou-ling Wang, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Thomas M. Ward, Instructor in Chemistry.

Ph.D., North Carolina State University.
Frederick Gail Warren, Professor of Food Science.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State College.
Donovan L. Waugh, Visiting Assistant Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David S. Weaver, Professor Emeritus of Biological and Agricultural En-
gineering.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Jerome Bernard Weber, Assistant Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sterling Barg Weed, Associate Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Charles W. Welby, Associate Professor of Mineral Industries.

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Frederick Lovejoy Wellman, Visiting Professor of Plant Pathology.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Bertram W. Wells, Professor Emeritus of Botany.

Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Martin Allan Welt, Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engineering and

Director of Nuclear Reactor Project.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Earl Allen Wernsman, Assistant Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., Purdue University.
Oscar Wesler, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Mathematics.

Ph.D., Stanford University.
Donald Albert West, Assistant Professor of Economics.

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Joseph Arthur Weybrew, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor

of Crop Science and Chemistry.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Raymond Cyrus White, Professor of Chemistry.

Ph.D., West Virginia University.
John Kerr Whitfield, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Larry Alston Whitford, Professor of Botany.

Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Cliff R. Willey, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural

Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.

THE GRADUATE CATALOG 233

James Clifford Williams, III, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Southern California.
Porter Williams, Jr., Associate Professor of English.

M.A., Cambridge University; University of Virginia.
James Claude Williamson, Jr., Professor of Economics and Assistant Di-
rector of Research and Extension, School of Agriculture and Life

Sciences.

M.S., North Carolina State.
Ralph E. Williamson, Assistant Professor of Botany and Biological and

Agricultural Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Nash Nicks Winstead, Professor of Plant Pathology, Director of the In-
stitute of Biological Sciences and Assistant Director of Research, School

of Agriculture and Life Sciences.

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lowell Sheridan Winton, Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., Duke University.
George Herman Wise, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of

Animal Science and Head of Animal Nutrition Section.

Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Milton B. Wise, Professor of Animal Science.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Edward H. Wiser, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural En-
gineering.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
William Garland Woltz, Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
James Woodburn, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

Dr. Engr., Johns Hopkins University.
William Walton Woodhouse, Jr., Professor of Soil Science.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Robert Wyllie Work, Professor of Textiles.

Ph.D., Cornell University.
Arch Douglas Worsham, Associate Professor of Crop Science.

Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Robert Takachi Yamamoto, Associate Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., University of Illinois.
David Allan Young, Jr., Professor of Entomology.

Ph.D., University of Kansas.
James N. Young, Associate Professor of Rural Sociology and Sociology.

Ph.D., University of Kentucky.
Talmage Brian Young, Associate Professor of Industrial Arts and Head

of Department.

Ph.D., University of Florida.
Paul Z. T. ZlA, Professor of Civil Engineering.

Ph.D., University of Florida.
Bruce J. Zobel, Edward F. Conger Professor of Forestry.

Ph.D., University of California.
Carl Frank Zorowski, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology.
Joseph David Zund, Assistant Professor of Mathematics.

Ph.D., University of Texas.

INDEX

Administration, Officers of, 3-4

Administrative Board, 3-4; North
Carolina State, 3-4; University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 4;
University of North Carolina at
Greensboro, 4

Admissions, 23-25, 28; full graduate
standing, 23; provisional admis-
sion, 23; unclassified, 23-24; grad-
uate-special, 24-25; public school
personnel, 24

Admission to candidacy for graduate
degrees, 28; doctoral degree, 28,
42; master's degrees, 28

Adult Education, 45-46

Advisory Committee, 29, 30, 38

Agricultural Education, 46-47

Agricultural Engineering, see Bio-
logical and Agricultural Engineer-
ing

Agricultural Experiment Station,
N. C, 13

Agriculture, Master's degree in, 33-
34

Animal Science, 47-50

Anthropology, see Sociology and
Anthropology

Assistantships, 22

Audits, 20

Biochemistry, 50-52
Biological and Agricultural Engi-
neering, 52-55
Biological Sciences, Institute of, 17
Botany, 56-59

Calendar, 5-10

Candidacy, admission to, 28, 42

Ceramic Engineering, 59-61, 159-160

Chemical Engineering, 62-66

Chemistry, 66-70

Civil Engineering:, 70-77

Computing facilities, 16

Course descriptions, 45-205

Course loads, 19, 26-27

Courses, method of numbering, 45

Courses of Study, for master's de-
grees, 29-30; for doctoral degree,
38

Crop Science, 77-79

Degrees, 28-44; Doctor of Philoso-
phy, 37-44; Master of Agriculture,
33-34; Master of Science, 28-32,
35-37; Master's in a Professional
Field, 32, 34-35

Departmental announcements, 45-
205

Description of courses, 45-205

Diploma fees, 20

Dissertation, 39-40; fee for micro-
filming, 20

Doctor of Philosophy Degree, 37-44;
course of study, 38; residence re-
quirement, 38-39; languages, 39;
dissertation, 39-40; examinations,
40; admission to candidacy, 42;
summary of procedures, 42-44

Economics, 79-88

Education, 88-90

Electrical Engineering, 90-96

Engineering Mechanics, 96-100

Engineering Research, Department

of, 13
English, as foreign language, 31, 39
Entomology, 100-103
Examinations, 32, 40-42
Examining Committee, 32, 40-42
Executive Council, 3
Experimental Statistics, 103-113
Extension Education, Graduate In-
stitute of, 18

Faculty, Graduate, 212-233; also see
faculty listings under department-
al announcements

Fees, 19-21

Fellowships, 21

Fields of Instruction, 45-205; for
doctoral degree, 37

Food Science, 113-116

Foreign language requirements, for
doctoral degree, 39; for master's
degrees, 31, 33-34

Forestry, 116-122

Genetics, 122-125

Geological Engineering, 126-128,
159-161

Grades, 30-31

Graduate credit, 29 ; for correspond-
ence courses, 29; for extension
courses, 29; for faculty and Uni-
versity employees, 26; for seniors,
27

Graduate Record Examination, 23

Graduate School, organization of,
13-14; degrees offered, 28-44; fac-
ulty, 212-233

History, 128-129
Horticultural Science, 130-132

Industrial Arts, 132-133
Industrial Education, 134-135
Industrial Engineering, 135-138
In-state students, definition of, 21

Language requirements for grad-
uate degrees, 31, 33, 34, 39

Library, D. H. Hill, 14-15

Map, campus

Master of Science Degree, 28-32, 35-
37; credits, 29; courses of study,
29-30; residence, 30; class work,
30; grades, 30-31; language re-
quirements, 31; thesis, 32; exam-
inations, 32; summary of proced-
ures, 35-37

Master's degrees, 28-37; Master of
Science Degree, 28-32, 35-37; Mas-
ter's in a professional field, 32-
33, 34-35; Master of Agriculture,
33-34

Mathematics, 139-145

Mathematics and Science Education,
146-147

Mechanical Engineering, 147-155

Metallurgical Engineering, 155-157,
159, 161

Microbiology, 157-159

Mineral Industries, 159-161; see
also: Ceramic, Geological, and
Metallurgical Engineering

Modern Languages, 161-162

National Teacher Examination, 23,

34
North Carolina State University,

historical sketch, 11-12
Nuclear Engineering, 162-166

Oak Ridge, 17

Occupational Information and Guid-
ance, 166-169
Operations Research, 169-172

Out-of-state students, definition of,
21

Philosophy and Religion, 172

Physical examinations, 26

Physics, 172-177

Plant Pathology, 177-180

Politics, 180-181

Poultry Science, 181-182

Pi'ocedures, for doctoral degree, 42-

44; for master's degrees, 34-37
Psychology, 183-187

Refunds, fees, 20

Registration, 25

Religion, see Philosophy and Re-
ligion

Residence facilities, 22

Residence requirements, for doctoral
degree, 38-39; for master's de-
grees, 30

Residence status, tuition, 21

Rural Sociology, 187-190

Sociology and Anthropology, 190-

192
Soil Science, 192-195
Statistics, Experimental, 103-113
Statistics, Institute of, 15-16
Summer Sessions, fees, 20-21

Textile Chemistry, 195-198

Textile Technology, 195-196, 198-202

Textiles, 195-202

Thesis, 32-33; fees for registration,

20
Tuition and fees, 19-21

Zoology, 202-205

NORTH

1. HOLLADAY

2. ALUMNI

3. PRIMROSE

5. PEELE

6 WATAUGA

7. BROOKS

8. FOURTH

9. GOLD

10. WELCH

11. BAGWELL
12 BERRY

13. BECTON

14. CLARK

15. FRANK THOMPSON GYM

16. SYME

17. FIELD HOUSE

19. KING

20. LEAZAR
21 LEE

22. TOMPKINS

23. WINSTON

24. CERAMICS

26. PAGE

26. PARK SHOPS

27. MORRIS

28. LAUNDRY

29. POWER PLANT

30. RIDDICK
31. DANIELS

32. MANN

33. WITHERS

34. 1911 BUILDING

35. RICKS

36. PATTERSON

37. BURLJNGTON NUCLEAR LABS

38. WILLIAM NEAL REYNOLDS COLISEUM

39. CARMICHAEL GYMNASIUM

41. ALEXANDER

42. STUDENT SUPPLY STORE

43. BUREAU of MINES

44. BROUGHTON

45. POLK

46. HARRELSON

47. D. H. HILL LIERARY

48. ERDAHL-CLOYD UNION

49. SCOTT

50. GARDNER
51. WILLIAMS

52. AGRONOMY GREENHOUSES

53. LABORATORY BUILDING

54. OWEN

55. TURLINGTON

56. TUCKER
67. CAFETERIA
60. KILGORE

61. NELSON

62. MANGUM

63. PRINT SHOP

64. BRAGAW

65. BRANDON P. HODGES

66. ROBERTSON

67. AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING

68. ANIMAL DIAG LABORATORY
70. WUNC-TV

71. MARRIED STUDENT HOU8INQ
72. FRATERNITY HOUSING

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Graduate catalog"

See other formats